From theory to experimental design-Quantifying a trait-based theory of predator-prey dynamics.

PubMed

Laubmeier, A N; Wootton, Kate; Banks, J E; Bommarco, Riccardo; Curtsdotter, Alva; Jonsson, Tomas; Roslin, Tomas; Banks, H T

2018-01-01

Successfully applying theoretical models to natural communities and predicting ecosystem behavior under changing conditions is the backbone of predictive ecology. However, the experiments required to test these models are dictated by practical constraints, and models are often opportunistically validated against data for which they were never intended. Alternatively, we can inform and improve experimental design by an in-depth pre-experimental analysis of the model, generating experiments better targeted at testing the validity of a theory. Here, we describe this process for a specific experiment. Starting from food web ecological theory, we formulate a model and design an experiment to optimally test the validity of the theory, supplementing traditional design considerations with model analysis. The experiment itself will be run and described in a separate paper. The theory we test is that trophic population dynamics are dictated by species traits, and we study this in a community of terrestrial arthropods. We depart from the Allometric Trophic Network (ATN) model and hypothesize that including habitat use, in addition to body mass, is necessary to better model trophic interactions. We therefore formulate new terms which account for micro-habitat use as well as intra- and interspecific interference in the ATN model. We design an experiment and an effective sampling regime to test this model and the underlying assumptions about the traits dominating trophic interactions. We arrive at a detailed sampling protocol to maximize information content in the empirical data obtained from the experiment and, relying on theoretical analysis of the proposed model, explore potential shortcomings of our design. Consequently, since this is a "pre-experimental" exercise aimed at improving the links between hypothesis formulation, model construction, experimental design and data collection, we hasten to publish our findings before analyzing data from the actual experiment, thus setting the stage for strong inference.

Efficient Basis Formulation for (1 +1 )-Dimensional SU(2) Lattice Gauge Theory: Spectral Calculations with Matrix Product States

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bañuls, Mari Carmen; Cichy, Krzysztof; Cirac, J. Ignacio; Jansen, Karl; Kühn, Stefan

2017-10-01

We propose an explicit formulation of the physical subspace for a (1 +1 )-dimensional SU(2) lattice gauge theory, where the gauge degrees of freedom are integrated out. Our formulation is completely general, and might be potentially suited for the design of future quantum simulators. Additionally, it allows for addressing the theory numerically with matrix product states. We apply this technique to explore the spectral properties of the model and the effect of truncating the gauge degrees of freedom to a small finite dimension. In particular, we determine the scaling exponents for the vector mass. Furthermore, we also compute the entanglement entropy in the ground state and study its scaling towards the continuum limit.

Objectives of the Airline Firm: Theory

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Kneafsey, J. T.

1972-01-01

Theoretical models are formulated for airline firm operations that revolve around alternative formulations of managerial goals which these firms are persuing in practice. Consideration is given to the different objective functions which the companies are following in lieu of profit maximization.

Some Problems in Using Diffusion Models for New Products.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Bernhardt, Irwin; Mackenzie, Kenneth D.

This paper analyzes some of the problems of using diffusion models to formulate marketing strategies for new products. Though future work in this area appears justified, many unresolved problems limit its application. There is no theory for adoption and diffusion processes; such a theory is outlined in this paper. The present models are too…

Thermodynamically Constrained Averaging Theory (TCAT) Two-Phase Flow Model: Derivation, Closure, and Simulation Results

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Weigand, T. M.; Miller, C. T.; Dye, A. L.; Gray, W. G.; McClure, J. E.; Rybak, I.

2015-12-01

The thermodynamically constrained averaging theory (TCAT) has been usedto formulate general classes of porous medium models, including newmodels for two-fluid-phase flow. The TCAT approach provides advantagesthat include a firm connection between the microscale, or pore scale,and the macroscale; a thermodynamically consistent basis; explicitinclusion of factors such as interfacial areas, contact angles,interfacial tension, and curvatures; and dynamics of interface movementand relaxation to an equilibrium state. In order to render the TCATmodel solvable, certain closure relations are needed to relate fluidpressure, interfacial areas, curvatures, and relaxation rates. In thiswork, we formulate and solve a TCAT-based two-fluid-phase flow model. We detail the formulation of the model, which is a specific instancefrom a hierarchy of two-fluid-phase flow models that emerge from thetheory. We show the closure problem that must be solved. Using recentresults from high-resolution microscale simulations, we advance a set ofclosure relations that produce a closed model. Lastly, we solve the model using a locally conservative numerical scheme and compare the TCAT model to the traditional model.

(2 + 1)-dimensional interacting model of two massless spin-2 fields as a bi-gravity model

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hoseinzadeh, S.; Rezaei-Aghdam, A.

2018-06-01

We propose a new group-theoretical (Chern-Simons) formulation for the bi-metric theory of gravity in (2 + 1)-dimensional spacetime which describe two interacting massless spin-2 fields. Our model has been formulated in terms of two dreibeins rather than two metrics. We obtain our Chern-Simons gravity model by gauging mixed AdS-AdS Lie algebra and show that it has a two dimensional conformal field theory (CFT) at the boundary of the anti de Sitter (AdS) solution. We show that the central charge of the dual CFT is proportional to the mass of the AdS solution. We also study cosmological implications of our massless bi-gravity model.

Finite-deformation phase-field chemomechanics for multiphase, multicomponent solids

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Svendsen, Bob; Shanthraj, Pratheek; Raabe, Dierk

2018-03-01

The purpose of this work is the development of a framework for the formulation of geometrically non-linear inelastic chemomechanical models for a mixture of multiple chemical components diffusing among multiple transforming solid phases. The focus here is on general model formulation. No specific model or application is pursued in this work. To this end, basic balance and constitutive relations from non-equilibrium thermodynamics and continuum mixture theory are combined with a phase-field-based description of multicomponent solid phases and their interfaces. Solid phase modeling is based in particular on a chemomechanical free energy and stress relaxation via the evolution of phase-specific concentration fields, order-parameter fields (e.g., related to chemical ordering, structural ordering, or defects), and local internal variables. At the mixture level, differences or contrasts in phase composition and phase local deformation in phase interface regions are treated as mixture internal variables. In this context, various phase interface models are considered. In the equilibrium limit, phase contrasts in composition and local deformation in the phase interface region are determined via bulk energy minimization. On the chemical side, the equilibrium limit of the current model formulation reduces to a multicomponent, multiphase, generalization of existing two-phase binary alloy interface equilibrium conditions (e.g., KKS). On the mechanical side, the equilibrium limit of one interface model considered represents a multiphase generalization of Reuss-Sachs conditions from mechanical homogenization theory. Analogously, other interface models considered represent generalizations of interface equilibrium conditions consistent with laminate and sharp-interface theory. In the last part of the work, selected existing models are formulated within the current framework as special cases and discussed in detail.

A practitioner's guide to persuasion: an overview of 15 selected persuasion theories, models and frameworks.

PubMed

Cameron, Kenzie A

2009-03-01

To provide a brief overview of 15 selected persuasion theories and models, and to present examples of their use in health communication research. The theories are categorized as message effects models, attitude-behavior approaches, cognitive processing theories and models, consistency theories, inoculation theory, and functional approaches. As it is often the intent of a practitioner to shape, reinforce, or change a patient's behavior, familiarity with theories of persuasion may lead to the development of novel communication approaches with existing patients. This article serves as an introductory primer to theories of persuasion with applications to health communication research. Understanding key constructs and general formulations of persuasive theories may allow practitioners to employ useful theoretical frameworks when interacting with patients.

Incorporating Response Times in Item Response Theory Models of Reading Comprehension Fluency

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Su, Shiyang

2017-01-01

With the online assessment becoming mainstream and the recording of response times becoming straightforward, the importance of response times as a measure of psychological constructs has been recognized and the literature of modeling times has been growing during the last few decades. Previous studies have tried to formulate models and theories to…

A Lagrangian effective field theory

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Vlah, Zvonimir; White, Martin; Aviles, Alejandro

We have continued the development of Lagrangian, cosmological perturbation theory for the low-order correlators of the matter density field. We provide a new route to understanding how the effective field theory (EFT) of large-scale structure can be formulated in the Lagrandian framework and a new resummation scheme, comparing our results to earlier work and to a series of high-resolution N-body simulations in both Fourier and configuration space. The `new' terms arising from EFT serve to tame the dependence of perturbation theory on small-scale physics and improve agreement with simulations (though with an additional free parameter). We find that all ofmore » our models fare well on scales larger than about two to three times the non-linear scale, but fail as the non-linear scale is approached. This is slightly less reach than has been seen previously. At low redshift the Lagrangian model fares as well as EFT in its Eulerian formulation, but at higher z the Eulerian EFT fits the data to smaller scales than resummed, Lagrangian EFT. Furthermore, all the perturbative models fare better than linear theory.« less

A Lagrangian effective field theory

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Vlah, Zvonimir; White, Martin; Aviles, Alejandro, E-mail: zvlah@stanford.edu, E-mail: mwhite@berkeley.edu, E-mail: aviles@berkeley.edu

We have continued the development of Lagrangian, cosmological perturbation theory for the low-order correlators of the matter density field. We provide a new route to understanding how the effective field theory (EFT) of large-scale structure can be formulated in the Lagrandian framework and a new resummation scheme, comparing our results to earlier work and to a series of high-resolution N-body simulations in both Fourier and configuration space. The 'new' terms arising from EFT serve to tame the dependence of perturbation theory on small-scale physics and improve agreement with simulations (though with an additional free parameter). We find that all ofmore » our models fare well on scales larger than about two to three times the non-linear scale, but fail as the non-linear scale is approached. This is slightly less reach than has been seen previously. At low redshift the Lagrangian model fares as well as EFT in its Eulerian formulation, but at higher z the Eulerian EFT fits the data to smaller scales than resummed, Lagrangian EFT. All the perturbative models fare better than linear theory.« less

A Lagrangian effective field theory

DOE PAGES

Vlah, Zvonimir; White, Martin; Aviles, Alejandro

2015-09-02

We have continued the development of Lagrangian, cosmological perturbation theory for the low-order correlators of the matter density field. We provide a new route to understanding how the effective field theory (EFT) of large-scale structure can be formulated in the Lagrandian framework and a new resummation scheme, comparing our results to earlier work and to a series of high-resolution N-body simulations in both Fourier and configuration space. The `new' terms arising from EFT serve to tame the dependence of perturbation theory on small-scale physics and improve agreement with simulations (though with an additional free parameter). We find that all ofmore » our models fare well on scales larger than about two to three times the non-linear scale, but fail as the non-linear scale is approached. This is slightly less reach than has been seen previously. At low redshift the Lagrangian model fares as well as EFT in its Eulerian formulation, but at higher z the Eulerian EFT fits the data to smaller scales than resummed, Lagrangian EFT. Furthermore, all the perturbative models fare better than linear theory.« less

A Mathematical Formulation of the SCOLE Control Problem. Part 2: Optimal Compensator Design

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Balakrishnan, A. V.

1988-01-01

The study initiated in Part 1 of this report is concluded and optimal feedback control (compensator) design for stability augmentation is considered, following the mathematical formulation developed in Part 1. Co-located (rate) sensors and (force and moment) actuators are assumed, and allowing for both sensor and actuator noise, stabilization is formulated as a stochastic regulator problem. Specializing the general theory developed by the author, a complete, closed form solution (believed to be new with this report) is obtained, taking advantage of the fact that the inherent structural damping is light. In particular, it is possible to solve in closed form the associated infinite-dimensional steady-state Riccati equations. The SCOLE model involves associated partial differential equations in a single space variable, but the compensator design theory developed is far more general since it is given in the abstract wave equation formulation. The results thus hold for any multibody system so long as the basic model is linear.

Unsaturated consolidation theory for the prediction of long-term municipal solid waste landfill settlement.

PubMed

Liu, Chia-Nan; Chen, Rong-Her; Chen, Kuo-Sheng

2006-02-01

The understanding of long-term landfill settlement is important for landfill design and rehabilitation. However, suitable models that can consider both the mechanical and biodecomposition mechanisms in predicting the long-term landfill settlement are generally not available. In this paper, a model based on unsaturated consolidation theory and considering the biodegradation process is introduced to simulate the landfill settlement behaviour. The details of problem formulations and the derivation of the solution for the formulated differential equation of gas pressure are presented. A step-by-step analytical procedure employing this approach for estimating settlement is proposed. The proposed model can generally model the typical features of short-term and long-term behaviour. The proposed model also yields results that are comparable with the field measurements.

Poromechanics of compressible charged porous media using the theory of mixtures.

PubMed

Huyghe, J M; Molenaar, M M; Baajens, F P T

2007-10-01

Osmotic, electrostatic, and/or hydrational swellings are essential mechanisms in the deformation behavior of porous media, such as biological tissues, synthetic hydrogels, and clay-rich rocks. Present theories are restricted to incompressible constituents. This assumption typically fails for bone, in which electrokinetic effects are closely coupled to deformation. An electrochemomechanical formulation of quasistatic finite deformation of compressible charged porous media is derived from the theory of mixtures. The model consists of a compressible charged porous solid saturated with a compressible ionic solution. Four constituents following different kinematic paths are identified: a charged solid and three streaming constituents carrying either a positive, negative, or no electrical charge, which are the cations, anions, and fluid, respectively. The finite deformation model is reduced to infinitesimal theory. In the limiting case without ionic effects, the presented model is consistent with Blot's theory. Viscous drag compression is computed under closed circuit and open circuit conditions. Viscous drag compression is shown to be independent of the storage modulus. A compressible version of the electrochemomechanical theory is formulated. Using material parameter values for bone, the theory predicts a substantial influence of density changes on a viscous drag compression simulation. In the context of quasistatic deformations, conflicts between poromechanics and mixture theory are only semantic in nature.

A New Higher-Order Composite Theory for Analysis and Design of High Speed Tilt-Rotor Blades

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

McCarthy, Thomas Robert

1996-01-01

A higher-order theory is developed to model composite box beams with arbitrary wall thicknesses. The theory, based on a refined displacement field, represents a three-dimensional model which approximates the elasticity solution. Therefore, the cross-sectional properties are not reduced to one-dimensional beam parameters. Both inplane and out-of-plane warping are automatically included in the formulation. The model accurately captures the transverse shear stresses through the thickness of each wall while satisfying all stress-free boundary conditions. Several numerical results are presented to validate the present theory. The developed theory is then used to model the load carrying member of a tilt-rotor blade which has thick-walled sections. The composite structural analysis is coupled with an aerodynamic analysis to compute the aeroelastic stability of the blade. Finally, a multidisciplinary optimization procedure is developed to improve the aerodynamic, structural and aeroelastic performance of the tilt-rotor aircraft. The Kreisselmeier-Steinhauser function is used to formulate the multiobjective function problem and a hybrid approximate analysis is used to reduce the computational effort. The optimum results are compared with the baseline values and show significant improvements in the overall performance of the tilt-rotor blade.

Probing for the Multiplicative Term in Modern Expectancy-Value Theory: A Latent Interaction Modeling Study

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Trautwein, Ulrich; Marsh, Herbert W.; Nagengast, Benjamin; Ludtke, Oliver; Nagy, Gabriel; Jonkmann, Kathrin

2012-01-01

In modern expectancy-value theory (EVT) in educational psychology, expectancy and value beliefs additively predict performance, persistence, and task choice. In contrast to earlier formulations of EVT, the multiplicative term Expectancy x Value in regression-type models typically plays no major role in educational psychology. The present study…

Modeling of active transmembrane transport in a mixture theory framework.

PubMed

Ateshian, Gerard A; Morrison, Barclay; Hung, Clark T

2010-05-01

This study formulates governing equations for active transport across semi-permeable membranes within the framework of the theory of mixtures. In mixture theory, which models the interactions of any number of fluid and solid constituents, a supply term appears in the conservation of linear momentum to describe momentum exchanges among the constituents. In past applications, this momentum supply was used to model frictional interactions only, thereby describing passive transport processes. In this study, it is shown that active transport processes, which impart momentum to solutes or solvent, may also be incorporated in this term. By projecting the equation of conservation of linear momentum along the normal to the membrane, a jump condition is formulated for the mechano-electrochemical potential of fluid constituents which is generally applicable to nonequilibrium processes involving active transport. The resulting relations are simple and easy to use, and address an important need in the membrane transport literature.

The algebraic theory of latent projectors in lambda matrices

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Denman, E. D.; Leyva-Ramos, J.; Jeon, G. J.

1981-01-01

Multivariable systems such as a finite-element model of vibrating structures, control systems, and large-scale systems are often formulated in terms of differential equations which give rise to lambda matrices. The present investigation is concerned with the formulation of the algebraic theory of lambda matrices and the relationship of latent roots, latent vectors, and latent projectors to the eigenvalues, eigenvectors, and eigenprojectors of the companion form. The chain rule for latent projectors and eigenprojectors for the repeated latent root or eigenvalues is given.

Spin foam models for quantum gravity

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Perez, Alejandro

The definition of a quantum theory of gravity is explored following Feynman's path-integral approach. The aim is to construct a well defined version of the Wheeler-Misner- Hawking ``sum over four geometries'' formulation of quantum general relativity (GR). This is done by means of exploiting the similarities between the formulation of GR in terms of tetrad-connection variables (Palatini formulation) and a simpler theory called BF theory. One can go from BF theory to GR by imposing certain constraints on the BF-theory configurations. BF theory contains only global degrees of freedom (topological theory) and it can be exactly quantized á la Feynman introducing a discretization of the manifold. Using the path integral for BF theory we define a path integration for GR imposing the BF-to-GR constraints on the BF measure. The infinite degrees of freedom of gravity are restored in the process, and the restriction to a single discretization introduces a cut- off in the summed-over configurations. In order to capture all the degrees of freedom a sum over discretization is implemented. Both the implementation of the BF-to-GR constraints and the sum over discretizations are obtained by means of the introduction of an auxiliary field theory (AFT). 4-geometries in the path integral for GR are given by the Feynman diagrams of the AFT which is in this sense dual to GR. Feynman diagrams correspond to 2-complexes labeled by unitary irreducible representations of the internal gauge group (corresponding to tetrad rotation in the connection to GR). A model for 4-dimensional Euclidean quantum gravity (QG) is defined which corresponds to a different normalization of the Barrett-Crane model. The model is perturbatively finite; divergences appearing in the Barrett-Crane model are cured by the new normalization. We extend our techniques to the Lorentzian sector, where we define two models for four-dimensional QG. The first one contains only time-like representations and is shown to be perturbatively finite. The second model contains both time-like and space-like representations. The spectrum of geometrical operators coincide with the prediction of the canonical approach of loop QG. At the moment, the convergence properties of the model are less understood and remain for future investigation.

A geometric formulation of Higgs Effective Field Theory. Measuring the curvature of scalar field space

DOE PAGES

Alonso, Rodrigo; Jenkins, Elizabeth E.; Manohar, Aneesh V.

2016-03-01

A geometric formulation of Higgs Effective Field Theory (HEFT) is presented. Experimental observables are given in terms of geometric invariants of the scalar sigma model sector such as the curvature of the scalar field manifold M. Here we show how the curvature can be measured experimentally via Higgs cross-sections, WLscattering, and the Sparameter. The one-loop action of HEFT is given in terms of geometric invariants of M. Moreover, the distinction between the Standard Model (SM) and HEFT is whether Mis flat or curved, and the curvature is a signal of the scale of new physics.

Towards a theory of stochastic vorticity-augmentation. [tornado model

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Liu, V. C.

1977-01-01

A new hypothesis to account for the formation of tornadoes is presented. An elementary one-dimensional theory is formulated for vorticity transfer between an ambient sheared wind and a transverse penetrating jet. The theory points out the relevant quantities to be determined in describing the present stochastic mode of vorticity augmentation.

Mixed quantum/classical theory of rotationally and vibrationally inelastic scattering in space-fixed and body-fixed reference frames

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Semenov, Alexander; Babikov, Dmitri

2013-11-01

We formulated the mixed quantum/classical theory for rotationally and vibrationally inelastic scattering process in the diatomic molecule + atom system. Two versions of theory are presented, first in the space-fixed and second in the body-fixed reference frame. First version is easy to derive and the resultant equations of motion are transparent, but the state-to-state transition matrix is complex-valued and dense. Such calculations may be computationally demanding for heavier molecules and/or higher temperatures, when the number of accessible channels becomes large. In contrast, the second version of theory requires some tedious derivations and the final equations of motion are rather complicated (not particularly intuitive). However, the state-to-state transitions are driven by real-valued sparse matrixes of much smaller size. Thus, this formulation is the method of choice from the computational point of view, while the space-fixed formulation can serve as a test of the body-fixed equations of motion, and the code. Rigorous numerical tests were carried out for a model system to ensure that all equations, matrixes, and computer codes in both formulations are correct.

Theory of a ring laser. [electromagnetic field and wave equations

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Menegozzi, L. N.; Lamb, W. E., Jr.

1973-01-01

Development of a systematic formulation of the theory of a ring laser which is based on first principles and uses a well-known model for laser operation. A simple physical derivation of the electromagnetic field equations for a noninertial reference frame in uniform rotation is presented, and an attempt is made to clarify the nature of the Fox-Li modes for an open polygonal resonator. The polarization of the active medium is obtained by using a Fourier-series method which permits the formulation of a strong-signal theory, and solutions are given in terms of continued fractions. It is shown that when such a continued fraction is expanded to third order in the fields, the familiar small-signal ring-laser theory is obtained.

Operational Indistinguishably of Varying Speed of Light Theories

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Jafari, Nosratollah; Shariati, Ahmad

The varying speed of light theories have been recently proposed to solve the standard model problems and anomalies in the ultra high energy cosmic rays. These theories try to formulate a new relativity with no assumptions about the constancy of the light speed. In this regard, we study two theories and want to show that these theories are not the new theories of relativity, but only re-descriptions of Einstein's special relativity.

The Collinearity Free and Bias Reduced Regression Estimation Project: The Theory of Normalization Ridge Regression. Report No. 2.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Bulcock, J. W.; And Others

Multicollinearity refers to the presence of highly intercorrelated independent variables in structural equation models, that is, models estimated by using techniques such as least squares regression and maximum likelihood. There is a problem of multicollinearity in both the natural and social sciences where theory formulation and estimation is in…

Conceptual Framework of Modes of Problem Solving Action (MPSA): Implications for Internet Teaching and Learning.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Lai, Su-Huei

The conceptual framework of the Modes of Problem Solving Action (MPSA) model integrates Dewey's pragmatism, critical science theory, and theory regarding the three modes of inquiry. The MPSA model is formulated in the shape of a matrix. Horizontally, there are the following modes: technical, interpretive, and emancipating. Vertically, there are…

Bending and buckling formulation of graphene sheets based on nonlocal simple first-order shear deformation theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Golmakani, M. E.; Malikan, M.; Sadraee Far, M. N.; Majidi, H. R.

2018-06-01

This paper presents a formulation based on simple first-order shear deformation theory (S-FSDT) for large deflection and buckling of orthotropic single-layered graphene sheets (SLGSs). The S-FSDT has many advantages compared to the classical plate theory (CPT) and conventional FSDT such as needless of shear correction factor, containing less number of unknowns than the existing FSDT and strong similarities with the CPT. Governing equations and boundary conditions are derived based on Hamilton’s principle using the nonlocal differential constitutive relations of Eringen and von Kármán geometrical model. Numerical results are obtained using differential quadrature (DQ) method and the Newton–Raphson iterative scheme. Finally, some comparison studies are carried out to show the high accuracy and reliability of the present formulations compared to the nonlocal CPT and FSDT for different thicknesses, elastic foundations and nonlocal parameters.

Coherent states formulation of polymer field theory

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Man, Xingkun; Villet, Michael C.; Materials Research Laboratory, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106

2014-01-14

We introduce a stable and efficient complex Langevin (CL) scheme to enable the first direct numerical simulations of the coherent-states (CS) formulation of polymer field theory. In contrast with Edwards’ well-known auxiliary-field (AF) framework, the CS formulation does not contain an embedded nonlinear, non-local, implicit functional of the auxiliary fields, and the action of the field theory has a fully explicit, semi-local, and finite-order polynomial character. In the context of a polymer solution model, we demonstrate that the new CS-CL dynamical scheme for sampling fluctuations in the space of coherent states yields results in good agreement with now-standard AF-CL simulations.more » The formalism is potentially applicable to a broad range of polymer architectures and may facilitate systematic generation of trial actions for use in coarse-graining and numerical renormalization-group studies.« less

Significance of Strain in Formulation in Theory of Solid Mechanics

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Patnaik, Surya N.; Coroneos, Rula M.; Hopkins, Dale A.

2003-01-01

The basic theory of solid mechanics was deemed complete circa 1860 when St. Venant provided the strain formulation or the field compatibility condition. The strain formulation was incomplete. The missing portion has been formulated and identified as the boundary compatibility condition (BCC). The BCC, derived through a variational formulation, has been verified through integral theorem and solution of problems. The BCC, unlike the field counterpart, do not trivialize when expressed in displacements. Navier s method and the stiffness formulation have to account for the extra conditions especially at the inter-element boundaries in a finite element model. Completion of the strain formulation has led to the revival of the direct force calculation methods: the Integrated Force Method (IFM) and its dual (IFMD) for finite element analysis, and the completed Beltrami-Michell formulation (CBMF) in elasticity. The benefits from the new methods in elasticity, in finite element analysis, and in design optimization are discussed. Existing solutions and computer codes may have to be adjusted for the compliance of the new conditions. Complacency because the discipline is over a century old and computer codes have been developed for half a century can lead to stagnation of the discipline.

Pressure calculation in hybrid particle-field simulations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Milano, Giuseppe; Kawakatsu, Toshihiro

2010-12-01

In the framework of a recently developed scheme for a hybrid particle-field simulation techniques where self-consistent field (SCF) theory and particle models (molecular dynamics) are combined [J. Chem. Phys. 130, 214106 (2009)], we developed a general formulation for the calculation of instantaneous pressure and stress tensor. The expressions have been derived from statistical mechanical definition of the pressure starting from the expression for the free energy functional in the SCF theory. An implementation of the derived formulation suitable for hybrid particle-field molecular dynamics-self-consistent field simulations is described. A series of test simulations on model systems are reported comparing the calculated pressure with those obtained from standard molecular dynamics simulations based on pair potentials.

Theory Can Help Structure Regression Models for Projecting Stream Conditions Under Alternative Land Use Scenarios

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

van Sickle, J.; Baker, J.; Herlihy, A.

2005-05-01

We built multiple regression models for Emphemeroptera/ Plecoptera/ Tricoptera (EPT) taxon richness and other indicators of biological condition in streams of the Willamette River Basin, Oregon, USA. The models were used to project the changes in condition that would be expected in all 2-4th order streams of the 30000 sq km basin under alternative scenarios of future land use. In formulating the models, we invoked the theory of limiting factors to express the interactive effects of stream power and watershed land use on EPT richness. The resulting models were parsimonious, and they fit the data in our wedge-shaped scatterplots slightly better than did a naive additive-effects model. Just as theory helped formulate our regression models, the models in turn helped us identify a new research need for the Basin's streams. Our future scenarios project that conversions of agricultural to urban uses may dominate landscape dynamics in the basin over the next 50 years. But our models could not detect any difference between the effects of agricultural and urban development in watersheds on stream biota. This result points to an increased need for understanding how agricultural and urban land uses in the Basin differentially influence stream ecosystems.

Bounded Hamiltonian in the Fourth-Order Extension of the Chern-Simons Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Abakumova, V. A.; Kaparulin, D. S.; Lyakhovich, S. L.

2018-04-01

The problem of constructing alternative Hamiltonian formulations in the extended Chern-Simons theory with higher derivatives is considered. It is shown that the fourth-order extended theory admits a four-parameter series of alternative Hamiltonians which can be bounded from below, even if the canonical energy of the model is unbounded from below.

A Theoretical Model of Segmented Youth Labor Markets and the School to Work Transition.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Vrooman, John

Recurring evidence that workers with similar skills do not necessarily earn the same wages led to the formulation of an alternative to the conventional market theory, namely, the segmented market theory. This theory posits that certain skills are distributed not among prospective employees but among jobs, in relation to the technology of those…

Predicting surface scatter using a linear systems formulation of non-paraxial scalar diffraction

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Krywonos, Andrey

Scattering effects from rough surfaces are non-paraxial diffraction phenomena resulting from random phase variations in the reflected wavefront. The ability to predict these effects is important in a variety of applications including x-ray and EUV imaging, the design of stray light rejection systems, and reflection modeling for rendering realistic scenes and animations of physical objects in computer graphics. Rayleigh-Rice (small perturbation method) and Beckmann-Kirchoff (Kirchhoff approximation) theories are commonly used to predict surface scatter effects. In addition, Harvey and Shack developed a linear systems formulation of surface scatter phenomena in which the scattering behavior is characterized by a surface transfer function. This treatment provided insight and understanding not readily gleaned from the two previous theories, and has been incorporated into a variety of computer software packages (ASAP, Zemax, Tracepro). However, smooth surface and paraxial approximations have severely limited the range of applicability of each of the above theoretical treatments. In this dissertation, a linear systems formulation of non-paraxial scalar diffraction theory is first developed and then applied to sinusoidal phase gratings, resulting in diffraction efficiency predictions far more accurate than those provided by classical scalar theories. The application of the theory to these gratings was motivated by the fact that rough surfaces are frequently modeled as a superposition of sinusoidal surfaces of different amplitudes, periods, and orientations. The application of the non-paraxial scalar diffraction theory to surface scatter phenomena resulted first in a modified Beckmann-Kirchhoff surface scattering model, then a generalized Harvey-Shack theory, both of which produce accurate results for rougher surfaces than the Rayleigh-Rice theory and for larger incident and scattering angles than the classical Beckmann-Kirchhoff theory. These new developments enable the analysis and simplify the understanding of wide-angle scattering behavior from rough surfaces illuminated at large incident angles. In addition, they provide an improved BRDF (Bidirectional Reflectance Distribution Function) model, particularly for the smooth surface inverse scattering problem of determining surface power spectral density (PSD) curves from BRDF measurements.

A New Formulation of the Ethical Self through Kierkegaard's Notion of Subjectivity: In Search of a New Moral Education.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Kwak, Duck-Joo

2001-01-01

Essay on Kierkegaard's notion of subjectivity in the formulation of the ethical self. Suggests that Kierkegaard's self-reflecting ethical model offers an alternative approach to the teaching of moral education in South Korean schools, currently dominated by a theory-oriented, problem-solving paradigm. (PKP)

Regularized variational theories of fracture: A unified approach

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Freddi, Francesco; Royer-Carfagni, Gianni

2010-08-01

The fracture pattern in stressed bodies is defined through the minimization of a two-field pseudo-spatial-dependent functional, with a structure similar to that proposed by Bourdin-Francfort-Marigo (2000) as a regularized approximation of a parent free-discontinuity problem, but now considered as an autonomous model per se. Here, this formulation is altered by combining it with structured deformation theory, to model that when the material microstructure is loosened and damaged, peculiar inelastic (structured) deformations may occur in the representative volume element at the price of surface energy consumption. This approach unifies various theories of failure because, by simply varying the form of the class for admissible structured deformations, different-in-type responses can be captured, incorporating the idea of cleavage, deviatoric, combined cleavage-deviatoric and masonry-like fractures. Remarkably, this latter formulation rigorously avoid material overlapping in the cracked zones. The model is numerically implemented using a standard finite-element discretization and adopts an alternate minimization algorithm, adding an inequality constraint to impose crack irreversibility ( fixed crack model). Numerical experiments for some paradigmatic examples are presented and compared for various possible versions of the model.

Disappearing Q operator

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Jones, H. F.; Rivers, R. J.

2007-01-01

In the Schrödinger formulation of non-Hermitian quantum theories a positive-definite metric operator η≡e-Q must be introduced in order to ensure their probabilistic interpretation. This operator also gives an equivalent Hermitian theory, by means of a similarity transformation. If, however, quantum mechanics is formulated in terms of functional integrals, we show that the Q operator makes only a subliminal appearance and is not needed for the calculation of expectation values. Instead, the relation to the Hermitian theory is encoded via the external source j(t). These points are illustrated and amplified for two non-Hermitian quantum theories: the Swanson model, a non-Hermitian transform of the simple harmonic oscillator, and the wrong-sign quartic oscillator, which has been shown to be equivalent to a conventional asymmetric quartic oscillator.

Disappearing Q operator

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Jones, H. F.; Rivers, R. J.

In the Schroedinger formulation of non-Hermitian quantum theories a positive-definite metric operator {eta}{identical_to}e{sup -Q} must be introduced in order to ensure their probabilistic interpretation. This operator also gives an equivalent Hermitian theory, by means of a similarity transformation. If, however, quantum mechanics is formulated in terms of functional integrals, we show that the Q operator makes only a subliminal appearance and is not needed for the calculation of expectation values. Instead, the relation to the Hermitian theory is encoded via the external source j(t). These points are illustrated and amplified for two non-Hermitian quantum theories: the Swanson model, a non-Hermitianmore » transform of the simple harmonic oscillator, and the wrong-sign quartic oscillator, which has been shown to be equivalent to a conventional asymmetric quartic oscillator.« less

BF actions for the Husain-Kuchař model

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Barbero G., J. Fernando; Villaseñor, Eduardo J.

2001-04-01

We show that the Husain-Kuchař model can be described in the framework of BF theories. This is a first step towards its quantization by standard perturbative quantum field theory techniques or the spin-foam formalism introduced in the space-time description of general relativity and other diff-invariant theories. The actions that we will consider are similar to the ones describing the BF-Yang-Mills model and some mass generating mechanisms for gauge fields. We will also discuss the role of diffeomorphisms in the new formulations that we propose.

Utterance selection model of language change

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Baxter, G. J.; Blythe, R. A.; Croft, W.; McKane, A. J.

2006-04-01

We present a mathematical formulation of a theory of language change. The theory is evolutionary in nature and has close analogies with theories of population genetics. The mathematical structure we construct similarly has correspondences with the Fisher-Wright model of population genetics, but there are significant differences. The continuous time formulation of the model is expressed in terms of a Fokker-Planck equation. This equation is exactly soluble in the case of a single speaker and can be investigated analytically in the case of multiple speakers who communicate equally with all other speakers and give their utterances equal weight. Whilst the stationary properties of this system have much in common with the single-speaker case, time-dependent properties are richer. In the particular case where linguistic forms can become extinct, we find that the presence of many speakers causes a two-stage relaxation, the first being a common marginal distribution that persists for a long time as a consequence of ultimate extinction being due to rare fluctuations.

Assessing the performance of formulations for nonlinear feedback of surface gravity waves on ocean currents over coastal waters

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wang, Pengcheng; Sheng, Jinyu; Hannah, Charles

2017-08-01

This study presents applications of a two-way coupled wave-circulation modelling system over coastal waters, with a special emphasis of performance assessments of two different methods for nonlinear feedback of ocean surface gravity waves on three-dimensional (3D) ocean currents. These two methods are the vortex force (VF) formulation suggested by Bennis et al. (2011) and the latest version of radiation stress (RS) formulation suggested by Mellor (2015). The coupled modelling system is first applied to two idealized test cases of surf-zone scales to validate implementations of these two methods in the coupled wave-circulation system. Model results show that the latest version of RS has difficulties in producing the undertow over the surf zone. The coupled system is then applied to Lunenburg Bay (LB) of Nova Scotia during Hurricane Juan in 2003. The coupled system using both the VF and RS formulations generates much stronger and more realistic 3D circulation in the Bay during Hurricane Juan than the circulation-only model, demonstrating the importance of surface wave forces to the 3D ocean circulation over coastal waters. However, the RS formulation generates some weak unphysical currents outside the wave breaking zone due to a less reasonable representation for the vertical distribution of the RS gradients over a slopping bottom. These weak unphysical currents are significantly magnified in a two-way coupled system when interacting with large surface waves, degrading the model performance in simulating currents at one observation site. Our results demonstrate that the VF formulation with an appropriate parameterization of wave breaking effects is able to produce reasonable results for applications over coastal waters during extreme weather events. The RS formulation requires a complex wave theory rather than the linear wave theory for the approximation of a vertical RS term to improve its performance under both breaking and non-breaking wave conditions.

Mixture theory-based poroelasticity as a model of interstitial tissue growth

PubMed Central

Cowin, Stephen C.; Cardoso, Luis

2011-01-01

This contribution presents an alternative approach to mixture theory-based poroelasticity by transferring some poroelastic concepts developed by Maurice Biot to mixture theory. These concepts are a larger RVE and the subRVE-RVE velocity average tensor, which Biot called the micro-macro velocity average tensor. This velocity average tensor is assumed here to depend upon the pore structure fabric. The formulation of mixture theory presented is directed toward the modeling of interstitial growth, that is to say changing mass and changing density of an organism. Traditional mixture theory considers constituents to be open systems, but the entire mixture is a closed system. In this development the mixture is also considered to be an open system as an alternative method of modeling growth. Growth is slow and accelerations are neglected in the applications. The velocity of a solid constituent is employed as the main reference velocity in preference to the mean velocity concept from the original formulation of mixture theory. The standard development of statements of the conservation principles and entropy inequality employed in mixture theory are modified to account for these kinematic changes and to allow for supplies of mass, momentum and energy to each constituent and to the mixture as a whole. The objective is to establish a basis for the development of constitutive equations for growth of tissues. PMID:22184481

Mixture theory-based poroelasticity as a model of interstitial tissue growth.

PubMed

Cowin, Stephen C; Cardoso, Luis

2012-01-01

This contribution presents an alternative approach to mixture theory-based poroelasticity by transferring some poroelastic concepts developed by Maurice Biot to mixture theory. These concepts are a larger RVE and the subRVE-RVE velocity average tensor, which Biot called the micro-macro velocity average tensor. This velocity average tensor is assumed here to depend upon the pore structure fabric. The formulation of mixture theory presented is directed toward the modeling of interstitial growth, that is to say changing mass and changing density of an organism. Traditional mixture theory considers constituents to be open systems, but the entire mixture is a closed system. In this development the mixture is also considered to be an open system as an alternative method of modeling growth. Growth is slow and accelerations are neglected in the applications. The velocity of a solid constituent is employed as the main reference velocity in preference to the mean velocity concept from the original formulation of mixture theory. The standard development of statements of the conservation principles and entropy inequality employed in mixture theory are modified to account for these kinematic changes and to allow for supplies of mass, momentum and energy to each constituent and to the mixture as a whole. The objective is to establish a basis for the development of constitutive equations for growth of tissues.

On the development of a model predicting the recrystallization texture of aluminum using the Taylor model for rolling textures and the coincidence lattice site theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

T, Morimoto; F, Yoshida; A, Yanagida; J, Yanagimoto

2015-04-01

First, hardening model in f.c.c. metals was formulated with collinear interactions slips, Hirth slips and Lomer-Cottrell slips. Using the Taylor and the Sachs rolling texture prediction model, the residual dislocation densities of cold-rolled commercial pure aluminum were estimated. Then, coincidence site lattice grains were investigated from observed cold rolling texture. Finally, on the basis of oriented nucleation theory and coincidence site lattice theory, the recrystallization texture of commercial pure aluminum after low-temperature annealing was predicted.

Scaled Particle Theory for Multicomponent Hard Sphere Fluids Confined in Random Porous Media.

PubMed

Chen, W; Zhao, S L; Holovko, M; Chen, X S; Dong, W

2016-06-23

The formulation of scaled particle theory (SPT) is presented for a quite general model of fluids confined in a random porous media, i.e., a multicomponent hard sphere (HS) fluid in a multicomponent hard sphere or a multicomponent overlapping hard sphere (OHS) matrix. The analytical expressions for pressure, Helmholtz free energy, and chemical potential are derived. The thermodynamic consistency of the proposed theory is established. Moreover, we show that there is an isomorphism between the SPT for a multicomponent system and that for a one-component system. Results from grand canonical ensemble Monte Carlo simulations are also presented for a binary HS mixture in a one-component HS or a one-component OHS matrix. The accuracy of various variants derived from the basic SPT formulation is appraised against the simulation results. Scaled particle theory, initially formulated for a bulk HS fluid, has not only provided an analytical tool for calculating thermodynamic properties of HS fluid but also helped to gain very useful insight for elaborating other theoretical approaches such as the fundamental measure theory (FMT). We expect that the general SPT for multicomponent systems developed in this work can contribute to the study of confined fluids in a similar way.

An Approach to Stochastic Peridynamic Theory.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Demmie, Paul N.

In many material systems, man-made or natural, we have an incomplete knowledge of geometric or material properties, which leads to uncertainty in predicting their performance under dynamic loading. Given the uncertainty and a high degree of spatial variability in properties of materials subjected to impact, a stochastic theory of continuum mechanics would be useful for modeling dynamic response of such systems. Peridynamic theory is such a theory. It is formulated as an integro- differential equation that does not employ spatial derivatives, and provides for a consistent formulation of both deformation and failure of materials. We discuss an approach to stochasticmore » peridynamic theory and illustrate the formulation with examples of impact loading of geological materials with uncorrelated or correlated material properties. We examine wave propagation and damage to the material. The most salient feature is the absence of spallation, referred to as disorder toughness, which generalizes similar results from earlier quasi-static damage mechanics. Acknowledgements This research was made possible by the support from DTRA grant HDTRA1-08-10-BRCWM. I thank Dr. Martin Ostoja-Starzewski for introducing me to the mechanics of random materials and collaborating with me throughout and after this DTRA project.« less

Axially symmetric non-static domain walls in scalar-tensor theories of gravitation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Adhav, K. S.; Nimkar, A. S.; Naidu, R. L.

2007-12-01

An axially symmetric non-static space-time is considered in the presence of thick domain walls in the scalar-tensor theories formulated by Brans and Dicke (Phys. Rev. 124:925, 1961) and Saez and Ballester (Phys. Lett. A 113:467, 1985). Exact cosmological models, in both the theories, are presented with the help of special law of variation proposed by Berman (Nuovo Cim. B 74:182, 1983), for Hubble’s parameter. Some physical and kinematical properties of the models are discussed.

The Hamiltonian Structure of Nonlinear Elasticity: The Convective Representation of Solids, Rods, and Plates,

DTIC Science & Technology

1986-12-01

paper, we consider geometrically exact models, such as the Kirchhoff-Love-Reissner- Antman model for rods and its counterpart for plates and shells. These...equivalent model, formulated as a constrained director theory - the so-called special theory of Cosserat rods - is due to Antman (1974] - see also...Anan and Jordan [1975], Anunan and Kenny [1981]. and Antman [1984] for some applications. The dynamic version along with the parametrization discussed

On a viable first-order formulation of relativistic viscous fluids and its applications to cosmology

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Disconzi, Marcelo M.; Kephart, Thomas W.; Scherrer, Robert J.

We consider a first-order formulation of relativistic fluids with bulk viscosity based on a stress-energy tensor introduced by Lichnerowicz. Choosing a barotropic equation-of-state, we show that this theory satisfies basic physical requirements and, under the further assumption of vanishing vorticity, that the equations of motion are causal, both in the case of a fixed background and when the equations are coupled to Einstein's equations. Furthermore, Lichnerowicz's proposal does not fit into the general framework of first-order theories studied by Hiscock and Lindblom, and hence their instability results do not apply. These conclusions apply to the full-fledged nonlinear theory, without any equilibrium or near equilibrium assumptions. Similarities and differences between the approach explored here and other theories of relativistic viscosity, including the Mueller-Israel-Stewart formulation, are addressed. Cosmological models based on the Lichnerowicz stress-energy tensor are studied. As the topic of (relativistic) viscous fluids is also of interest outside the general relativity and cosmology communities, such as, for instance, in applications involving heavy-ion collisions, we make our presentation largely self-contained.

A Thermodynamic Approach to Soil-Plant-Atmosphere Modeling: From Metabolic Biochemical Processes to Water-Carbon-Nitrogen Balance

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Clavijo, H. W.

2016-12-01

Modeling the soil-plant-atmosphere continuum has been central part of understanding interrelationships among biogeochemical and hydrological processes. Theory behind of couplings Land Surface Models (LSM) and Dynamical Global Vegetation Models (DGVM) are based on physical and physiological processes connected by input-output interactions mainly. This modeling framework could be improved by the application of non-equilibrium thermodynamic basis that could encompass the majority of biophysical processes in a standard fashion. This study presents an alternative model for plant-water-atmosphere based on energy-mass thermodynamics. The system of dynamic equations derived is based on the total entropy, the total energy balance for the plant, the biomass dynamics at metabolic level and the water-carbon-nitrogen fluxes and balances. One advantage of this formulation is the capability to describe adaptation and evolution of dynamics of plant as a bio-system coupled to the environment. Second, it opens a window for applications on specific conditions from individual plant scale, to watershed scale, to global scale. Third, it enhances the possibility of analyzing anthropogenic impacts on the system, benefiting from the mathematical formulation and its non-linearity. This non-linear model formulation is analyzed under the concepts of qualitative system dynamics theory, for different state-space phase portraits. The attractors and sources are pointed out with its stability analysis. Possibility of bifurcations are explored and reported. Simulations for the system dynamics under different conditions are presented. These results show strong consistency and applicability that validates the use of the non-equilibrium thermodynamic theory.

The unified acoustic and aerodynamic prediction theory of advanced propellers in the time domain

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Farassat, F.

1984-01-01

This paper presents some numerical results for the noise of an advanced supersonic propeller based on a formulation published last year. This formulation was derived to overcome some of the practical numerical difficulties associated with other acoustic formulations. The approach is based on the Ffowcs Williams-Hawkings equation and time domain analysis is used. To illustrate the method of solution, a model problem in three dimensions and based on the Laplace equation is solved. A brief sketch of derivation of the acoustic formula is then given. Another model problem is used to verify validity of the acoustic formulation. A recent singular integral equation for aerodynamic applications derived from the acoustic formula is also presented here.

Stability and Hamiltonian formulation of higher derivative theories

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Schmidt, Hans-Jürgen

1994-06-01

We analyze the presuppositions leading to instabilities in theories of order higher than second. The type of fourth-order gravity which leads to an inflationary (quasi-de Sitter) period of cosmic evolution by inclusion of one curvature-squared term (i.e., the Starobinsky model) is used as an example. The corresponding Hamiltonian formulation (which is necessary for deducing the Wheeler-DeWitt equation) is found both in the Ostrogradski approach and in another form. As an example, a closed form solution of the Wheeler-DeWitt equation for a spatially flat Friedmann model and L=R2 is found. The method proposed by Simon to bring fourth order gravity to second order can be (if suitably generalized) applied to bring sixth-order gravity to second order.

Ethnic Identity and Language Choice across Online Forums

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Birnie-Smith, Jessica Rae

2016-01-01

This paper examines the language choice and ethnic identity construction online of four young Chinese Indonesians from West Kalimantan, Indonesia. The study draws on a combination of Social Identity model of De-individuation Effects (SIDE) theory and audience design theory to formulate a hypothesis about participants' linguistic behaviour within…

Unification theory of optimal life histories and linear demographic models in internal stochasticity.

PubMed

Oizumi, Ryo

2014-01-01

Life history of organisms is exposed to uncertainty generated by internal and external stochasticities. Internal stochasticity is generated by the randomness in each individual life history, such as randomness in food intake, genetic character and size growth rate, whereas external stochasticity is due to the environment. For instance, it is known that the external stochasticity tends to affect population growth rate negatively. It has been shown in a recent theoretical study using path-integral formulation in structured linear demographic models that internal stochasticity can affect population growth rate positively or negatively. However, internal stochasticity has not been the main subject of researches. Taking account of effect of internal stochasticity on the population growth rate, the fittest organism has the optimal control of life history affected by the stochasticity in the habitat. The study of this control is known as the optimal life schedule problems. In order to analyze the optimal control under internal stochasticity, we need to make use of "Stochastic Control Theory" in the optimal life schedule problem. There is, however, no such kind of theory unifying optimal life history and internal stochasticity. This study focuses on an extension of optimal life schedule problems to unify control theory of internal stochasticity into linear demographic models. First, we show the relationship between the general age-states linear demographic models and the stochastic control theory via several mathematical formulations, such as path-integral, integral equation, and transition matrix. Secondly, we apply our theory to a two-resource utilization model for two different breeding systems: semelparity and iteroparity. Finally, we show that the diversity of resources is important for species in a case. Our study shows that this unification theory can address risk hedges of life history in general age-states linear demographic models.

A Cosserat crystal plasticity and phase field theory for grain boundary migration

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ask, Anna; Forest, Samuel; Appolaire, Benoit; Ammar, Kais; Salman, Oguz Umut

2018-06-01

The microstructure evolution due to thermomechanical treatment of metals can largely be described by viscoplastic deformation, nucleation and grain growth. These processes take place over different length and time scales which present significant challenges when formulating simulation models. In particular, no overall unified field framework exists to model concurrent viscoplastic deformation and recrystallization and grain growth in metal polycrystals. In this work a thermodynamically consistent diffuse interface framework incorporating crystal viscoplasticity and grain boundary migration is elaborated. The Kobayashi-Warren-Carter (KWC) phase field model is extended to incorporate the full mechanical coupling with material and lattice rotations and evolution of dislocation densities. The Cosserat crystal plasticity theory is shown to be the appropriate framework to formulate the coupling between phase field and mechanics with proper distinction between bulk and grain boundary behaviour.

"The casual cruelty of our prejudices": on Walter Lippmann's theory of stereotype and its "obliteration" in psychology and social science.

PubMed

Bottom, William P; Kong, Dejun Tony

2012-01-01

Reflecting on his wartime government service, Walter Lippmann (1922) developed a theory of policy formulation and error. Introducing the constructs of stereotype, mental model, blind spots, and the process of manufacturing consent, his theory prescribed interdisciplinary social science as a tool for enhancing policy making in business and government. Lippmann used his influence with the Rockefeller foundations, business leaders, Harvard and the University of Chicago to gain support for this program. Citation analysis of references to "stereotype" and Lippmann reveals the rapid spread of the concept across the social sciences and in public discourse paralleled by obliteration by incorporation of the wider theory in behavioral science. "Stereotype" is increasingly invoked in anthropology, economics, and sociology though Lippmann and his wider theory ceased being cited decades ago. In psychology, citations are increasing but content analysis revealed blind spots and misconceptions about the theory and prescription. Studies of heuristics, biases, and organizational decision substantiate Lippmann's theory of judgment and choice. But his model for social science failed to consider the bounded rationality and blind spots of its practitioners. Policy formulation today is supported by research from narrow disciplinary silos not interdisciplinary science that reflects an awareness of history. © 2012 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

Theoretical study on the sound absorption of electrolytic solutions. I. Theoretical formulation.

PubMed

Yamaguchi, T; Matsuoka, T; Koda, S

2007-04-14

A theory is formulated that describes the sound absorption of electrolytic solutions due to the relative motion of ions, including the formation of ion pairs. The theory is based on the Kubo-Green formula for the bulk viscosity. The time correlation function of the pressure is projected onto the bilinear product of the density modes of ions. The time development of the product of density modes is described by the diffusive limit of the generalized Langevin equation, and approximate expressions for the three- and four-body correlation functions required are given with the hypernetted-chain integral equation theory. Calculations on the aqueous solutions of model electrolytes are performed. It is demonstrated that the theory describes both the activated barrier crossing between contact and solvent-separated ion pairs and the Coulombic correlation between ions.

Theoretical study on the sound absorption of electrolytic solutions. I. Theoretical formulation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yamaguchi, T.; Matsuoka, T.; Koda, S.

2007-04-01

A theory is formulated that describes the sound absorption of electrolytic solutions due to the relative motion of ions, including the formation of ion pairs. The theory is based on the Kubo-Green formula for the bulk viscosity. The time correlation function of the pressure is projected onto the bilinear product of the density modes of ions. The time development of the product of density modes is described by the diffusive limit of the generalized Langevin equation, and approximate expressions for the three- and four-body correlation functions required are given with the hypernetted-chain integral equation theory. Calculations on the aqueous solutions of model electrolytes are performed. It is demonstrated that the theory describes both the activated barrier crossing between contact and solvent-separated ion pairs and the Coulombic correlation between ions.

Palatini formulation of f( R, T) gravity theory, and its cosmological implications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wu, Jimin; Li, Guangjie; Harko, Tiberiu; Liang, Shi-Dong

2018-05-01

We consider the Palatini formulation of f( R, T) gravity theory, in which a non-minimal coupling between the Ricci scalar and the trace of the energy-momentum tensor is introduced, by considering the metric and the affine connection as independent field variables. The field equations and the equations of motion for massive test particles are derived, and we show that the independent connection can be expressed as the Levi-Civita connection of an auxiliary, energy-momentum trace dependent metric, related to the physical metric by a conformal transformation. Similar to the metric case, the field equations impose the non-conservation of the energy-momentum tensor. We obtain the explicit form of the equations of motion for massive test particles in the case of a perfect fluid, and the expression of the extra force, which is identical to the one obtained in the metric case. The thermodynamic interpretation of the theory is also briefly discussed. We investigate in detail the cosmological implications of the theory, and we obtain the generalized Friedmann equations of the f( R, T) gravity in the Palatini formulation. Cosmological models with Lagrangians of the type f=R-α ^2/R+g(T) and f=R+α ^2R^2+g(T) are investigated. These models lead to evolution equations whose solutions describe accelerating Universes at late times.

The flow of plasma in the solar terrestrial environment

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Schunk, R. W.

1992-01-01

The overall goal of our NASA Theory Program is to study the coupling, time delays, and feedback mechanisms between the various regions of the solar-terrestrial system in a self-consistent, quantitative manner. To accomplish this goal, it will eventually be necessary to have time-dependent macroscopic models of the different regions of the solar-terrestrial system and we are continually working toward this goal. However, our immediate emphasis is on the near-earth plasma environment, including the ionosphere, the plasmasphere, and the polar wind. In this area, we have developed unique global models that allow us to study the coupling between the different regions. Another important aspect of our NASA Theory Program concerns the effect that localized structure has on the macroscopic flow in the ionosphere, plasmasphere, thermosphere, and polar wind. The localized structure can be created by structured magnetospheric inputs (i.e., structured plasma convection, particle precipitation or Birkeland current patterns) or time variations in these inputs due to storms and substorms. Also, some of the plasma flows that we predict with our macroscopic models may be unstable, and another one of our goals is to examine the stability of our predicted flows. Because time-dependent, three-dimensional numerical models of the solar-terrestrial environment generally require extensive computer resources, they are usually based on relatively simple mathematical formulations (i.e., simple MHD or hydrodynamic formulation). Therefore, another long-range goal of our NASA Theory Program is to study the conditions under which various mathematical formulations can be applied to specific solar-terrestrial regions. This may involve a detailed comparison of kinetic, semikinetic, and hydrodynamic predictions for a given polar wind scenario or it may involve the comparison of a small-scale particle-in-cell (PIC) simulation of a plasma expansion event with a similar macroscopic expansion event. The different mathematical formulations have different strengths and weaknesses and a careful comparison of model predictions for similar geophysical situations will provide insight into when the various models can be used with confidence.

Tensionless Strings and Supersymmetric Sigma Models: Aspects of the Target Space Geometry

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bredthauer, Andreas

2007-01-01

In this thesis, two aspects of string theory are discussed, tensionless strings and supersymmetric sigma models. The equivalent to a massless particle in string theory is a tensionless string. Even almost 30 years after it was first mentioned, it is still quite poorly understood. We discuss how tensionless strings give rise to exact solutions to supergravity and solve closed tensionless string theory in the ten dimensional maximally supersymmetric plane wave background, a contraction of AdS(5)xS(5) where tensionless strings are of great interest due to their proposed relation to higher spin gauge theory via the AdS/CFT correspondence. For a sigma model, the amount of supersymmetry on its worldsheet restricts the geometry of the target space. For N=(2,2) supersymmetry, for example, the target space has to be bi-hermitian. Recently, with generalized complex geometry, a new mathematical framework was developed that is especially suited to discuss the target space geometry of sigma models in a Hamiltonian formulation. Bi-hermitian geometry is so-called generalized Kaehler geometry but the relation is involved. We discuss various amounts of supersymmetry in phase space and show that this relation can be established by considering the equivalence between the Hamilton and Lagrange formulation of the sigma model. In the study of generalized supersymmetric sigma models, we find objects that favor a geometrical interpretation beyond generalized complex geometry.

AERMOD: MODEL FORMULATION AND EVALUATION RESULTS

EPA Science Inventory

AERMOD is an advanced plume model that incorporates updated treatments of the boundary layer theory, understanding of turbulence and dispersion, and includes handling of terrain interactions. This paper presents an overview of AERMOD's features relative to ISCST3.

AERM...

Establishing a theory for deuteron-induced surrogate reactions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Potel, G.; Nunes, F. M.; Thompson, I. J.

2015-09-01

Background: Deuteron-induced reactions serve as surrogates for neutron capture into compound states. Although these reactions are of great applicability, no theoretical efforts have been invested in this direction over the last decade. Purpose: The goal of this work is to establish on firm grounds a theory for deuteron-induced neutron-capture reactions. This includes formulating elastic and inelastic breakup in a consistent manner. Method: We describe this process both in post- and prior-form distorted wave Born approximation following previous works and discuss the differences in the formulation. While the convergence issues arising in the post formulation can be overcome in the prior formulation, in this case one still needs to take into account additional terms due to nonorthogonality. Results: We apply our method to the 93Nb(d ,p )X at Ed=15 and 25 MeV and are able to obtain a good description of the data. We look at the various partial wave contributions, as well as elastic versus inelastic contributions. We also connect our formulation with transfer to neutron bound states. Conclusions: Our calculations demonstrate that the nonorthogonality term arising in the prior formulation is significant and is at the heart of the long-standing controversy between the post and the prior formulations of the theory. We also show that the cross sections for these reactions are angular-momentum dependent and therefore the commonly used Weisskopf limit is inadequate. Finally, we make important predictions for the relative contributions of elastic breakup and nonelastic breakup and call for elastic-breakup measurements to further constrain our model.

Establishing a theory for deuteron induced surrogate reactions

DOE PAGES

Potel, G.; Nunes, F. M.; Thompson, I. J.

2015-09-18

Background: Deuteron-induced reactions serve as surrogates for neutron capture into compound states. Although these reactions are of great applicability, no theoretical efforts have been invested in this direction over the last decade. Purpose: The goal of this work is to establish on firm grounds a theory for deuteron-induced neutron-capture reactions. This includes formulating elastic and inelastic breakup in a consistent manner. Method: We describe this process both in post- and prior-form distorted wave Born approximation following previous works and discuss the differences in the formulation. While the convergence issues arising in the post formulation can be overcome in the priormore » formulation, in this case one still needs to take into account additional terms due to nonorthogonality. Results: We apply our method to the Nb93(d,p)X at Ed=15 and 25 MeV and are able to obtain a good description of the data. We then look at the various partial wave contributions, as well as elastic versus inelastic contributions. We also connect our formulation with transfer to neutron bound states.Conclusions: Our calculations demonstrate that the nonorthogonality term arising in the prior formulation is significant and is at the heart of the long-standing controversy between the post and the prior formulations of the theory. We also show that the cross sections for these reactions are angular-momentum dependent and therefore the commonly used Weisskopf limit is inadequate. We finally make important predictions for the relative contributions of elastic breakup and nonelastic breakup and call for elastic-breakup measurements to further constrain our model.« less

Success Stories in Control: Nonlinear Dynamic Inversion Control

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Bosworth, John T.

2010-01-01

NASA plays an important role in advancing the state of the art in flight control systems. In the case of Nonlinear Dynamic Inversion (NDI) NASA supported initial implementation of the theory in an aircraft and demonstration in a space vehicle. Dr. Dale Enns of Honeywell Aerospace Advanced Technology performed this work in cooperation with NASA and under NASA contract. Honeywell and Lockheed Martin were subsequently contracted by AFRL to create "Design Guidelines for Multivariable Control Theory". This foundational work directly contributed to the advancement of the technology and the credibility of the control law as a design option. As a result Honeywell collaborated with Lockheed Martin to produce a Nonlinear Dynamic Inversion controller for the X-35 and subsequently Lockheed Martin did the same for the production Lockheed Martin F-35 vehicle. The theory behind NDI is to use a systematic generalized approach to controlling a vehicle. Using general aircraft nonlinear equations of motion and onboard aerodynamic, mass properties, and engine models specific to the vehicle, a relationship between control effectors and desired aircraft motion can be formulated. Using this formulation a control combination is used that provides a predictable response to commanded motion. Control loops around this formulation shape the response as desired and provide robustness to modeling errors. Once the control law is designed it can be used on a similar class of vehicle with only an update to the vehicle specific onboard models.

An Alternative Lattice Field Theory Formulation Inspired by Lattice Supersymmetry-Summary of the Formulation-

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

D'Adda, Alessandro; Kawamoto, Noboru; Saito, Jun

2018-03-01

We propose a lattice field theory formulation which overcomes some fundamental diffculties in realizing exact supersymmetry on the lattice. The Leibniz rule for the difference operator can be recovered by defining a new product on the lattice, the star product, and the chiral fermion species doublers degrees of freedom can be avoided consistently. This framework is general enough to formulate non-supersymmetric lattice field theory without chiral fermion problem. This lattice formulation has a nonlocal nature and is essentially equivalent to the corresponding continuum theory. We can show that the locality of the star product is recovered exponentially in the continuum limit. Possible regularization procedures are proposed.The associativity of the product and the lattice translational invariance of the formulation will be discussed.

Cluster Analysis for Cognitive Diagnosis: Theory and Applications

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Chiu, Chia-Yi; Douglas, Jeffrey A.; Li, Xiaodong

2009-01-01

Latent class models for cognitive diagnosis often begin with specification of a matrix that indicates which attributes or skills are needed for each item. Then by imposing restrictions that take this into account, along with a theory governing how subjects interact with items, parametric formulations of item response functions are derived and…

Pre-buckling responses of Timoshenko nanobeams based on the integral and differential models of nonlocal elasticity: an isogeometric approach

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Norouzzadeh, A.; Ansari, R.; Rouhi, H.

2017-05-01

Differential form of Eringen's nonlocal elasticity theory is widely employed to capture the small-scale effects on the behavior of nanostructures. However, paradoxical results are obtained via the differential nonlocal constitutive relations in some cases such as in the vibration and bending analysis of cantilevers, and recourse must be made to the integral (original) form of Eringen's theory. Motivated by this consideration, a novel nonlocal formulation is developed herein based on the original formulation of Eringen's theory to study the buckling behavior of nanobeams. The governing equations are derived according to the Timoshenko beam theory, and are represented in a suitable vector-matrix form which is applicable to the finite-element analysis. In addition, an isogeometric analysis (IGA) is conducted for the solution of buckling problem. Construction of exact geometry using non-uniform rational B-splines and easy implementation of geometry refinement tools are the main advantages of IGA. A comparison study is performed between the predictions of integral and differential nonlocal models for nanobeams under different kinds of end conditions.

The Abelian Higgs model on Optical Lattice?

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Meurice, Yannick; Tsai, Shan-Wen; Bazavov, Alexei; Zhang, Jin

2015-03-01

We study the Lattice Gauge Theory of the U(1)-Higgs model in 1+1 dimensions in the strongly coupled regime. We discuss the plaquette corrections to the effective theory where link variables are integrated out. We discuss matching with the second-order perturbation theory effective Hamiltonian for various Bose-Hubbard models. This correspondence can be exploited for building a lattice gauge theory simulator on optical lattices. We propose to implement the quantum rotors which appear in the Hamiltonian formulation using Bose mixtures or p-orbitals. Recent progress on magnetic effects in 2+1 dimensions will be discussed. Supported by the Army Research Office of the Department of Defense under Award Number W911NF-13-1-0119.

Extended Mixed-Efects Item Response Models with the MH-RM Algorithm

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Chalmers, R. Philip

2015-01-01

A mixed-effects item response theory (IRT) model is presented as a logical extension of the generalized linear mixed-effects modeling approach to formulating explanatory IRT models. Fixed and random coefficients in the extended model are estimated using a Metropolis-Hastings Robbins-Monro (MH-RM) stochastic imputation algorithm to accommodate for…

Lattice field theory applications in high energy physics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gottlieb, Steven

2016-10-01

Lattice gauge theory was formulated by Kenneth Wilson in 1974. In the ensuing decades, improvements in actions, algorithms, and computers have enabled tremendous progress in QCD, to the point where lattice calculations can yield sub-percent level precision for some quantities. Beyond QCD, lattice methods are being used to explore possible beyond the standard model (BSM) theories of dynamical symmetry breaking and supersymmetry. We survey progress in extracting information about the parameters of the standard model by confronting lattice calculations with experimental results and searching for evidence of BSM effects.

Unification Theory of Optimal Life Histories and Linear Demographic Models in Internal Stochasticity

PubMed Central

Oizumi, Ryo

2014-01-01

Life history of organisms is exposed to uncertainty generated by internal and external stochasticities. Internal stochasticity is generated by the randomness in each individual life history, such as randomness in food intake, genetic character and size growth rate, whereas external stochasticity is due to the environment. For instance, it is known that the external stochasticity tends to affect population growth rate negatively. It has been shown in a recent theoretical study using path-integral formulation in structured linear demographic models that internal stochasticity can affect population growth rate positively or negatively. However, internal stochasticity has not been the main subject of researches. Taking account of effect of internal stochasticity on the population growth rate, the fittest organism has the optimal control of life history affected by the stochasticity in the habitat. The study of this control is known as the optimal life schedule problems. In order to analyze the optimal control under internal stochasticity, we need to make use of “Stochastic Control Theory” in the optimal life schedule problem. There is, however, no such kind of theory unifying optimal life history and internal stochasticity. This study focuses on an extension of optimal life schedule problems to unify control theory of internal stochasticity into linear demographic models. First, we show the relationship between the general age-states linear demographic models and the stochastic control theory via several mathematical formulations, such as path–integral, integral equation, and transition matrix. Secondly, we apply our theory to a two-resource utilization model for two different breeding systems: semelparity and iteroparity. Finally, we show that the diversity of resources is important for species in a case. Our study shows that this unification theory can address risk hedges of life history in general age-states linear demographic models. PMID:24945258

Geometrically nonlinear analysis of laminated elastic structures

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Reddy, J. N.

1984-01-01

Laminated composite plates and shells that can be used to model automobile bodies, aircraft wings and fuselages, and pressure vessels among many other were analyzed. The finite element method, a numerical technique for engineering analysis of structures, is used to model the geometry and approximate the solution. Various alternative formulations for analyzing laminated plates and shells are developed and their finite element models are tested for accuracy and economy in computation. These include the shear deformation laminate theory and degenerated 3-D elasticity theory for laminates.

Electrode redox reactions with polarizable molecules.

PubMed

Matyushov, Dmitry V

2018-04-21

A theory of redox reactions involving electron transfer between a metal electrode and a polarizable molecule in solution is formulated. Both the existence of molecular polarizability and its ability to change due to electron transfer distinguish this problem from classical theories of interfacial electrochemistry. When the polarizability is different between the oxidized and reduced states, the statistics of thermal fluctuations driving the reactant over the activation barrier becomes non-Gaussian. The problem of electron transfer is formulated as crossing of two non-parabolic free energy surfaces. An analytical solution for these free energy surfaces is provided and the activation barrier of electrode electron transfer is given in terms of two reorganization energies corresponding to the oxidized and reduced states of the molecule in solution. The new non-Gaussian theory is, therefore, based on two theory parameters in contrast to one-parameter Marcus formulation for electrode reactions. The theory, which is consistent with the Nernst equation, predicts asymmetry between the cathodic and anodic branches of the electrode current. They show different slopes at small electrode overpotentials and become curved at larger overpotentials. However, the curvature of the Tafel plot is reduced compared to the Marcus-Hush model and approaches the empirical Butler-Volmer form with different transfer coefficients for the anodic and cathodic currents.

Electrode redox reactions with polarizable molecules

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Matyushov, Dmitry V.

2018-04-01

A theory of redox reactions involving electron transfer between a metal electrode and a polarizable molecule in solution is formulated. Both the existence of molecular polarizability and its ability to change due to electron transfer distinguish this problem from classical theories of interfacial electrochemistry. When the polarizability is different between the oxidized and reduced states, the statistics of thermal fluctuations driving the reactant over the activation barrier becomes non-Gaussian. The problem of electron transfer is formulated as crossing of two non-parabolic free energy surfaces. An analytical solution for these free energy surfaces is provided and the activation barrier of electrode electron transfer is given in terms of two reorganization energies corresponding to the oxidized and reduced states of the molecule in solution. The new non-Gaussian theory is, therefore, based on two theory parameters in contrast to one-parameter Marcus formulation for electrode reactions. The theory, which is consistent with the Nernst equation, predicts asymmetry between the cathodic and anodic branches of the electrode current. They show different slopes at small electrode overpotentials and become curved at larger overpotentials. However, the curvature of the Tafel plot is reduced compared to the Marcus-Hush model and approaches the empirical Butler-Volmer form with different transfer coefficients for the anodic and cathodic currents.

Metriplectic Gyrokinetics and Discretization Methods for the Landau Collision Integral

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hirvijoki, Eero; Burby, Joshua W.; Kraus, Michael

2017-10-01

We present two important results for the kinetic theory and numerical simulation of warm plasmas: 1) We provide a metriplectic formulation of collisional electrostatic gyrokinetics that is fully consistent with the First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics. 2) We provide a metriplectic temporal and velocity-space discretization for the particle phase-space Landau collision integral that satisfies the conservation of energy, momentum, and particle densities to machine precision, as well as guarantees the existence of numerical H-theorem. The properties are demonstrated algebraically. These two result have important implications: 1) Numerical methods addressing the Vlasov-Maxwell-Landau system of equations, or its reduced gyrokinetic versions, should start from a metriplectic formulation to preserve the fundamental physical principles also at the discrete level. 2) The plasma physics community should search for a metriplectic reduction theory that would serve a similar purpose as the existing Lagrangian and Hamiltonian reduction theories do in gyrokinetics. The discovery of metriplectic formulation of collisional electrostatic gyrokinetics is strong evidence in favor of such theory and, if uncovered, the theory would be invaluable in constructing reduced plasma models. Supported by U.S. DOE Contract Nos. DE-AC02-09-CH11466 (EH) and DE-AC05-06OR23100 (JWB) and by European Union's Horizon 2020 research and innovation Grant No. 708124 (MK).

Mexican American intergenerational caregiving model.

PubMed

Escandón, Socorro

2006-08-01

This study employed grounded theory to formulate a conceptual model of intergenerational caregiving among Mexican American families. The sample consisted of 10 Mexican American caregivers of various generations older than 21 who provided at least one intermittent service (without pay at least once a month) to an elder, related through consanguinal or acquired kinship ties. The inductively generated theory of role acceptance is composed of four phases: (a) introduction--early caregiving experiences, (b) role reconciliation, (c) role imprint, and (d) providing or projecting care. This model can be used to study varied generations of Mexican American caregivers. It also provides a framework for comparison with other groups of caregivers. The results can help in designing nursing interventions to support caregivers based on understanding the issues, to create and design systems that address the varying and ever-changing needs of informal caregivers, and to assist in the formulation of policy that supports Mexican American caregivers.

Meshless analysis of shear deformable shells: the linear model

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Costa, Jorge C.; Tiago, Carlos M.; Pimenta, Paulo M.

2013-10-01

This work develops a kinematically linear shell model departing from a consistent nonlinear theory. The initial geometry is mapped from a flat reference configuration by a stress-free finite deformation, after which, the actual shell motion takes place. The model maintains the features of a complete stress-resultant theory with Reissner-Mindlin kinematics based on an inextensible director. A hybrid displacement variational formulation is presented, where the domain displacements and kinematic boundary reactions are independently approximated. The resort to a flat reference configuration allows the discretization using 2-D Multiple Fixed Least-Squares (MFLS) on the domain. The consistent definition of stress resultants and consequent plane stress assumption led to a neat formulation for the analysis of shells. The consistent linear approximation, combined with MFLS, made possible efficient computations with a desired continuity degree, leading to smooth results for the displacement, strain and stress fields, as shown by several numerical examples.

Nuclear quadrupole resonance lineshape analysis for different motional models: Stochastic Liouville approach

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kruk, D.; Earle, K. A.; Mielczarek, A.; Kubica, A.; Milewska, A.; Moscicki, J.

2011-12-01

A general theory of lineshapes in nuclear quadrupole resonance (NQR), based on the stochastic Liouville equation, is presented. The description is valid for arbitrary motional conditions (particularly beyond the valid range of perturbation approaches) and interaction strengths. It can be applied to the computation of NQR spectra for any spin quantum number and for any applied magnetic field. The treatment presented here is an adaptation of the "Swedish slow motion theory," [T. Nilsson and J. Kowalewski, J. Magn. Reson. 146, 345 (2000), 10.1006/jmre.2000.2125] originally formulated for paramagnetic systems, to NQR spectral analysis. The description is formulated for simple (Brownian) diffusion, free diffusion, and jump diffusion models. The two latter models account for molecular cooperativity effects in dense systems (such as liquids of high viscosity or molecular glasses). The sensitivity of NQR slow motion spectra to the mechanism of the motional processes modulating the nuclear quadrupole interaction is discussed.

Pointless strings

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Periwal, V.

1988-01-01

The author proves that bosonic string perturbation theory diverges and is not Borel summable. This is an indication of a non-perturbative instability of the bosonic string vacuum. He formulates two-dimensional sigma models in terms of algebras of functions. He extends this formulation to general C* algebras. He illustrates the utility of these algebraic notions by calculating some determinants of interest in the study of string propagation in orbifold backgrounds. He studies the geometry of spaces of field theories and show that the vanishing of the curvature of the natural Gel'fand-Naimark-Segal metric on such spaces is exactly the strong associativity conditionmore » of the operator product expansion.He shows that string scattering amplitudes arise as invariants of renormalization, when he formulates renormalization in terms of rescalings of the metric on the string world-sheet.« less

Zonally averaged model of dynamics, chemistry and radiation for the atmosphere

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Tung, K. K.

1985-01-01

A nongeostrophic theory of zonally averaged circulation is formulated using the nonlinear primitive equations on a sphere, taking advantage of the more direct relationship between the mean meridional circulation and diabatic heating rate which is available in isentropic coordinates. Possible differences between results of nongeostrophic theory and the commonly used geostrophic formulation are discussed concerning: (1) the role of eddy forcing of the diabatic circulation, and (2) the nonlinear nearly inviscid limit vs the geostrophic limit. Problems associated with the traditional Rossby number scaling in quasi-geostrophic formulations are pointed out and an alternate, more general scaling based on the smallness of mean meridional to zonal velocities for a rotating planet is suggested. Such a scaling recovers the geostrophic balanced wind relationship for the mean zonal flow but reveals that the mean meridional velocity is in general ageostrophic.

[Use of theories and models on papers of a Latin-American journal in public health, 2000 to 2004].

PubMed

Cabrera Arana, Gustavo Alonso

2007-12-01

To characterize frequency and type of use of theories or models on papers of a Latin-American journal in public health between 2000 and 2004. The Revista de Saúde Pública was chosen because of its history of periodic publication without interruption and current impact on the scientific communication of the area. A standard procedure was applied for reading and classifying articles in an arbitrary typology of four levels, according to the depth of the use of models or theoretical references to describe problems or issues, to formulate methods and to discuss results. Of 482 articles included, 421 (87%) were research studies, 42 (9%) reviews or special contributions and 19 (4%) opinion texts or assays . Of 421 research studies, 286 (68%) had a quantitative focus, 110 (26%) qualitative and 25 (6%) mixed. Reference to theories or models is uncommon, only 90 (19%) articles mentioned a theory or model. According to the depth of the use, 29 (6%) were classified as type I, 9 (2%) as type II, 6 (1.3%) were type III and the 46 remaining texts (9.5%) were type IV. Reference to models was nine-fold more frequent than the use of theoretical references. The ideal use, type IV, occurred in one of every ten articles studied. It is of relevance to show theoretical and models frames used when approaching topics, formulating hypothesis, designing methods and discussing findings in papers.

Well-posed and stable transmission problems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nordström, Jan; Linders, Viktor

2018-07-01

We introduce the notion of a transmission problem to describe a general class of problems where different dynamics are coupled in time. Well-posedness and stability are analysed for continuous and discrete problems using both strong and weak formulations, and a general transmission condition is obtained. The theory is applied to the coupling of fluid-acoustic models, multi-grid implementations, adaptive mesh refinements, multi-block formulations and numerical filtering.

Correlations and analytical approaches to co-evolving voter models

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ji, M.; Xu, C.; Choi, C. W.; Hui, P. M.

2013-11-01

The difficulty in formulating analytical treatments in co-evolving networks is studied in light of the Vazquez-Eguíluz-San Miguel voter model (VM) and a modified VM (MVM) that introduces a random mutation of the opinion as a noise in the VM. The density of active links, which are links that connect the nodes of opposite opinions, is shown to be highly sensitive to both the degree k of a node and the active links n among the neighbors of a node. We test the validity in the formalism of analytical approaches and show explicitly that the assumptions behind the commonly used homogeneous pair approximation scheme in formulating a mean-field theory are the source of the theory's failure due to the strong correlations between k, n and n2. An improved approach that incorporates spatial correlation to the nearest-neighbors explicitly and a random approximation for the next-nearest neighbors is formulated for the VM and the MVM, and it gives better agreement with the simulation results. We introduce an empirical approach that quantifies the correlations more accurately and gives results in good agreement with the simulation results. The work clarifies why simply mean-field theory fails and sheds light on how to analyze the correlations in the dynamic equations that are often generated in co-evolving processes.

Two-fluid models of turbulence

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Spalding, D. B.

1985-01-01

The defects of turbulence models are summarized and the importance of so-called nongradient diffusion in turbulent fluxes is discussed. The mathematical theory of the flow of two interpenetrating continua is reviewed, and the mathematical formulation of the two fluid model is outlined. Results from plane wake, axisymmetric jet, and combustion studies are shown.

Developing a Model for an Innovative Culinary Competency Curriculum and Examining Its Effects on Students' Performance

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hu, Meng-Lei I-Chen Monica; Horng, Jeou-Shyan; Teng, Chih-Ching

2016-01-01

The present study designs and develops an innovative culinary competency curriculum (ICCC) model comprising seven sections: innovative culture, aesthetics, techniques, service, product, management, and creativity. The model is formulated based on culinary concept, creativity, innovation, and competency theory. The four elements of curriculum…

Development of the "Indigenous Self" in Indigenous-Centered Student Services: An Examination of the Kokua a Puni Summer Enrichment Program

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Frietas, Antoinette; Wright, Erin Kahunawaikaala; Balutski, Brandi Jean Nalani; Wu, Pearl

2013-01-01

Conventional theories of student development are often used to explain student persistence, attrition, amd marticulation in education and thus formulate the basis for student retention models. Student development theories fail to consider the diverse set of socioeconomic cultural and academic experiences of Indigenous peoples, in this case…

Bianchi type-II String Cosmological Model with Magnetic Field in Scale-Covariant Theory of Gravitation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sharma, N. K.; Singh, J. K.

2014-12-01

The spatially homogeneous and totally anisotropic Bianchi type-II cosmological solutions of massive strings have been investigated in the presence of the magnetic field in the framework of scale-covariant theory of gravitation formulated by Canuto et al. (Phys. Rev. Lett. 39, 429, 1977). With the help of special law of variation for Hubble's parameter proposed by Berman (Nuovo Cimento 74, 182, 1983) string cosmological model is obtained in this theory. We use the power law relation between scalar field ϕ and scale factor R to find the solutions. Some physical and kinematical properties of the model are also discussed.

Dynamics and control of DNA sequence amplification

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Marimuthu, Karthikeyan; Chakrabarti, Raj, E-mail: raj@pmc-group.com, E-mail: rajc@andrew.cmu.edu; Division of Fundamental Research, PMC Advanced Technology, Mount Laurel, New Jersey 08054

2014-10-28

DNA amplification is the process of replication of a specified DNA sequence in vitro through time-dependent manipulation of its external environment. A theoretical framework for determination of the optimal dynamic operating conditions of DNA amplification reactions, for any specified amplification objective, is presented based on first-principles biophysical modeling and control theory. Amplification of DNA is formulated as a problem in control theory with optimal solutions that can differ considerably from strategies typically used in practice. Using the Polymerase Chain Reaction as an example, sequence-dependent biophysical models for DNA amplification are cast as control systems, wherein the dynamics of the reactionmore » are controlled by a manipulated input variable. Using these control systems, we demonstrate that there exists an optimal temperature cycling strategy for geometric amplification of any DNA sequence and formulate optimal control problems that can be used to derive the optimal temperature profile. Strategies for the optimal synthesis of the DNA amplification control trajectory are proposed. Analogous methods can be used to formulate control problems for more advanced amplification objectives corresponding to the design of new types of DNA amplification reactions.« less

Modeling Electromagnetic Scattering From Complex Inhomogeneous Objects

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Deshpande, Manohar; Reddy, C. J.

2011-01-01

This software innovation is designed to develop a mathematical formulation to estimate the electromagnetic scattering characteristics of complex, inhomogeneous objects using the finite-element-method (FEM) and method-of-moments (MoM) concepts, as well as to develop a FORTRAN code called FEMOM3DS (Finite Element Method and Method of Moments for 3-Dimensional Scattering), which will implement the steps that are described in the mathematical formulation. Very complex objects can be easily modeled, and the operator of the code is not required to know the details of electromagnetic theory to study electromagnetic scattering.

Topics in Covariant Closed String Field Theory and Two-Dimensional Quantum Gravity

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Saadi, Maha

1991-01-01

The closed string field theory based on the Witten vertex is found to be nonpolynomial in order to reproduce all tree amplitudes correctly. The interactions have a geometrical pattern of overlaps, which can be thought as the edges of a spherical polyhedron with face-perimeters equal to 2pi. At each vertex of the polyhedron there are three faces, thus all elementary interactions are cubic in the sense that at most three strings can coincide at a point. The quantum action is constructed by substracting counterterms which cancel the overcounting of moduli space, and by adding loop vertices in such a way no possible surfaces are missed. A counterterm that gives the correct one-string one-loop amplitude is formulated. The lowest order loop vertices are analyzed in the cases of genus one and two. Also, a one-loop two -string counterterm that restores BRST invariance to the respective scattering amplitude is constructed. An attempt to understand the formulation of two -dimensional pure gravity from the discrete representation of a two-dimensional surface is made. This is considered as a toy model of string theory. A well-defined mathematical model is used. Its continuum limit cannot be naively interpreted as pure gravity because each term of the sum over surfaces is not positive definite. The model, however, could be considered as an analytic continuation of the standard matrix model formulation of gravity. (Copies available exclusively from MIT Libraries, Rm. 14-0551, Cambridge, MA 02139-4307. Ph. 617-253-5668; Fax 617-253-1690.).

The role of modern control theory in the design of controls for aircraft turbine engines

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Zeller, J.; Lehtinen, B.; Merrill, W.

1982-01-01

The development, applications, and current research in modern control theory (MCT) are reviewed, noting the importance for fuel-efficient operation of turbines with variable inlet guide vanes, compressor stators, and exhaust nozzle area. The evolution of multivariable propulsion control design is examined, noting a basis in a matrix formulation of the differential equations defining the process, leading to state space formulations. Reports and papers which appeared from 1970-1982 which dealt with problems in MCT applications to turbine engine control design are outlined, including works on linear quadratic regulator methods, frequency domain methods, identification, estimation, and model reduction, detection, isolation, and accommodation, and state space control, adaptive control, and optimization approaches. Finally, NASA programs in frequency domain design, sensor failure detection, computer-aided control design, and plant modeling are explored

Expected utility versus expected regret theory versions of decision curve analysis do generate different results when treatment effects are taken into account.

PubMed

Hozo, Iztok; Tsalatsanis, Athanasios; Djulbegovic, Benjamin

2018-02-01

Decision curve analysis (DCA) is a widely used method for evaluating diagnostic tests and predictive models. It was developed based on expected utility theory (EUT) and has been reformulated using expected regret theory (ERG). Under certain circumstances, these 2 formulations yield different results. Here we describe these situations and explain the variation. We compare the derivations of the EUT- and ERG-based formulations of DCA for a typical medical decision problem: "treat none," "treat all," or "use model" to guide treatment. We illustrate the differences between the 2 formulations when applied to the following clinical question: at which probability of death we should refer a terminally ill patient to hospice? Both DCA formulations yielded identical but mirrored results when treatment effects are ignored; they generated significantly different results otherwise. Treatment effect has a significant effect on the results derived by EUT DCA and less so on ERG DCA. The elicitation of specific values for disutilities affected the results even more significantly in the context of EUT DCA, whereas no such elicitation was required within the ERG framework. EUT and ERG DCA generate different results when treatment effects are taken into account. The magnitude of the difference depends on the effect of treatment and the disutilities associated with disease and treatment effects. This is important to realize as the current practice guidelines are uniformly based on EUT; the same recommendations can significantly differ if they are derived based on ERG framework. © 2016 The Authors. Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

Process Dissociation and Mixture Signal Detection Theory

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

DeCarlo, Lawrence T.

2008-01-01

The process dissociation procedure was developed in an attempt to separate different processes involved in memory tasks. The procedure naturally lends itself to a formulation within a class of mixture signal detection models. The dual process model is shown to be a special case. The mixture signal detection model is applied to data from a widely…

Modified Likelihood-Based Item Fit Statistics for the Generalized Graded Unfolding Model

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Roberts, James S.

2008-01-01

Orlando and Thissen (2000) developed an item fit statistic for binary item response theory (IRT) models known as S-X[superscript 2]. This article generalizes their statistic to polytomous unfolding models. Four alternative formulations of S-X[superscript 2] are developed for the generalized graded unfolding model (GGUM). The GGUM is a…

RELAP-7 Theory Manual

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Berry, Ray Alden; Zou, Ling; Zhao, Haihua

This document summarizes the physical models and mathematical formulations used in the RELAP-7 code. In summary, the MOOSE based RELAP-7 code development is an ongoing effort. The MOOSE framework enables rapid development of the RELAP-7 code. The developmental efforts and results demonstrate that the RELAP-7 project is on a path to success. This theory manual documents the main features implemented into the RELAP-7 code. Because the code is an ongoing development effort, this RELAP-7 Theory Manual will evolve with periodic updates to keep it current with the state of the development, implementation, and model additions/revisions.

Multidisciplinary Optimization of Tilt Rotor Blades Using Comprehensive Composite Modeling Technique

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Chattopadhyay, Aditi; McCarthy, Thomas R.; Rajadas, John N.

1997-01-01

An optimization procedure is developed for addressing the design of composite tilt rotor blades. A comprehensive technique, based on a higher-order laminate theory, is developed for the analysis of the thick composite load-carrying sections, modeled as box beams, in the blade. The theory, which is based on a refined displacement field, is a three-dimensional model which approximates the elasticity solution so that the beam cross-sectional properties are not reduced to one-dimensional beam parameters. Both inplane and out-of-plane warping are included automatically in the formulation. The model can accurately capture the transverse shear stresses through the thickness of each wall while satisfying stress free boundary conditions on the inner and outer surfaces of the beam. The aerodynamic loads on the blade are calculated using the classical blade element momentum theory. Analytical expressions for the lift and drag are obtained based on the blade planform with corrections for the high lift capability of rotor blades. The aerodynamic analysis is coupled with the structural model to formulate the complete coupled equations of motion for aeroelastic analyses. Finally, a multidisciplinary optimization procedure is developed to improve the aerodynamic, structural and aeroelastic performance of the tilt rotor aircraft. The objective functions include the figure of merit in hover and the high speed cruise propulsive efficiency. Structural, aerodynamic and aeroelastic stability criteria are imposed as constraints on the problem. The Kreisselmeier-Steinhauser function is used to formulate the multiobjective function problem. The search direction is determined by the Broyden-Fletcher-Goldfarb-Shanno algorithm. The optimum results are compared with the baseline values and show significant improvements in the overall performance of the tilt rotor blade.

A Model of Historical Thinking

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Seixas, Peter

2017-01-01

"Historical thinking" has a central role in the theory and practice of history education. At a minimum, history educators must work with a model of historical thinking if they are to formulate potential progression in students' advance through a school history curriculum, test that progression empirically, and shape instructional…

SIMULATION MODEL FOR WATERSHED MANAGEMENT PLANNING. VOLUME 1. MODEL THEORY AND FORMULATION

EPA Science Inventory

Evaluation of nonpoint source pollution problems requires an understanding of the behavioral response to an ecosystem to the impacts of land use activities on individual components of that ecosystem. By analyzing basic ecosystem processes and impacts of land use activities on spe...

A model of methods for influencing prescribing: Part I. A review of prescribing models, persuasion theories, and administrative and educational methods.

PubMed

Raisch, D W

1990-04-01

The purpose of this literature review is to develop a model of methods to be used to influence prescribing. Four bodies of literature were identified as being important for developing the model: (1) Theoretical prescribing models furnish information concerning factors that affect prescribing and how prescribing decisions are made. (2) Theories of persuasion provide insight into important components of educational communications. (3) Research articles of programs to improve prescribing identify types of programs that have been found to be successful. (4) Theories of human inference describe how judgments are formulated and identify errors in judgment that can play a role in prescribing. This review is presented in two parts. This article reviews prescribing models, theories of persuasion, studies of administrative programs to control prescribing, and sub-optimally designed studies of educational efforts to influence drug prescribing.

Momentum-resolved spectroscopy of a Fermi liquid

PubMed Central

Doggen, Elmer V. H.; Kinnunen, Jami J.

2015-01-01

We consider a recent momentum-resolved radio-frequency spectroscopy experiment, in which Fermi liquid properties of a strongly interacting atomic Fermi gas were studied. Here we show that by extending the Brueckner-Goldstone model, we can formulate a theory that goes beyond basic mean-field theories and that can be used for studying spectroscopies of dilute atomic gases in the strongly interacting regime. The model hosts well-defined quasiparticles and works across a wide range of temperatures and interaction strengths. The theory provides excellent qualitative agreement with the experiment. Comparing the predictions of the present theory with the mean-field Bardeen-Cooper-Schrieffer theory yields insights into the role of pair correlations, Tan's contact, and the Hartree mean-field energy shift. PMID:25941948

Programme Evaluation Theory: The Next Step toward a Synthesis of Logic Models and Organisational Theory

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Fear, William J.

2007-01-01

This paper argues that the formulation of policy, at whatever level, to whatever scale or scope, is any different to the myriad of processes involved in strategic planning within and between organisations, and the attendant decision making processes that abound in such an environment (Hage, 1980; Hickson, 1987; Thompson, 1967; Weick, 1976). Those…

The generic world-sheet action of irrational conformal field theory

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Clubok, K.; Halpern, M.B.

1995-05-01

We review developments in the world-sheet action formulation of the generic irrational conformal field theory, including the non-linear and the linearized forms of the action. These systems form a large class of spin-two gauged WZW actions which exhibit exotic gravitational couplings. Integrating out the gravitational field, we also speculate on a connection with sigma models.

The flow of plasma in the solar terrestrial environment

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Schunk, Robert W.; Banks, P.; Barakat, A. R.; Crain, D. J.; Demars, H. G.; Lemaire, J.; Ma, T.-Z.; Rasmussen, C. E.; Richards, P.; Sica, R.

1990-01-01

The overall goal of our NASA Theory Program was to study the coupling, time delays, and feedback mechanisms between the various regions of the solar-terrestrial system in a self-consistent, quantitative manner. To accomplish this goal, it will eventually be necessary to have time-dependent macroscopic models of the different regions of the solar-terrestrial system and we are continually working toward this goal. However, with the funding from this NASA program, we concentrated on the near-earth plasma environment, including the ionosphere, the plasmasphere, and the polar wind. In this area, we developed unique global models that allowed us to study the coupling between the different regions. These results are highlighted in the next section. Another important aspect of our NASA Theory Program concerned the effect that localized 'structure' had on the macroscopic flow in the ionosphere, plasmasphere, thermosphere, and polar wind. The localized structure can be created by structured magnetospheric inputs (i.e., structured plasma convection, particle precipitation or Birkland current patterns) or time variations in these input due to storms and substorms. Also, some of the plasma flows that we predicted with our macroscopic models could be unstable, and another one of our goals was to examine the stability of our predicted flows. Because time-dependent, three-dimensional numerical models of the solar-terrestrial environment generally require extensive computer resources, they are usually based on relatively simple mathematical formulations (i.e., simple MHD or hydrodynamic formulations). Therefore, another goal of our NASA Theory Program was to study the conditions under which various mathematical formulations can be applied to specific solar-terrestrial regions. This could involve a detailed comparison of kinetic, semi-kinetic, and hydrodynamic predictions for a given polar wind scenario or it could involve the comparison of a small-scale particle-in-cell (PIC) simulation of a plasma expansion event with a similar macroscopic expansion event. The different mathematical formulations have different strengths and weaknesses and a careful comparison of model predictions for similar geophysical situations provides insight into when the various models can be used with confidence.

The flow of plasma in the solar terrestrial environment

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Schunk, Robert W.

1991-01-01

The overall goal of our NASA Theory Program is to study the coupling, time delays, and feedback mechanisms between the various regions of the solar-terrestrial system in a self-consistent, quantitative, manner. To accomplish this goal, it will eventually be necessary to have time-dependent macroscopic models of the different regions of the solar-terrestrial system and we are continually working toward this goal. However, our immediate emphasis is on the near-earth plasma environment, including the ionosphere, the plasmasphere, and the polar wind. In this area, we have developed unique global models that allow us to study the coupling between the different regions. These results are highlighted. Another important aspect of our NASA Theory Program concerns the effect that localized structure has on the macroscopic flow in the ionosphere, plasmasphere, thermosphere and polar wind. The localized structure can be created by structured magnetospheric inputs (i.e., structured plasma convection, particle precipitation or Birkeland current patterns) or time variations in these inputs due to storms and substorms. Also, some of the plasma flows that we predict with our macroscopic models may be unstable. Another one of our goals is to examine the stability of our predicted flows. Because time-dependent three-dimensional numerical models of the solar-terrestrial environment generally require extensive computer resources, they are usually based on relatively simple mathematical formulations (i.e., simple MHD or hydrodynamic formulations). Therefore, another long-range goal of our NASA Theory Program is to study the conditions under which various mathematical formulations can be applied to specific solar-terrestrial regions. This may involve a detailed comparison of kinetic, semikinetic, and hydrodynamic predictions for a given polar wind scenario or it may involve the comparison of a small-scale particle-in-cell (PIC) simulation of a plasma expansion event with a similar macroscopic expansion event. The different mathematical formulations have different strengths and weaknesses and a careful comparison of model predictions for similar geophysical situations will provide insight into when the various models can be used with confidence.

Qubit models of weak continuous measurements: markovian conditional and open-system dynamics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gross, Jonathan A.; Caves, Carlton M.; Milburn, Gerard J.; Combes, Joshua

2018-04-01

In this paper we approach the theory of continuous measurements and the associated unconditional and conditional (stochastic) master equations from the perspective of quantum information and quantum computing. We do so by showing how the continuous-time evolution of these master equations arises from discretizing in time the interaction between a system and a probe field and by formulating quantum-circuit diagrams for the discretized evolution. We then reformulate this interaction by replacing the probe field with a bath of qubits, one for each discretized time segment, reproducing all of the standard quantum-optical master equations. This provides an economical formulation of the theory, highlighting its fundamental underlying assumptions.

Relativistic thermodynamics, a Lagrangian field theory for general flows including rotation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Frønsdal, Christian

Any theory that is based on an action principle has a much greater predictive power than one that does not have such a formulation. The formulation of a dynamical theory of General Relativity, including matter, is here viewed as a problem of coupling Einstein’s theory of pure gravity to an independently chosen and well-defined field theory of matter. It is well known that this is accomplished in a most natural way when both theories are formulated as relativistic, Lagrangian field theories, as is the case with Einstein-Maxwell theory. Special matter models of this type have been available; here a more general thermodynamical model that allows for vortex flows is presented. In a wider context, the problem of subjecting hydrodynamics and thermodynamics to an action principle is one that has been pursued for at least 150 years. A solution to this problem has been known for some time, but only under the strong restriction to potential flows. A variational principle for general flows has become available. It represents a development of the Navier-Stokes-Fourier approach to fluid dynamics. The principal innovation is the recognition that two kinds of flow velocity fields are needed, one the gradient of a scalar field and the other the time derivative of a vector field, the latter closely associated with vorticity. In the relativistic theory that is presented here, the latter is the Hodge dual of an exact 3-form, well known as the notoph field of Ogievetskij and Palubarinov, the B-field of Kalb and Ramond and the vorticity field of Lund and Regge. The total number of degrees of freedom of a unary system, including the density and the two velocity fields is 4, as expected — as in classical hydrodynamics. In this paper, we do not reduce Einstein’s dynamical equation for the metric to phenomenology, which would have denied the relevance of any intrinsic dynamics for the matter sector, nor do we abandon the equation of continuity - the very soul of hydrodynamics.

Recent developments in learning control and system identification for robots and structures

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Phan, M.; Juang, J.-N.; Longman, R. W.

1990-01-01

This paper reviews recent results in learning control and learning system identification, with particular emphasis on discrete-time formulation, and their relation to adaptive theory. Related continuous-time results are also discussed. Among the topics presented are proportional, derivative, and integral learning controllers, time-domain formulation of discrete learning algorithms. Newly developed techniques are described including the concept of the repetition domain, and the repetition domain formulation of learning control by linear feedback, model reference learning control, indirect learning control with parameter estimation, as well as related basic concepts, recursive and non-recursive methods for learning identification.

Theory of fiber-optic, evanescent-wave spectroscopy and sensors

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Messica, A.; Greenstein, A.; Katzir, A.

1996-05-01

A general theory for fiber-optic, evanescent-wave spectroscopy and sensors is presented for straight, uncladded, step-index, multimode fibers. A three-dimensional model is formulated within the framework of geometric optics. The model includes various launching conditions, input and output end-face Fresnel transmission losses, multiple Fresnel reflections, bulk absorption, and evanescent-wave absorption. An evanescent-wave sensor response is analyzed as a function of externally controlled parameters such as coupling angle, f number, fiber length, and diameter. Conclusions are drawn for several experimental apparatuses.

Transfer function modeling of damping mechanisms in viscoelastic plates

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Slater, J. C.; Inman, D. J.

1991-01-01

This work formulates a method for the modeling of material damping characteristics in plates. The Sophie German equation of classical plate theory is modified to incorporate hysteresis effects represented by complex stiffness using the transfer function approach proposed by Golla and Hughes, (1985). However, this procedure is not limited to this representation. The governing characteristic equation is decoupled through separation of variables, yielding a solution similar to that of undamped classical plate theory, allowing solution of the steady state as well as the transient response problem.

A Multi-wavenumber Theory for Eddy Diffusivities: Applications to the DIMES Region

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chen, R.; Gille, S. T.; McClean, J.; Flierl, G.; Griesel, A.

2014-12-01

Climate models are sensitive to the representation of ocean mixing processes. This has motivated recent efforts to collect observations aimed at improving mixing estimates and parameterizations. The US/UK field program Diapycnal and Isopycnal Mixing Experiment in the Southern Ocean (DIMES), begun in 2009, is providing such estimates upstream of and within the Drake Passage. This region is characterized by topography, and strong zonal jets. In previous studies, mixing length theories, based on the assumption that eddies are dominated by a single wavenumber and phase speed, were formulated to represent the estimated mixing patterns in jets. However, in spite of the success of the single wavenumber theory in some other scenarios, it does not effectively predict the vertical structures of observed eddy diffusivities in the DIMES area. Considering that eddy motions encompass a wide range of wavenumbers, which all contribute to mixing, in this study we formulated a multi-wavenumber theory to predict eddy mixing rates. We test our theory for a domain encompassing the entire Southern Ocean. We estimated eddy diffusivities and mixing lengths from one million numerical floats in a global eddying model. These float-based mixing estimates were compared with the predictions from both the single-wavenumber and the multi-wavenumber theories. Our preliminary results in the DIMES area indicate that, compared to the single-wavenumber theory, the multi-wavenumber theory better predicts the vertical mixing structures in the vast areas where the mean flow is weak; however in the intense jet region, both theories have similar predictive skill.

Communication Policy and Theory: Current Perspectives on Mass Communication Research.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Bybee, Carl R.; Cahn, Dudley D.

The integration of American and European mass communication research models would provide a broader sociocultural framework for formulating communication policy. Emphasizing a functional approach, the American diffusionist model assumes that society is a system of interrelated parts naturally tending toward a state of dynamic equilibrium. The…

Non-linear duality invariant partially massless models?

DOE PAGES

Cherney, D.; Deser, S.; Waldron, A.; ...

2015-12-15

We present manifestly duality invariant, non-linear, equations of motion for maximal depth, partially massless higher spins. These are based on a first order, Maxwell-like formulation of the known partially massless systems. Lastly, our models mimic Dirac–Born–Infeld theory but it is unclear whether they are Lagrangian.

A Multiperspectival Conceptual Model of Transformative Meaning Making

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Freed, Maxine

2009-01-01

Meaning making is central to transformative learning, but little work has explored how meaning is constructed in the process. Moreover, no meaning-making theory adequately captures its characteristics and operations during radical transformation. The purpose of this dissertation was to formulate and specify a multiperspectival conceptual model of…

Mathematical Formulation of Multivariate Euclidean Models for Discrimination Methods.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Mullen, Kenneth; Ennis, Daniel M.

1987-01-01

Multivariate models for the triangular and duo-trio methods are described, and theoretical methods are compared to a Monte Carlo simulation. Implications are discussed for a new theory of multidimensional scaling which challenges the traditional assumption that proximity measures and perceptual distances are monotonically related. (Author/GDC)

Proposal for Development of EBM-CDSS (Evidence-Based Clinical Decision Support System) to Aid Prognostication in Terminally Ill Patients

DTIC Science & Technology

2010-10-01

Mathematics , Indiana University Northwest, Gary, IN 3Department of Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, NY 4H...however, is mathematically more parsimonious. The original DCA formulation required several mathematical manipulations making the simplicity of regret...into treatment administration examples; IH developed the mathematical formulation of the model; AV is the author of DCA; BD proposed the regret theory

Einstein’s gravity from a polynomial affine model

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Castillo-Felisola, Oscar; Skirzewski, Aureliano

2018-03-01

We show that the effective field equations for a recently formulated polynomial affine model of gravity, in the sector of a torsion-free connection, accept general Einstein manifolds—with or without cosmological constant—as solutions. Moreover, the effective field equations are partially those obtained from a gravitational Yang–Mills theory known as Stephenson–Kilmister–Yang theory. Additionally, we find a generalization of a minimally coupled massless scalar field in General Relativity within a ‘minimally’ coupled scalar field in this affine model. Finally, we present a brief (perturbative) analysis of the propagators of the gravitational theory, and count the degrees of freedom. For completeness, we prove that a Birkhoff-like theorem is valid for the analyzed sector.

Consistency of the free-volume approach to the homogeneous deformation of metallic glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Blétry, Marc; Thai, Minh Thanh; Champion, Yannick; Perrière, Loïc; Ochin, Patrick

2014-05-01

One of the most widely used approaches to model metallic-glasses high-temperature homogeneous deformation is the free-volume theory, developed by Cohen and Turnbull and extended by Spaepen. A simple elastoviscoplastic formulation has been proposed that allows one to determine various parameters of such a model. This approach is applied here to the results obtained by de Hey et al. on a Pd-based metallic glass. In their study, de Hey et al. were able to determine some of the parameters used in the elastoviscoplastic formulation through DSC modeling coupled with mechanical tests, and the consistency of the two viewpoints was assessed.

Expanding (3+1)-dimensional universe from a lorentzian matrix model for superstring theory in (9+1) dimensions.

PubMed

Kim, Sang-Woo; Nishimura, Jun; Tsuchiya, Asato

2012-01-06

We reconsider the matrix model formulation of type IIB superstring theory in (9+1)-dimensional space-time. Unlike the previous works in which the Wick rotation was used to make the model well defined, we regularize the Lorentzian model by introducing infrared cutoffs in both the spatial and temporal directions. Monte Carlo studies reveal that the two cutoffs can be removed in the large-N limit and that the theory thus obtained has no parameters other than one scale parameter. Moreover, we find that three out of nine spatial directions start to expand at some "critical time," after which the space has SO(3) symmetry instead of SO(9).

Fundamental theories of waves and particles formulated without classical mass

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Fry, J. L.; Musielak, Z. E.

2010-12-01

Quantum and classical mechanics are two conceptually and mathematically different theories of physics, and yet they do use the same concept of classical mass that was originally introduced by Newton in his formulation of the laws of dynamics. In this paper, physical consequences of using the classical mass by both theories are explored, and a novel approach that allows formulating fundamental (Galilean invariant) theories of waves and particles without formally introducing the classical mass is presented. In this new formulation, the theories depend only on one common parameter called 'wave mass', which is deduced from experiments for selected elementary particles and for the classical mass of one kilogram. It is shown that quantum theory with the wave mass is independent of the Planck constant and that higher accuracy of performing calculations can be attained by such theory. Natural units in connection with the presented approach are also discussed and justification beyond dimensional analysis is given for the particular choice of such units.

Viscoplasticity based on overstress with a differential growth law for the equilibrium stress

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Krempl, E.; Mcmahon, J. J.; Yao, D.

1985-01-01

Two coupled, nonlinear differential equations are proposed for the modeling of the elastic and rate (time) dependent inelastic behavior of structural metals in the absence of recovery and aging. The structure of the model is close to the unified theories but contains essential differences. It is shown that the model reproduces almost elastic regions upon initial loading and in the unloading regions of the hysteresis loop. Under loading, unloading and reloading in strain control the model simulated the experimentally observed sharp transition from nearly elastic to inelastic behavior. When a formulation akin to existing unified theories is adopted the almost elastic regions reduce the points and the transition upon reloading is very gradual. For different formulations the behavior under sudden in(de)creases of the strain rate by two orders of magnitude is simulated by numerical experiments and differences are noted. The model represents cyclically neutral behavior and contains three constants and two positive, decreasing functions. The determination of constants and functions from monotonic loading with strain rate changes and relaxation periods is described.

Theory of electron-impact ionization of atoms

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kadyrov, A. S.; Mukhamedzhanov, A. M.; Stelbovics, A. T.; Bray, I.

2004-12-01

The existing formulations of electron-impact ionization of a hydrogenic target suffer from a number of formal problems including an ambiguous and phase-divergent definition of the ionization amplitude. An alternative formulation of the theory is given. An integral representation for the ionization amplitude which is free of ambiguity and divergence problems is derived and is shown to have four alternative, but equivalent, forms well suited for practical calculations. The extension to amplitudes of all possible scattering processes taking place in an arbitrary three-body system follows. A well-defined conventional post form of the breakup amplitude valid for arbitrary potentials including the long-range Coulomb interaction is given. Practical approaches are based on partial-wave expansions, so the formulation is also recast in terms of partial waves and partial-wave expansions of the asymptotic wave functions are presented. In particular, expansions of the asymptotic forms of the total scattering wave function, developed from both the initial and the final state, for electron-impact ionization of hydrogen are given. Finally, the utility of the present formulation is demonstrated on some well-known model problems.

Generalized framework for testing gravity with gravitational-wave propagation. II. Constraints on Horndeski theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Arai, Shun; Nishizawa, Atsushi

2018-05-01

Gravitational waves (GW) are generally affected by modification of a gravity theory during propagation at cosmological distances. We numerically perform a quantitative analysis on Horndeski theory at the cosmological scale to constrain the Horndeski theory by GW observations in a model-independent way. We formulate a parametrization for a numerical simulation based on the Monte Carlo method and obtain the classification of the models that agrees with cosmic accelerating expansion within observational errors of the Hubble parameter. As a result, we find that a large group of the models in the Horndeski theory that mimic cosmic expansion of the Λ CDM model can be excluded from the simultaneous detection of a GW and its electromagnetic transient counterpart. Based on our result and the latest detection of GW170817 and GRB170817A, we conclude that the subclass of Horndeski theory including arbitrary functions G4 and G5 can hardly explain cosmic accelerating expansion without fine-tuning.

London equation for monodromy inflation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kaloper, Nemanja; Lawrence, Albion

2017-03-01

We focus on the massive gauge theory formulation of axion monodromy inflation. We argue that a gauge symmetry hidden in these models is the key mechanism protecting inflation from dangerous field theory and quantum gravity corrections. The effective theory of large-field inflation is dual to a massive U (1 ) 4-form gauge theory, which is similar to a massive gauge theory description of superconductivity. The gauge theory explicitly realizes the old Julia-Toulouse proposal for a low-energy description of a gauge theory in a defect condensate. While we work mostly with the example of quadratic axion potential induced by flux monodromy, we discuss how other types of potentials can arise from the inclusion of gauge-invariant corrections to the theory.

An asymptotic membrane model for wrinkling of very thin films

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Battista, Antonio; Hamdouni, Aziz; Millet, Olivier

2018-05-01

In this work, a formal deduction of a two-dimensional membrane theory, similar to Landau-Lifshitz model, is performed via an asymptotic development of the weak formulation of the three-dimensional equations of elasticity. Some interesting aspects of the deduced model are investigated, in particular the property of obtaining a hyperbolic equation for the out-of-plane displacement under a certain class of boundary conditions and loads. Some simple cases are analyzed to show the relevant aspects of the model and the phenomenology that can be addressed. In particular, it is shown how this mathematical formulation is capable to describe instabilities well known as wrinkling, often observed for the buckling of very thin membranes.

New theory of stellar convection without the mixing-length parameter: new stellar atmosphere model

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pasetto, Stefano; Chiosi, Cesare; Cropper, Mark; Grebel, Eva K.

2018-01-01

Stellar convection is usually described by the mixing-length theory, which makes use of the mixing-length scale factor to express the convective flux, velocity, and temperature gradients of the convective elements and stellar medium. The mixing-length scale is proportional to the local pressure scale height of the star, and the proportionality factor (i.e. mixing-length parameter) is determined by comparing the stellar models to some calibrator, i.e. the Sun. No strong arguments exist to suggest that the mixing-length parameter is the same in all stars and all evolutionary phases and because of this, all stellar models in the literature are hampered by this basic uncertainty. In a recent paper [1] we presented a new theory that does not require the mixing length parameter. Our self-consistent analytical formulation of stellar convection determines all the properties of stellar convection as a function of the physical behavior of the convective elements themselves and the surrounding medium. The new theory of stellar convection is formulated starting from a conventional solution of the Navier-Stokes/Euler equations expressed in a non-inertial reference frame co-moving with the convective elements. The motion of stellar convective cells inside convective-unstable layers is fully determined by a new system of equations for convection in a non-local and time-dependent formalism. The predictions of the new theory are compared with those from the standard mixing-length paradigm with positive results for atmosphere models of the Sun and all the stars in the Hertzsprung-Russell diagram.

A moving medium formulation for prediction of propeller noise at incidence

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ghorbaniasl, Ghader; Lacor, Chris

2012-01-01

This paper presents a time domain formulation for the sound field radiated by moving bodies in a uniform steady flow with arbitrary orientation. The aim is to provide a formulation for prediction of noise from body so that effects of crossflow on a propeller can be modeled in the time domain. An established theory of noise generation by a moving source is combined with the moving medium Green's function for derivation of the formulation. A formula with Doppler factor is developed because it is more easily interpreted and is more helpful in examining the physic of systems. Based on the technique presented, the source of asymmetry of the sound field can be explained in terms of physics of a moving source. It is shown that the derived formulation can be interpreted as an extension of formulation 1 and 1A of Farassat based on the Ffowcs Williams and Hawkings (FW-H) equation for moving medium problems. Computational results for a stationary monopole and dipole point source in moving medium, a rotating point force in crossflow, a model of helicopter blade at incidence and a propeller case with subsonic tips at incidence verify the formulation.

Extended Lagrangian Excited State Molecular Dynamics

DOE PAGES

Bjorgaard, Josiah August; Sheppard, Daniel Glen; Tretiak, Sergei; ...

2018-01-09

In this work, an extended Lagrangian framework for excited state molecular dynamics (XL-ESMD) using time-dependent self-consistent field theory is proposed. The formulation is a generalization of the extended Lagrangian formulations for ground state Born–Oppenheimer molecular dynamics [Phys. Rev. Lett. 2008 100, 123004]. The theory is implemented, demonstrated, and evaluated using a time-dependent semiempirical model, though it should be generally applicable to ab initio theory. The simulations show enhanced energy stability and a significantly reduced computational cost associated with the iterative solutions of both the ground state and the electronically excited states. Relaxed convergence criteria can therefore be used both formore » the self-consistent ground state optimization and for the iterative subspace diagonalization of the random phase approximation matrix used to calculate the excited state transitions. In conclusion, the XL-ESMD approach is expected to enable numerically efficient excited state molecular dynamics for such methods as time-dependent Hartree–Fock (TD-HF), Configuration Interactions Singles (CIS), and time-dependent density functional theory (TD-DFT).« less

Extended Lagrangian Excited State Molecular Dynamics

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Bjorgaard, Josiah August; Sheppard, Daniel Glen; Tretiak, Sergei

In this work, an extended Lagrangian framework for excited state molecular dynamics (XL-ESMD) using time-dependent self-consistent field theory is proposed. The formulation is a generalization of the extended Lagrangian formulations for ground state Born–Oppenheimer molecular dynamics [Phys. Rev. Lett. 2008 100, 123004]. The theory is implemented, demonstrated, and evaluated using a time-dependent semiempirical model, though it should be generally applicable to ab initio theory. The simulations show enhanced energy stability and a significantly reduced computational cost associated with the iterative solutions of both the ground state and the electronically excited states. Relaxed convergence criteria can therefore be used both formore » the self-consistent ground state optimization and for the iterative subspace diagonalization of the random phase approximation matrix used to calculate the excited state transitions. In conclusion, the XL-ESMD approach is expected to enable numerically efficient excited state molecular dynamics for such methods as time-dependent Hartree–Fock (TD-HF), Configuration Interactions Singles (CIS), and time-dependent density functional theory (TD-DFT).« less

Extended Lagrangian Excited State Molecular Dynamics.

PubMed

Bjorgaard, J A; Sheppard, D; Tretiak, S; Niklasson, A M N

2018-02-13

An extended Lagrangian framework for excited state molecular dynamics (XL-ESMD) using time-dependent self-consistent field theory is proposed. The formulation is a generalization of the extended Lagrangian formulations for ground state Born-Oppenheimer molecular dynamics [Phys. Rev. Lett. 2008 100, 123004]. The theory is implemented, demonstrated, and evaluated using a time-dependent semiempirical model, though it should be generally applicable to ab initio theory. The simulations show enhanced energy stability and a significantly reduced computational cost associated with the iterative solutions of both the ground state and the electronically excited states. Relaxed convergence criteria can therefore be used both for the self-consistent ground state optimization and for the iterative subspace diagonalization of the random phase approximation matrix used to calculate the excited state transitions. The XL-ESMD approach is expected to enable numerically efficient excited state molecular dynamics for such methods as time-dependent Hartree-Fock (TD-HF), Configuration Interactions Singles (CIS), and time-dependent density functional theory (TD-DFT).

Come On! Using intervention mapping to help healthy pregnant women achieve healthy weight gain.

PubMed

Merkx, Astrid; Ausems, Marlein; de Vries, Raymond; Nieuwenhuijze, Marianne J

2017-06-01

Gaining too much or too little weight in pregnancy (according to Institute of Medicine (IOM) guidelines) negatively affects both mother and child, but many women find it difficult to manage their gestational weight gain (GWG). Here we describe the use of the intervention mapping protocol to design 'Come On!', an intervention to promote adequate GWG among healthy pregnant women. We used the six steps of intervention mapping: (i) needs assessment; (ii) formulation of change objectives; (iii) selection of theory-based methods and practical strategies; (iv) development of the intervention programme; (v) development of an adoption and implementation plan; and (vi) development of an evaluation plan. A consortium of users and related professionals guided the process of development. As a result of the needs assessment, two goals for the intervention were formulated: (i) helping healthy pregnant women to stay within the IOM guidelines for GWG; and (ii) getting midwives to adequately support the efforts of healthy pregnant women to gain weight within the IOM guidelines. To reach these goals, change objectives and determinants influencing the change objectives were formulated. Theories used were the Transtheoretical Model, Social Cognitive Theory and the Elaboration Likelihood Model. Practical strategies to use the theories were the foundation for the development of 'Come On!', a comprehensive programme that included a tailored Internet programme for pregnant women, training for midwives, an information card for midwives, and a scheduled discussion between the midwife and the pregnant woman during pregnancy. The programme was pre-tested and evaluated in an effect study.

Quantifying Local, Response Dependence between Two Polytomous Items Using the Rasch Model

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Andrich, David; Humphry, Stephen M.; Marais, Ida

2012-01-01

Models of modern test theory imply statistical independence among responses, generally referred to as "local independence." One violation of local independence occurs when the response to one item governs the response to a subsequent item. Expanding on a formulation of this kind of violation as a process in the dichotomous Rasch model,…

A Model of Forgiveness: Theory Formulations and Research Implications.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Johnson, Karen Alexandria

A literature review revealed little empirical research on forgiveness, suggesting the need for a model of forgiveness. The work of both E. M. Pattison and L. B. Smedes was used as a foundation upon which a model was developed involving a four-stage decision making process. The four stages of forgiveness are awareness, change, interaction, and…

Classical Dynamics of Fullerenes

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sławianowski, Jan J.; Kotowski, Romuald K.

2017-06-01

The classical mechanics of large molecules and fullerenes is studied. The approach is based on the model of collective motion of these objects. The mixed Lagrangian (material) and Eulerian (space) description of motion is used. In particular, the Green and Cauchy deformation tensors are geometrically defined. The important issue is the group-theoretical approach to describing the affine deformations of the body. The Hamiltonian description of motion based on the Poisson brackets methodology is used. The Lagrange and Hamilton approaches allow us to formulate the mechanics in the canonical form. The method of discretization in analytical continuum theory and in classical dynamics of large molecules and fullerenes enable us to formulate their dynamics in terms of the polynomial expansions of configurations. Another approach is based on the theory of analytical functions and on their approximations by finite-order polynomials. We concentrate on the extremely simplified model of affine deformations or on their higher-order polynomial perturbations.

Gauge-free gyrokinetic theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Burby, Joshua; Brizard, Alain

2017-10-01

Test-particle gyrocenter equations of motion play an essential role in the diagnosis of turbulent strongly-magnetized plasmas, and are playing an increasingly-important role in the formulation of kinetic-gyrokinetic hybrid models. Previous gyrocenter models required the knowledge of the perturbed electromagnetic potentials, which are not directly observable quantities (since they are gauge-dependent). A new gauge-free formulation of gyrocenter motion is presented, which enables gyrocenter trajectories to be determined using only measured values of the directly-observable electromagnetic field. Our gauge-free gyrokinetic theory is general enough to allow for gyroradius-scale fluctuations in both the electric and magnetic field. In addition, we provide gauge-free expressions for the charge and current densities produced by a distribution of gyrocenters, which explicitly include guiding-center and gyrocenter polarization and magnetization effects. This research was supported by the U.S. DOE Contract Nos. DE-SC0014032 (AB) and DE-AC05-06OR23100 (JB).

Collective effects on activated segmental relaxation in supercooled polymer melts

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mirigian, Stephen; Schweizer, Kenneth

2013-03-01

We extend the polymer nonlinear Langevin equation (NLE) theory of activated segmental dynamics in supercooled polymer melts in two new directions. First, a well-defined mapping from real monomers to a freely-jointed chain is formulated that retains information about chain stiffness, monomer volume, and the amplitude of thermal density fluctuations. Second, collective effects beyond the local cage scale are included based on an elastic solid-state perspective in the ``shoving model'' spirit which accounts for longer range contributions to the activation barrier. In contrast to previous phenomenological treatments of this model, we formulate an explicit microscopic picture of the hopping event, and derive, not assume, that the collective barrier is directly related to the elastic shear modulus. Local hopping is thus renormalized by collective motions of the surroundings that are required to physically accommodate it. Using the PRISM theory of structure, and known compressibility and chain statistics information, quantitative applications of the new theory to predict the temperature and chain length dependence of the alpha time, shear modulus, and fragility are carried out for a range of real polymer liquids and compared to experiment.

Integrated control-system design via generalized LQG (GLQG) theory

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Bernstein, Dennis S.; Hyland, David C.; Richter, Stephen; Haddad, Wassim M.

1989-01-01

Thirty years of control systems research has produced an enormous body of theoretical results in feedback synthesis. Yet such results see relatively little practical application, and there remains an unsettling gap between classical single-loop techniques (Nyquist, Bode, root locus, pole placement) and modern multivariable approaches (LQG and H infinity theory). Large scale, complex systems, such as high performance aircraft and flexible space structures, now demand efficient, reliable design of multivariable feedback controllers which optimally tradeoff performance against modeling accuracy, bandwidth, sensor noise, actuator power, and control law complexity. A methodology is described which encompasses numerous practical design constraints within a single unified formulation. The approach, which is based upon coupled systems or modified Riccati and Lyapunov equations, encompasses time-domain linear-quadratic-Gaussian theory and frequency-domain H theory, as well as classical objectives such as gain and phase margin via the Nyquist circle criterion. In addition, this approach encompasses the optimal projection approach to reduced-order controller design. The current status of the overall theory will be reviewed including both continuous-time and discrete-time (sampled-data) formulations.

An arbitrary Lagrangian–Eulerian finite element formulation for a poroelasticity problem stemming from mixture theory

DOE PAGES

Costanzo, Francesco; Miller, Scott T.

2017-05-22

In this paper, a finite element formulation is developed for a poroelastic medium consisting of an incompressible hyperelastic skeleton saturated by an incompressible fluid. The governing equations stem from mixture theory and the application is motivated by the study of interstitial fluid flow in brain tissue. The formulation is based on the adoption of an arbitrary Lagrangian–Eulerian (ALE) perspective. We focus on a flow regime in which inertia forces are negligible. Finally, the stability and convergence of the formulation is discussed, and numerical results demonstrate agreement with the theory.

An arbitrary Lagrangian–Eulerian finite element formulation for a poroelasticity problem stemming from mixture theory

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Costanzo, Francesco; Miller, Scott T.

In this paper, a finite element formulation is developed for a poroelastic medium consisting of an incompressible hyperelastic skeleton saturated by an incompressible fluid. The governing equations stem from mixture theory and the application is motivated by the study of interstitial fluid flow in brain tissue. The formulation is based on the adoption of an arbitrary Lagrangian–Eulerian (ALE) perspective. We focus on a flow regime in which inertia forces are negligible. Finally, the stability and convergence of the formulation is discussed, and numerical results demonstrate agreement with the theory.

Group field theories for all loop quantum gravity

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Oriti, Daniele; Ryan, James P.; Thürigen, Johannes

2015-02-01

Group field theories represent a second quantized reformulation of the loop quantum gravity state space and a completion of the spin foam formalism. States of the canonical theory, in the traditional continuum setting, have support on graphs of arbitrary valence. On the other hand, group field theories have usually been defined in a simplicial context, thus dealing with a restricted set of graphs. In this paper, we generalize the combinatorics of group field theories to cover all the loop quantum gravity state space. As an explicit example, we describe the group field theory formulation of the KKL spin foam model, as well as a particular modified version. We show that the use of tensor model tools allows for the most effective construction. In order to clarify the mathematical basis of our construction and of the formalisms with which we deal, we also give an exhaustive description of the combinatorial structures entering spin foam models and group field theories, both at the level of the boundary states and of the quantum amplitudes.

Investigation of the Jet Noise Prediction Theory and Application Utilizing the PAO Formulation. [mathematical model for calculating noise radiation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

1973-01-01

Application of the Phillips theory to engineering calculations of rocket and high speed jet noise radiation is reported. Presented are a detailed derivation of the theory, the composition of the numerical scheme, and discussions of the practical problems arising in the application of the present noise prediction method. The present method still contains some empirical elements, yet it provides a unified approach in the prediction of sound power, spectrum, and directivity.

Guide to Technical Documents. Volume 2. January 1982 through December 1982

DTIC Science & Technology

1982-12-01

and could weigh 600 MN (133 x 10 Ib) submerged. R-11 S.... -- R-854-1 R-850 A Finite Element Head Injury Model, Vol. 1: Theory , Efficiency Study of...winter freezeback has been parameters for the classical theories of plasticity and visco- apparent, this movement is minimal compared to settlement...from 0% to 35%, depending on the structures’ t/D ° ADA089300 and L/D o ratios, from that reported previously. Theory is formulated for effects of an

Dependence in probabilistic modeling Dempster-Shafer theory and probability bounds analysis

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ferson, Scott; Nelsen, Roger B.; Hajagos, Janos

2015-05-01

This report summarizes methods to incorporate information (or lack of information) about inter-variable dependence into risk assessments that use Dempster-Shafer theory or probability bounds analysis to address epistemic and aleatory uncertainty. The report reviews techniques for simulating correlated variates for a given correlation measure and dependence model, computation of bounds on distribution functions under a specified dependence model, formulation of parametric and empirical dependence models, and bounding approaches that can be used when information about the intervariable dependence is incomplete. The report also reviews several of the most pervasive and dangerous myths among risk analysts about dependence in probabilistic models.

REVIEWS OF TOPICAL PROBLEMS: Radio pulsars

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Beskin, Vasilii S.

1999-11-01

Recent theoretical work concerning the magnetosphere of and radio emission from pulsars is reviewed in detail. Taking into account years of little or no cooperation between theory and observation and noting, in particular, that no systematic observations are in fact being made to check theoretical predictions, the key ideas underlying the theory of the pulsar magnetosphere are formulated and new observations aimed at verifying current models are discussed.

A Algebraic Approach to the Quantization of Constrained Systems: Finite Dimensional Examples.

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tate, Ranjeet Shekhar

1992-01-01

General relativity has two features in particular, which make it difficult to apply to it existing schemes for the quantization of constrained systems. First, there is no background structure in the theory, which could be used, e.g., to regularize constraint operators, to identify a "time" or to define an inner product on physical states. Second, in the Ashtekar formulation of general relativity, which is a promising avenue to quantum gravity, the natural variables for quantization are not canonical; and, classically, there are algebraic identities between them. Existing schemes are usually not concerned with such identities. Thus, from the point of view of canonical quantum gravity, it has become imperative to find a framework for quantization which provides a general prescription to find the physical inner product, and is flexible enough to accommodate non -canonical variables. In this dissertation I present an algebraic formulation of the Dirac approach to the quantization of constrained systems. The Dirac quantization program is augmented by a general principle to find the inner product on physical states. Essentially, the Hermiticity conditions on physical operators determine this inner product. I also clarify the role in quantum theory of possible algebraic identities between the elementary variables. I use this approach to quantize various finite dimensional systems. Some of these models test the new aspects of the algebraic framework. Others bear qualitative similarities to general relativity, and may give some insight into the pitfalls lurking in quantum gravity. The previous quantizations of one such model had many surprising features. When this model is quantized using the algebraic program, there is no longer any unexpected behaviour. I also construct the complete quantum theory for a previously unsolved relativistic cosmology. All these models indicate that the algebraic formulation provides powerful new tools for quantization. In (spatially compact) general relativity, the Hamiltonian is constrained to vanish. I present various approaches one can take to obtain an interpretation of the quantum theory of such "dynamically constrained" systems. I apply some of these ideas to the Bianchi I cosmology, and analyze the issue of the initial singularity in quantum theory.

Bridging process-based and empirical approaches to modeling tree growth

Treesearch

Harry T. Valentine; Annikki Makela; Annikki Makela

2005-01-01

The gulf between process-based and empirical approaches to modeling tree growth may be bridged, in part, by the use of a common model. To this end, we have formulated a process-based model of tree growth that can be fitted and applied in an empirical mode. The growth model is grounded in pipe model theory and an optimal control model of crown development. Together, the...

The Holst spin foam model via cubulations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Baratin, Aristide; Flori, Cecilia; Thiemann, Thomas

2012-10-01

Spin foam models are an attempt at a covariant or path integral formulation of canonical loop quantum gravity. The construction of such models usually relies on the Plebanski formulation of general relativity as a constrained BF theory and is based on the discretization of the action on a simplicial triangulation, which may be viewed as an ultraviolet regulator. The triangulation dependence can be removed by means of group field theory techniques, which allows one to sum over all triangulations. The main tasks for these models are the correct quantum implementation of the Plebanski constraints, the existence of a semiclassical sector implementing additional ‘Regge-like’ constraints arising from simplicial triangulations and the definition of the physical inner product of loop quantum gravity via group field theory. Here we propose a new approach to tackle these issues stemming directly from the Holst action for general relativity, which is also a proper starting point for canonical loop quantum gravity. The discretization is performed by means of a ‘cubulation’ of the manifold rather than a triangulation. We give a direct interpretation of the resulting spin foam model as a generating functional for the n-point functions on the physical Hilbert space at finite regulator. This paper focuses on ideas and tasks to be performed before the model can be taken seriously. However, our analysis reveals some interesting features of this model: firstly, the structure of its amplitudes differs from the standard spin foam models. Secondly, the tetrad n-point functions admit a ‘Wick-like’ structure. Thirdly, the restriction to simple representations does not automatically occur—unless one makes use of the time gauge, just as in the classical theory.

T-duality and α'-corrections

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Marqués, Diego; Nuñez, Carmen A.

2015-10-01

We construct an O( d, d) invariant universal formulation of the first-order α'-corrections of the string effective actions involving the dilaton, metric and two-form fields. Two free parameters interpolate between four-derivative terms that are even and odd with respect to a Z 2-parity transformation that changes the sign of the two-form field. The Z 2-symmetric model reproduces the closed bosonic string, and the heterotic string effective action is obtained through a Z 2-parity-breaking choice of parameters. The theory is an extension of the generalized frame formulation of Double Field Theory, in which the gauge transformations are deformed by a first-order generalized Green-Schwarz transformation. This deformation defines a duality covariant gauge principle that requires and fixes the four-derivative terms. We discuss the O( d, d) structure of the theory and the (non-)covariance of the required field redefinitions.

The moon illusion: II. A reference theory.

PubMed

Baird, J C

1982-09-01

The present theory provides explanations for the moon illusion and related issues involving size and distance perception in natural, outdoor settings. Although some assumptions of previous theories are rejected, other pivotal aspects are retained in this formulation. In particular, the present theory states that both the sky and ground are important referents in judging the spatial extent of the moon. Neither factor alone can account for all the available data, but quantitative models incorporating both factors do quite well when applied to the parametric findings of Holway and Boring, as well as to the results obtained by Kaufman and Rock. The reference theory and its associated class of specific models suggest new theoretical directions and experimental tests to narrow yet further the selection of appropriate explanations for one of visual perception's oldest unsolved puzzles.

A proposed method for enhanced eigen-pair extraction using finite element methods: Theory and application

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Jara-Almonte, J.; Mitchell, L. D.

1988-01-01

The paper covers two distinct parts: theory and application. The goal of this work was the reduction of model size with an increase in eigenvalue/vector accuracy. This method is ideal for the condensation of large truss- or beam-type structures. The theoretical approach involves the conversion of a continuum transfer matrix beam element into an 'Exact' dynamic stiffness element. This formulation is implemented in a finite element environment. This results in the need to solve a transcendental eigenvalue problem. Once the eigenvalue is determined the eigenvectors can be reconstructed with any desired spatial precision. No discretization limitations are imposed on the reconstruction. The results of such a combined finite element and transfer matrix formulation is a much smaller FEM eigenvalue problem. This formulation has the ability to extract higher eigenvalues as easily and as accurately as lower eigenvalues. Moreover, one can extract many more eigenvalues/vectors from the model than the number of degrees of freedom in the FEM formulation. Typically, the number of eigenvalues accurately extractable via the 'Exact' element method are at least 8 times the number of degrees of freedom. In contrast, the FEM usually extracts one accurate (within 5 percent) eigenvalue for each 3-4 degrees of freedom. The 'Exact' element results in a 20-30 improvement in the number of accurately extractable eigenvalues and eigenvectors.

Efficient kinetic method for fluid simulation beyond the Navier-Stokes equation.

PubMed

Zhang, Raoyang; Shan, Xiaowen; Chen, Hudong

2006-10-01

We present a further theoretical extension to the kinetic-theory-based formulation of the lattice Boltzmann method of Shan [J. Fluid Mech. 550, 413 (2006)]. In addition to the higher-order projection of the equilibrium distribution function and a sufficiently accurate Gauss-Hermite quadrature in the original formulation, a regularization procedure is introduced in this paper. This procedure ensures a consistent order of accuracy control over the nonequilibrium contributions in the Galerkin sense. Using this formulation, we construct a specific lattice Boltzmann model that accurately incorporates up to third-order hydrodynamic moments. Numerical evidence demonstrates that the extended model overcomes some major defects existing in conventionally known lattice Boltzmann models, so that fluid flows at finite Knudsen number Kn can be more quantitatively simulated. Results from force-driven Poiseuille flow simulations predict the Knudsen's minimum and the asymptotic behavior of flow flux at large Kn.

Continuum-mechanics-based rheological formulation for debris flow

USGS Publications Warehouse

Chen, Cheng-lung; Ling, Chi-Hai; ,

1993-01-01

This paper aims to assess the validity of the generalized viscoplastic fluid (GVF) model in the light of both the classical relative-viscosity versus concentration relation and the dimensionless stress versus shear-rate squared relations based on kinetic theory, thereby addressing how to evaluate the rheological parameters of the GVF model using Bagnold's data.

To Teach (Literature?) Report Series 5.4.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Petrosky, Anthony

Teaching models, derived from theory and research, are static, and lack responsibility. Models substitute an abstracted notion for teachers. Literature can be viewed as a field of play, where meaning opens, rather than as a body of knowledge. The teacher's challenge consists of posing questions that allow students to formulate their takes on a…

How do stars form

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tscharnuter, W. M.

1980-02-01

Modes and model concept of star formation are reviewed, beginning with the theory of Kant (1755), via Newton's exact mathematical formulation of the laws of motion, his recognition of the universal validity of general gravitation, to modern concepts and hypotheses. Axisymmetric and spherically symmetric collapse models are discussed, and the origin of double and multiple star systems is examined.

Let's Have a Coffee with the Standard Model of Particle Physics!

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Woithe, Julia; Wiener, Gerfried J.; Van der Veken, Frederik F.

2017-01-01

The Standard Model of particle physics is one of the most successful theories in physics and describes the fundamental interactions between elementary particles. It is encoded in a compact description, the so-called "Lagrangian," which even fits on t-shirts and coffee mugs. This mathematical formulation, however, is complex and only…

Application of recursive Gibbs-Appell formulation in deriving the equations of motion of N-viscoelastic robotic manipulators in 3D space using Timoshenko Beam Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Korayem, M. H.; Shafei, A. M.

2013-02-01

The goal of this paper is to describe the application of Gibbs-Appell (G-A) formulation and the assumed modes method to the mathematical modeling of N-viscoelastic link manipulators. The paper's focus is on obtaining accurate and complete equations of motion which encompass the most related structural properties of lightweight elastic manipulators. In this study, two important damping mechanisms, namely, the structural viscoelasticity (Kelvin-Voigt) effect (as internal damping) and the viscous air effect (as external damping) have been considered. To include the effects of shear and rotational inertia, the assumption of Timoshenko beam (TB) theory (TBT) has been applied. Gravity, torsion, and longitudinal elongation effects have also been included in the formulations. To systematically derive the equations of motion and improve the computational efficiency, a recursive algorithm has been used in the modeling of the system. In this algorithm, all the mathematical operations are carried out by only 3×3 and 3×1 matrices. Finally, a computational simulation for a manipulator with two elastic links is performed in order to verify the proposed method.

An enhanced version of a bone-remodelling model based on the continuum damage mechanics theory.

PubMed

Mengoni, M; Ponthot, J P

2015-01-01

The purpose of this work was to propose an enhancement of Doblaré and García's internal bone remodelling model based on the continuum damage mechanics (CDM) theory. In their paper, they stated that the evolution of the internal variables of the bone microstructure, and its incidence on the modification of the elastic constitutive parameters, may be formulated following the principles of CDM, although no actual damage was considered. The resorption and apposition criteria (similar to the damage criterion) were expressed in terms of a mechanical stimulus. However, the resorption criterion is lacking a dimensional consistency with the remodelling rate. We propose here an enhancement to this resorption criterion, insuring the dimensional consistency while retaining the physical properties of the original remodelling model. We then analyse the change in the resorption criterion hypersurface in the stress space for a two-dimensional (2D) analysis. We finally apply the new formulation to analyse the structural evolution of a 2D femur. This analysis gives results consistent with the original model but with a faster and more stable convergence rate.

Thermodynamics and cosmological reconstruction in f(T , B) gravity

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bahamonde, Sebastian; Zubair, M.; Abbas, G.

2018-03-01

Recently, it was formulated a teleparallel theory called f(T , B) gravity which connects both f(T) and f(R) under suitable limits. In this theory, the function in the action is assumed to depend on the torsion scalar T and also on a boundary term related with the divergence of torsion, B = 2∇μTμ. In this work, we study different features of a flat Friedmann-Lemaître-Robertson-Walker (FLRW) cosmology in this theory. First, we show that the FLRW equations can be transformed to the form of Clausius relation TˆhSeff = - dE + WdV, where Tˆh is the horizon temperature and Seff is the entropy which contains contributions both from horizon entropy and an additional entropy term introduced due to the non-equilibrium. We also formulate the constraint for the validity of the generalised second law of thermodynamics (GSLT). Additionally, using a cosmological reconstruction technique, we show that both f(T , B) and - T + F(B) gravity can mimic power-law, de-Sitter and ΛCDM models. Finally, we formulate the perturbed evolution equations and analyse the stability of some important cosmological solutions.

Theoretical performance of hydrogen-bromine rechargeable SPE fuel cell

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Savinell, Robert F.; Fritts, S. D.

1987-01-01

A mathematical model was formulated to describe the performance of a hydrogen-bromine fuel cell. Porous electrode theory was applied to the carbon felt flow-by electrode and was coupled to theory describing the solid polymer electrolyte (SPE) system. Parametric studies using the numerical solution to this model were performed to determine the effect of kinetic, mass transfer, and design parameters on the performance of the fuel cell. The results indicate that the cell performance is most sensitive to the transport properties of the SPE membrane. The model was also shown to be a useful tool for scale-up studies.

Advances in cognitive theory and therapy: the generic cognitive model.

PubMed

Beck, Aaron T; Haigh, Emily A P

2014-01-01

For over 50 years, Beck's cognitive model has provided an evidence-based way to conceptualize and treat psychological disorders. The generic cognitive model represents a set of common principles that can be applied across the spectrum of psychological disorders. The updated theoretical model provides a framework for addressing significant questions regarding the phenomenology of disorders not explained in previous iterations of the original model. New additions to the theory include continuity of adaptive and maladaptive function, dual information processing, energizing of schemas, and attentional focus. The model includes a theory of modes, an organization of schemas relevant to expectancies, self-evaluations, rules, and memories. A description of the new theoretical model is followed by a presentation of the corresponding applied model, which provides a template for conceptualizing a specific disorder and formulating a case. The focus on beliefs differentiates disorders and provides a target for treatment. A variety of interventions are described.

A real-time extension of density matrix embedding theory for non-equilibrium electron dynamics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kretchmer, Joshua S.; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

2018-02-01

We introduce real-time density matrix embedding theory (DMET), a dynamical quantum embedding theory for computing non-equilibrium electron dynamics in strongly correlated systems. As in the previously developed static DMET, real-time DMET partitions the system into an impurity corresponding to the region of interest coupled to the surrounding environment, which is efficiently represented by a quantum bath of the same size as the impurity. In this work, we focus on a simplified single-impurity time-dependent formulation as a first step toward a multi-impurity theory. The equations of motion of the coupled impurity and bath embedding problem are derived using the time-dependent variational principle. The accuracy of real-time DMET is compared to that of time-dependent complete active space self-consistent field (TD-CASSCF) theory and time-dependent Hartree-Fock (TDHF) theory for a variety of quantum quenches in the single impurity Anderson model (SIAM), in which the Hamiltonian is suddenly changed (quenched) to induce a non-equilibrium state. Real-time DMET shows a marked improvement over the mean-field TDHF, converging to the exact answer even in the non-trivial Kondo regime of the SIAM. However, as expected from analogous behavior in static DMET, the constrained structure of the real-time DMET wavefunction leads to a slower convergence with respect to active space size, in the single-impurity formulation, relative to TD-CASSCF. Our initial results suggest that real-time DMET provides a promising framework to simulate non-equilibrium electron dynamics in which strong electron correlation plays an important role, and lays the groundwork for future multi-impurity formulations.

A real-time extension of density matrix embedding theory for non-equilibrium electron dynamics.

PubMed

Kretchmer, Joshua S; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

2018-02-07

We introduce real-time density matrix embedding theory (DMET), a dynamical quantum embedding theory for computing non-equilibrium electron dynamics in strongly correlated systems. As in the previously developed static DMET, real-time DMET partitions the system into an impurity corresponding to the region of interest coupled to the surrounding environment, which is efficiently represented by a quantum bath of the same size as the impurity. In this work, we focus on a simplified single-impurity time-dependent formulation as a first step toward a multi-impurity theory. The equations of motion of the coupled impurity and bath embedding problem are derived using the time-dependent variational principle. The accuracy of real-time DMET is compared to that of time-dependent complete active space self-consistent field (TD-CASSCF) theory and time-dependent Hartree-Fock (TDHF) theory for a variety of quantum quenches in the single impurity Anderson model (SIAM), in which the Hamiltonian is suddenly changed (quenched) to induce a non-equilibrium state. Real-time DMET shows a marked improvement over the mean-field TDHF, converging to the exact answer even in the non-trivial Kondo regime of the SIAM. However, as expected from analogous behavior in static DMET, the constrained structure of the real-time DMET wavefunction leads to a slower convergence with respect to active space size, in the single-impurity formulation, relative to TD-CASSCF. Our initial results suggest that real-time DMET provides a promising framework to simulate non-equilibrium electron dynamics in which strong electron correlation plays an important role, and lays the groundwork for future multi-impurity formulations.

What is Quantum Mechanics? A Minimal Formulation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Friedberg, R.; Hohenberg, P. C.

2018-03-01

This paper presents a minimal formulation of nonrelativistic quantum mechanics, by which is meant a formulation which describes the theory in a succinct, self-contained, clear, unambiguous and of course correct manner. The bulk of the presentation is the so-called "microscopic theory", applicable to any closed system S of arbitrary size N, using concepts referring to S alone, without resort to external apparatus or external agents. An example of a similar minimal microscopic theory is the standard formulation of classical mechanics, which serves as the template for a minimal quantum theory. The only substantive assumption required is the replacement of the classical Euclidean phase space by Hilbert space in the quantum case, with the attendant all-important phenomenon of quantum incompatibility. Two fundamental theorems of Hilbert space, the Kochen-Specker-Bell theorem and Gleason's theorem, then lead inevitably to the well-known Born probability rule. For both classical and quantum mechanics, questions of physical implementation and experimental verification of the predictions of the theories are the domain of the macroscopic theory, which is argued to be a special case or application of the more general microscopic theory.

Non Abelian T-duality in Gauged Linear Sigma Models

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bizet, Nana Cabo; Martínez-Merino, Aldo; Zayas, Leopoldo A. Pando; Santos-Silva, Roberto

2018-04-01

Abelian T-duality in Gauged Linear Sigma Models (GLSM) forms the basis of the physical understanding of Mirror Symmetry as presented by Hori and Vafa. We consider an alternative formulation of Abelian T-duality on GLSM's as a gauging of a global U(1) symmetry with the addition of appropriate Lagrange multipliers. For GLSMs with Abelian gauge groups and without superpotential we reproduce the dual models introduced by Hori and Vafa. We extend the construction to formulate non-Abelian T-duality on GLSMs with global non-Abelian symmetries. The equations of motion that lead to the dual model are obtained for a general group, they depend in general on semi-chiral superfields; for cases such as SU(2) they depend on twisted chiral superfields. We solve the equations of motion for an SU(2) gauged group with a choice of a particular Lie algebra direction of the vector superfield. This direction covers a non-Abelian sector that can be described by a family of Abelian dualities. The dual model Lagrangian depends on twisted chiral superfields and a twisted superpotential is generated. We explore some non-perturbative aspects by making an Ansatz for the instanton corrections in the dual theories. We verify that the effective potential for the U(1) field strength in a fixed configuration on the original theory matches the one of the dual theory. Imposing restrictions on the vector superfield, more general non-Abelian dual models are obtained. We analyze the dual models via the geometry of their susy vacua.

Model of superconductivity formation on ideal crystal lattice defect–twin or twin boundary (MSC-TB)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chizhov, V. A.; Zaitsev, F. S.; Bychkov, V. L.

2018-03-01

The report provides a review of the experimental material on superconductivity (SP) accumulated by 2017, a critical analysis of the Bardeen-Cooper-Schrieffer theory (BCS) has been given, and a new model of the super-conductivity effect proposed in works of V.A. Chizhov has been presented. The new model allows to understand the mechanism of the SP formation and to explain many experimental facts on the basis of the theory of pro-cesses occurring in the ideal defect of the crystal lattice – the twinning boundary (MSC-TB). Specific materials, including new ones, are described, which, in accordance with the theory of MSC-TB, should have improved properties of SC, promising directions for further research are formulated.

Low-high junction theory applied to solar cells

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Godlewski, M. P.; Baraona, C. R.; Brandhorst, H. W., Jr.

1974-01-01

Recent use of alloying techniques for rear contact formation has yielded a new kind of silicon solar cell, the back surface field (BSF) cell, with abnormally high open-circuit voltage and improved radiation resistance. Several analytical models for open-circuit voltage based on the reverse saturation current are formulated to explain these observations. The zero surface recombination velocity (SRV) case of the conventional cell model, the drift field model, and the low-high junction (LHJ) model can predict the experimental trends. The LHJ model applies the theory of the low-high junction and is considered to reflect a more realistic view of cell fabrication. This model can predict the experimental trends observed for BSF cells.

N = 2 supersymmetry and Bailey pairs

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Berkovich, Alexander; McCoy, Barry M.; Schilling, Anne

1996-02-01

We demonstrate that the Bailey pair formulation of Rogers-Ramanujan identities unifies the calculations of the characters of N = 1 and N = 2 supersymmetric conformal field theories with the counterpart theory with no supersymmetry. We illustrate this construction for the M(3,4) (Ising) model where the Bailey pairs have been given by Slater. We then present the general unitary case. We demonstrate that the model M( p,p + 1) is derived from M( p - 1, p) by a Bailey renormalization flow and conclude by obtaining the N = 1 model SM( p,p + 2) and the unitary N = 2 model with central charge c = 3(1 - 2/ p).

Two-dimensional N = 2 Super-Yang-Mills Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

August, Daniel; Wellegehausen, Björn; Wipf, Andreas

2018-03-01

Supersymmetry is one of the possible scenarios for physics beyond the standard model. The building blocks of this scenario are supersymmetric gauge theories. In our work we study the N = 1 Super-Yang-Mills (SYM) theory with gauge group SU(2) dimensionally reduced to two-dimensional N = 2 SYM theory. In our lattice formulation we break supersymmetry and chiral symmetry explicitly while preserving R symmetry. By fine tuning the bar-mass of the fermions in the Lagrangian we construct a supersymmetric continuum theory. To this aim we carefully investigate mass spectra and Ward identities, which both show a clear signal of supersymmetry restoration in the continuum limit.

k-Cosymplectic Classical Field Theories: Tulczyjew and Skinner-Rusk Formulations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rey, Angel M.; Román-Roy, Narciso; Salgado, Modesto; Vilariño, Silvia

2012-06-01

The k-cosymplectic Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms of first-order classical field theories are reviewed and completed. In particular, they are stated for singular and almost-regular systems. Subsequently, several alternative formulations for k-cosymplectic first-order field theories are developed: First, generalizing the construction of Tulczyjew for mechanics, we give a new interpretation of the classical field equations. Second, the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms are unified by giving an extension of the Skinner-Rusk formulation on classical mechanics.

Macroscopic Fluctuation Theory for Stationary Non-Equilibrium States

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bertini, L.; de Sole, A.; Gabrielli, D.; Jona-Lasinio, G.; Landim, C.

2002-05-01

We formulate a dynamical fluctuation theory for stationary non-equilibrium states (SNS) which is tested explicitly in stochastic models of interacting particles. In our theory a crucial role is played by the time reversed dynamics. Within this theory we derive the following results: the modification of the Onsager-Machlup theory in the SNS; a general Hamilton-Jacobi equation for the macroscopic entropy; a non-equilibrium, nonlinear fluctuation dissipation relation valid for a wide class of systems; an H theorem for the entropy. We discuss in detail two models of stochastic boundary driven lattice gases: the zero range and the simple exclusion processes. In the first model the invariant measure is explicitly known and we verify the predictions of the general theory. For the one dimensional simple exclusion process, as recently shown by Derrida, Lebowitz, and Speer, it is possible to express the macroscopic entropy in terms of the solution of a nonlinear ordinary differential equation; by using the Hamilton-Jacobi equation, we obtain a logically independent derivation of this result.

A Mixed Multi-Field Finite Element Formulation for Thermopiezoelectric Composite Shells

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Lee, Ho-Jun; Saravanos, Dimitris A.

1999-01-01

Analytical formulations are presented which account for the coupled mechanical, electrical, and thermal response of piezoelectric composite shell structures. A new mixed multi-field laminate theory is developed which combines "single layer" assumptions for the displacements along with layerwise fields for the electric potential and temperature. This laminate theory is formulated using curvilinear coordinates and is based on the principles of linear thermopiezoelectricity. The mechanics have the inherent capability to explicitly model both the active and sensory responses of piezoelectric composite shells in thermal environment. Finite element equations are derived and implemented for an eight-noded shell element. Numerical studies are conducted to investigate both the sensory and active responses of piezoelectric composite shell structures subjected to thermal loads. Results for a cantilevered plate with an attached piezoelectric layer are com- pared with corresponding results from a commercial finite element code and a previously developed program. Additional studies are conducted on a cylindrical shell with an attached piezoelectric layer to demonstrate capabilities to achieve thermal shape control on curved piezoelectric structures.

Transport and Development of Microemulsionand Surfactant Stabilized Iron Nanoparticles for In Situ Remediation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hsu, Dennis

This work describes the mobility assessments of microemulsion-stabilized iron oxide nanoparticles and anionic surfactant sodium diethyl hexyl phosphate (SDEHP)-stabilized nanoscale zero valent iron (NZVI) particles in laboratory porous media. The two formulations tested in this work achieved stable iron nanoparticle suspensions for months and prepared via a simple "one-pot" synthesis method developed by Wang et al. Both formulations were tested under field scale velocity of 5 m/day with no mechanical aid during the injection. A three-compartment model, involving colloid diffusion theory, diffusion theory and tailing was applied to describe the breakthrough curves of the studies. The obtained breakthrough curves of both formulations implied excellent transport in porous media with steady plateau C/Co at 0.8-0.9 and recovery of up to 0.95 for SDEHP stabilized NZVI. Post analysis on the retention of iron on the porous media implied ideal transport with consistent data to the breakthrough curves.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Stottmeister, Alexander, E-mail: alexander.stottmeister@gravity.fau.de; Thiemann, Thomas, E-mail: thomas.thiemann@gravity.fau.de

In this article, the third of three, we analyse how the Weyl quantisation for compact Lie groups presented in the second article of this series fits with the projective-phase space structure of loop quantum gravity-type models. Thus, the proposed Weyl quantisation may serve as the main mathematical tool to implement the program of space adiabatic perturbation theory in such models. As we already argued in our first article, space adiabatic perturbation theory offers an ideal framework to overcome the obstacles that hinder the direct implementation of the conventional Born-Oppenheimer approach in the canonical formulation of loop quantum gravity.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Svendsen, Harald G.

In this paper we study a solution of heterotic string theory corresponding to a rotating Kerr-Taub-NUT spacetime. It has an exact CFT description as a heterotic coset model, and a Lagrangian formulation as a gauged WZNW model. It is a generalization of a recently discussed stringy Taub-NUT solution, and is interesting as another laboratory for studying the fate of closed timelike curves and cosmological singularities in string theory. We extend the computation of the exact metric and dilaton to this rotating case, and then discuss some properties of the metric, with particular emphasis on the curvature singularities.

On a third-order shear deformation theory for laminated composite shells

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Liu, C. F.; Reddy, J. N.

1986-01-01

A higher-order theory based on an assumed displacement field in which the surface displacements are expanded in powers of the thickness coordinate up to the third order is presented. The theory allows parabolic description of the transverse shear stresses, and therefore the shear correction factors of the usual shear deformation theory are not required in the present theory. The theory also accounts for small strains but moderately large displacements (i.e., von Karman strains). A finite-element model based on independent approximations of the displacements and bending moments (i.e., mixed formulation) is developed. The element is used to analyze cross-ply and angle-ply laminated shells for bending.

Gauge Theory on a Space with Linear Lie Type Fuzziness

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Khorrami, Mohammad; Fatollahi, Amir H.; Shariati, Ahmad

2013-03-01

The U(1) gauge theory on a space with Lie type noncommutativity is constructed. The construction is based on the group of translations in Fourier space, which in contrast to space itself is commutative. In analogy with lattice gauge theory, the object playing the role of flux of field strength per plaquette, as well as the action, is constructed. It is observed that the theory, in comparison with ordinary U(1) gauge theory, has an extra gauge field component. This phenomena is reminiscent of similar ones in formulation of SU(N) gauge theory in space with canonical noncommutativity, and also appearance of gauge field component in discrete direction of Connes' construction of the Standard Model.

Finite Element Analysis of Active and Sensory Thermopiezoelectric Composite Materials. Degree awarded by Northwestern Univ., Dec. 2000

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Lee, Ho-Jun

2001-01-01

Analytical formulations are developed to account for the coupled mechanical, electrical, and thermal response of piezoelectric composite materials. The coupled response is captured at the material level through the thermopiezoelectric constitutive equations and leads to the inherent capability to model both the sensory and active responses of piezoelectric materials. A layerwise laminate theory is incorporated to provide more accurate analysis of the displacements, strains, stresses, electric fields, and thermal fields through-the-thickness. Thermal effects which arise from coefficient of thermal expansion mismatch, pyroelectric effects, and temperature dependent material properties are explicitly accounted for in the formulation. Corresponding finite element formulations are developed for piezoelectric beam, plate, and shell elements to provide a more generalized capability for the analysis of arbitrary piezoelectric composite structures. The accuracy of the current formulation is verified with comparisons from published experimental data and other analytical models. Additional numerical studies are also conducted to demonstrate additional capabilities of the formulation to represent the sensory and active behaviors. A future plan of experimental studies is provided to characterize the high temperature dynamic response of piezoelectric composite materials.

Dual coding: a cognitive model for psychoanalytic research.

PubMed

Bucci, W

1985-01-01

Four theories of mental representation derived from current experimental work in cognitive psychology have been discussed in relation to psychoanalytic theory. These are: verbal mediation theory, in which language determines or mediates thought; perceptual dominance theory, in which imagistic structures are dominant; common code or propositional models, in which all information, perceptual or linguistic, is represented in an abstract, amodal code; and dual coding, in which nonverbal and verbal information are each encoded, in symbolic form, in separate systems specialized for such representation, and connected by a complex system of referential relations. The weight of current empirical evidence supports the dual code theory. However, psychoanalysis has implicitly accepted a mixed model-perceptual dominance theory applying to unconscious representation, and verbal mediation characterizing mature conscious waking thought. The characterization of psychoanalysis, by Schafer, Spence, and others, as a domain in which reality is constructed rather than discovered, reflects the application of this incomplete mixed model. The representations of experience in the patient's mind are seen as without structure of their own, needing to be organized by words, thus vulnerable to distortion or dissolution by the language of the analyst or the patient himself. In these terms, hypothesis testing becomes a meaningless pursuit; the propositions of the theory are no longer falsifiable; the analyst is always more or less "right." This paper suggests that the integrated dual code formulation provides a more coherent theoretical framework for psychoanalysis than the mixed model, with important implications for theory and technique. In terms of dual coding, the problem is not that the nonverbal representations are vulnerable to distortion by words, but that the words that pass back and forth between analyst and patient will not affect the nonverbal schemata at all. Using the dual code formulation, and applying an investigative methodology derived from experimental cognitive psychology, a new approach to the verification of interpretations is possible. Some constructions of a patient's story may be seen as more accurate than others, by virtue of their linkage to stored perceptual representations in long-term memory. We can demonstrate that such linking has occurred in functional or operational terms--through evaluating the representation of imagistic content in the patient's speech.

A note on ‘gaugings’ in four spacetime dimensions and electric-magnetic duality

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Henneaux, Marc; Julia, Bernard; Lekeu, Victor; Ranjbar, Arash

2018-02-01

The variety of consistent ‘gauging’ deformations of supergravity theories in four dimensions depends on the choice of Lagrangian formulation. One important goal is to get the most general deformations without making hidden assumptions. Ignoring supersymmetry we consider in this paper n v abelian vector potentials in four spacetime dimensions with non-minimal kinetic coupling to n s uncharged (possibly nonlinear) scalar fields. As in the case of extended supergravities, one model may possess different formulations related by \

Dual formulation of covariant nonlinear duality-symmetric action of kappa-symmetric D3-brane

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vanichchapongjaroen, Pichet

2018-02-01

We study the construction of covariant nonlinear duality-symmetric actions in dual formulation. Essentially, the construction is the PST-covariantisation and nonlinearisation of Zwanziger action. The covariantisation made use of three auxiliary scalar fields. Apart from these, the construction proceed in a similar way to that of the standard formulation. For example, the theories can be extended to include interactions with external fields, and that the theories possess two local PST symmetries. We then explicitly demonstrate the construction of covariant nonlinear duality-symmetric actions in dual formulation of DBI theory, and D3-brane. For each of these theories, the twisted selfduality condition obtained from duality-symmetric actions are explicitly shown to match with the duality relation between field strength and its dual from the one-potential actions. Their on-shell actions between the duality-symmetric and the one-potential versions are also shown to match. We also explicitly prove kappa-symmetry of the covariant nonlinear duality-symmetric D3-brane action in dual formulation.

Modeling of Wall-Bounded Complex Flows and Free Shear Flows

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Shih, Tsan-Hsing; Zhu, Jiang; Lumley, John L.

1994-01-01

Various wall-bounded flows with complex geometries and free shear flows have been studied with a newly developed realizable Reynolds stress algebraic equation model. The model development is based on the invariant theory in continuum mechanics. This theory enables us to formulate a general constitutive relation for the Reynolds stresses. Pope was the first to introduce this kind of constitutive relation to turbulence modeling. In our study, realizability is imposed on the truncated constitutive relation to determine the coefficients so that, unlike the standard k-E eddy viscosity model, the present model will not produce negative normal stresses in any situations of rapid distortion. The calculations based on the present model have shown an encouraging success in modeling complex turbulent flows.

A micromorphic model for steel fiber reinforced concrete.

PubMed

Oliver, J; Mora, D F; Huespe, A E; Weyler, R

2012-10-15

A new formulation to model the mechanical behavior of high performance fiber reinforced cement composites with arbitrarily oriented short fibers is presented. The formulation can be considered as a two scale approach, in which the macroscopic model, at the structural level, takes into account the mesostructural phenomenon associated with the fiber-matrix interface bond/slip process. This phenomenon is contemplated by including, in the macroscopic description, a micromorphic field representing the relative fiber-cement displacement. Then, the theoretical framework, from which the governing equations of the problem are derived, can be assimilated to a specific case of the material multifield theory. The balance equation derived for this model, connecting the micro stresses with the micromorphic forces, has a physical meaning related with the fiber-matrix bond slip mechanism. Differently to previous procedures in the literature, addressed to model fiber reinforced composites, where this equation has been added as an additional independent ingredient of the methodology, in the present approach it arises as a natural result derived from the multifield theory. Every component of the composite is defined with a specific free energy and constitutive relation. The mixture theory is adopted to define the overall free energy of the composite, which is assumed to be homogeneously constituted, in the sense that every infinitesimal volume is occupied by all the components in a proportion given by the corresponding volume fraction. The numerical model is assessed by means of a selected set of experiments that prove the viability of the present approach.

Adaptive-Grid Methods for Phase Field Models of Microstructure Development

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Provatas, Nikolas; Goldenfeld, Nigel; Dantzig, Jonathan A.

1999-01-01

In this work the authors show how the phase field model can be solved in a computationally efficient manner that opens a new large-scale simulational window on solidification physics. Our method uses a finite element, adaptive-grid formulation, and exploits the fact that the phase and temperature fields vary significantly only near the interface. We illustrate how our method allows efficient simulation of phase-field models in very large systems, and verify the predictions of solvability theory at intermediate undercooling. We then present new results at low undercoolings that suggest that solvability theory may not give the correct tip speed in that regime. We model solidification using the phase-field model used by Karma and Rappel.

Modeling dynamic processes at stage of formation of parts previously subjected to high-energy laser effects

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Efimov, A. E.; Maksarov, V. V.; Timofeev, D. Y.

2018-03-01

The present paper states the impact of a technological system on piece’s roughness and shape accuracy via simulation modeling. For this purpose, a theory was formulated and a mathematical model was generated to justify self-oscillations in a system. The method of oscillations eliminations based on workpiece’s high-energy laser irradiation with the purpose of further processing were suggested in compliance with the adopted theory and model. Modeling the behaviour of a system with the transient phenomenon indicated the tendency of reducing self-oscillations in unstable processing modes, which has a positive effect under the conditions of practical implementation over piece’s roughness and accuracy.

The Radius and Entropy of a Magnetized, Rotating, Fully Convective Star: Analysis with Depth-dependent Mixing Length Theories

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ireland, Lewis G.; Browning, Matthew K.

2018-04-01

Some low-mass stars appear to have larger radii than predicted by standard 1D structure models; prior work has suggested that inefficient convective heat transport, due to rotation and/or magnetism, may ultimately be responsible. We examine this issue using 1D stellar models constructed using Modules for Experiments in Stellar Astrophysics (MESA). First, we consider standard models that do not explicitly include rotational/magnetic effects, with convective inhibition modeled by decreasing a depth-independent mixing length theory (MLT) parameter α MLT. We provide formulae linking changes in α MLT to changes in the interior specific entropy, and hence to the stellar radius. Next, we modify the MLT formulation in MESA to mimic explicitly the influence of rotation and magnetism, using formulations suggested by Stevenson and MacDonald & Mullan, respectively. We find rapid rotation in these models has a negligible impact on stellar structure, primarily because a star’s adiabat, and hence its radius, is predominantly affected by layers near the surface; convection is rapid and largely uninfluenced by rotation there. Magnetic fields, if they influenced convective transport in the manner described by MacDonald & Mullan, could lead to more noticeable radius inflation. Finally, we show that these non-standard effects on stellar structure can be fabricated using a depth-dependent α MLT: a non-magnetic, non-rotating model can be produced that is virtually indistinguishable from one that explicitly parameterizes rotation and/or magnetism using the two formulations above. We provide formulae linking the radially variable α MLT to these putative MLT reformulations.

A practitioner's guide to interpersonal communication theory: an overview and exploration of selected theories.

PubMed

Bylund, Carma L; Peterson, Emily B; Cameron, Kenzie A

2012-06-01

To provide a brief overview of selected interpersonal theories and models, and to present examples of their use in healthcare communication research. Nine interpersonal communication theories and their application to healthcare communication are discussed. As healthcare communication interactions often occur at an interpersonal level, familiarity with theories of interpersonal communication may reinforce existing best practices and lead to the development of novel communication approaches with patients. This article serves as an introductory primer to theories of interpersonal communication that have been or could be applied to healthcare communication research. Understanding key constructs and general formulations of these theories may provide practitioners with additional theoretical frameworks to use when interacting with patients. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved.

A practitioner’s guide to interpersonal communication theory: An overview and exploration of selected theories

PubMed Central

Bylund, Carma L.; Peterson, Emily B.; Cameron, Kenzie A.

2011-01-01

Objective To provide a brief overview of selected interpersonal theories and models, and to present examples of their use in healthcare communication research. Results Nine interpersonal communication theories and their application to healthcare communication are discussed. Conclusion As healthcare communication interactions often occur at an interpersonal level, familiarity with theories of interpersonal communication may reinforce existing best practices and lead to the development of novel communication approaches with patients. Practice Implications This article serves as an introductory primer to theories of interpersonal communication that have been or could be applied to healthcare communication research. Understanding key constructs and general formulations of these theories may provide practitioners with additional theoretical frameworks to use when interacting with patients. PMID:22112396

Applications of fuzzy theories to multi-objective system optimization

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Rao, S. S.; Dhingra, A. K.

1991-01-01

Most of the computer aided design techniques developed so far deal with the optimization of a single objective function over the feasible design space. However, there often exist several engineering design problems which require a simultaneous consideration of several objective functions. This work presents several techniques of multiobjective optimization. In addition, a new formulation, based on fuzzy theories, is also introduced for the solution of multiobjective system optimization problems. The fuzzy formulation is useful in dealing with systems which are described imprecisely using fuzzy terms such as, 'sufficiently large', 'very strong', or 'satisfactory'. The proposed theory translates the imprecise linguistic statements and multiple objectives into equivalent crisp mathematical statements using fuzzy logic. The effectiveness of all the methodologies and theories presented is illustrated by formulating and solving two different engineering design problems. The first one involves the flight trajectory optimization and the main rotor design of helicopters. The second one is concerned with the integrated kinematic-dynamic synthesis of planar mechanisms. The use and effectiveness of nonlinear membership functions in fuzzy formulation is also demonstrated. The numerical results indicate that the fuzzy formulation could yield results which are qualitatively different from those provided by the crisp formulation. It is felt that the fuzzy formulation will handle real life design problems on a more rational basis.

Cournot games with network effects for electric power markets

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Spezia, Carl John

The electric utility industry is moving from regulated monopolies with protected service areas to an open market with many wholesale suppliers competing for consumer load. This market is typically modeled by a Cournot game oligopoly where suppliers compete by selecting profit maximizing quantities. The classical Cournot model can produce multiple solutions when the problem includes typical power system constraints. This work presents a mathematical programming formulation of oligopoly that produces unique solutions when constraints limit the supplier outputs. The formulation casts the game as a supply maximization problem with power system physical limits and supplier incremental profit functions as constraints. The formulation gives Cournot solutions identical to other commonly used algorithms when suppliers operate within the constraints. Numerical examples demonstrate the feasibility of the theory. The results show that the maximization formulation will give system operators more transmission capacity when compared to the actions of suppliers in a classical constrained Cournot game. The results also show that the profitability of suppliers in constrained networks depends on their location relative to the consumers' load concentration.

Neurogenesis Interferes with the Retrieval of Remote Memories: Forgetting in Neurocomputational Terms

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Weisz, Victoria I.; Argibay, Pablo F.

2012-01-01

In contrast to models and theories that relate adult neurogenesis with the processes of learning and memory, almost no solid hypotheses have been formulated that involve a possible neurocomputational influence of adult neurogenesis on forgetting. Based on data from a previous study that implemented a simple but complete model of the main…

Viscoplastic constitutive relationships with dependence on thermomechanical history

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Robinson, D. N.; Bartolotta, P. A.

1985-01-01

Experimental evidence of thermomechanical history dependence in the cyclic hardening behavior of some common high-temperature structural alloys is presented with special emphasis on dynamic metallurgical changes. The inadequacy of formulating nonisothermal constitutive equations solely on the basis of isothermal testing is discussed. A representation of thermoviscoplasticity is proposed that qualitatively accounts for the observed hereditary behavior. This is achieved by formulating the scalar evolutionary equation in an established viscoplasticity theory to reflect thermomechanical path dependence. To assess the importance of accounting for thermomechanical history dependence in practical structural analyses, two qualitative models are specified: (1) formulated as if based entirely on isothermal information; (2) to reflect thermomechanical path dependence using the proposed thermoviscoplastic representation. Predictions of the two models are compared and the impact the calculated differences in deformation behavior may have on subsequent lifetime predictions is discussed.

Lagrangian formulation for penny-shaped and Perkins-Kern geometry models

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Lee, W.S.

1989-09-01

This paper discusses basic theories for vertical penny-shaped and Perkins-Kern (PK) geometry models developed with a Lagrangian formulation combined with a virtual-work analysis. The Lagrangian formulation yields a pair of nonlinear equations in R/sub f/ or L/sub f/ and b/sub f/, the fracture radius or length and half-width. By introduction of a virtual-work analysis, a simple equation is obtained that can be solved numerically. This equation is written in a form that can be used to determine fracture geometry when the fluid-loss coefficient of the fracturing fluid is known. Also, this equation, coupled with a material-balance equation after shut-in, canmore » be used to analyze pressure-decline data after shut-in to determine the effective fluid-loss coefficient and fracture geometry.« less

Dynamics of film. [two dimensional continua theory

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Zak, M.

1979-01-01

The general theory of films as two-dimensional continua are elaborated upon. As physical realizations of such a model this paper examines: inextensible films, elastic films, and nets. The suggested dynamic equations have enabled us to find out the characteristic speeds of wave propagation of the invariants of external and internal geometry and formulate the criteria of instability of their shape. Also included herein is a detailed account of the equation describing the film motions beyond the limits of the shape stability accompanied by the formation of wrinkles. The theory is illustrated by examples.

Synthesis of robust nonlinear autopilots using differential game theory

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Menon, P. K. A.

1991-01-01

A synthesis technique for handling unmodeled disturbances in nonlinear control law synthesis was advanced using differential game theory. Two types of modeling inaccuracies can be included in the formulation. The first is a bias-type error, while the second is the scale-factor-type error in the control variables. The disturbances were assumed to satisfy an integral inequality constraint. Additionally, it was assumed that they act in such a way as to maximize a quadratic performance index. Expressions for optimal control and worst-case disturbance were then obtained using optimal control theory.

Compromise decision support problems for hierarchical design involving uncertainty

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vadde, S.; Allen, J. K.; Mistree, F.

1994-08-01

In this paper an extension to the traditional compromise Decision Support Problem (DSP) formulation is presented. Bayesian statistics is used in the formulation to model uncertainties associated with the information being used. In an earlier paper a compromise DSP that accounts for uncertainty using fuzzy set theory was introduced. The Bayesian Decision Support Problem is described in this paper. The method for hierarchical design is demonstrated by using this formulation to design a portal frame. The results are discussed and comparisons are made with those obtained using the fuzzy DSP. Finally, the efficacy of incorporating Bayesian statistics into the traditional compromise DSP formulation is discussed and some pending research issues are described. Our emphasis in this paper is on the method rather than the results per se.

An Algebraic Formulation of Level One Wess-Zumino Models

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Böckenhauer, Jens

The highest weight modules of the chiral algebra of orthogonal WZW models at level one possess a realization in fermionic representation spaces; the Kac-Moody and Virasoro generators are represented as unbounded limits of even CAR algebras. It is shown that the representation theory of the underlying even CAR algebras reproduces precisely the sectors of the chiral algebra. This fact allows to develop a theory of local von Neumann algebras on the punctured circle, fitting nicely in the Doplicher-Haag-Roberts framework. The relevant localized endomorphisms which generate the charged sectors are explicitly constructed by means of Bogoliubov transformations. Using CAR theory, the fusion rules in terms of sector equivalence classes are proven.

Formulation and closure of compressible turbulence equations in the light of kinetic theory

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Tsuge, S.; Sagara, K.

1976-01-01

Fluid-dynamic moment equations, based on a kinetic hierarchy system, are derived governing the interaction between turbulent and thermal fluctuations. The kinetic theory is shown to reduce the inherent complexity of the conventional formalism of compressible turbulence theory and to minimize arbitrariness in formulating the closure condition.

Modeling the urban boundary layer

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Bergstrom, R. W., Jr.

1976-01-01

A summary and evaluation is given of the Workshop on Modeling the Urban Boundary Layer; held in Las Vegas on May 5, 1975. Edited summaries from each of the session chairpersons are also given. The sessions were: (1) formulation and solution techniques, (2) K-theory versus higher order closure, (3) surface heat and moisture balance, (4) initialization and boundary problems, (5) nocturnal boundary layer, and (6) verification of models.

Adaptive evolution of body size subject to indirect effect in trophic cascade system.

PubMed

Wang, Xin; Fan, Meng; Hao, Lina

2017-09-01

Trophic cascades represent a classic example of indirect effect and are wide-spread in nature. Their ecological impact are well established, but the evolutionary consequences have received even less theoretical attention. We theoretically and numerically investigate the trait (i.e., body size of consumer) evolution in response to indirect effect in a trophic cascade system. By applying the quantitative trait evolutionary theory and the adaptive dynamic theory, we formulate and explore two different types of eco-evolutionary resource-consumer-predator trophic cascade model. First, an eco-evolutionary model incorporating the rapid evolution is formulated to investigate the effect of rapid evolution of the consumer's body size, and to explore the impact of density-mediate indirect effect on the population dynamics and trait dynamics. Next, by employing the adaptive dynamic theory, a long-term evolutionary model of consumer body size is formulated to evaluate the effect of long-term evolution on the population dynamics and the effect of trait-mediate indirect effect. Those models admit rich dynamics that has not been observed yet in empirical studies. It is found that, both in the trait-mediated and density-mediated system, the body size of consumer in predator-consumer-resource interaction (indirect effect) evolves smaller than that in consumer-resource and predator-consumer interaction (direct effect). Moreover, in the density-mediated system, we found that the evolution of consumer body size contributes to avoiding consumer extinction (i.e., evolutionary rescue). The trait-mediate and density-mediate effects may produce opposite evolutionary response. This study suggests that the trophic cascade indirect effect affects consumer evolution, highlights a more comprehensive mechanistic understanding of the intricate interplay between ecological and evolutionary force. The modeling approaches provide avenue for study on indirect effects from an evolutionary perspective. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

A simplified orthotropic formulation of the viscoplasticity theory based on overstress

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Sutcu, M.; Krempl, E.

1988-01-01

An orthotropic, small strain viscoplasticity theory based on overstress is presented. In each preferred direction the stress is composed of time (rate) independent (or plastic) and viscous (or rate dependent) contributions. Tension-compression asymmetry can depend on direction and is included in the model. Upon a proper choice of a material constant one preferred direction can exhibit linear elastic response while the other two deform in a viscoplastic manner.

Statement on nursing: a personal perspective.

PubMed

McCutcheon, Tonna

2004-01-01

Contemporary nursing is based on a conglomerate of theoretical nursing models. These models each incorporate four central concepts: person, health, environment, and nursing. By defining these concepts, nurses develop an individual framework from which they base their nursing practice. As an aspiring nurse practitioner in the gastroenterology field, I have retrospectively assessed my personal definitions of person, health, environment, and nursing. From these definitions, I am able to incorporate specific theoretical frameworks into my personal belief system, thus formulating a basis for my nursing practice. This foundation is comprised of the influence of nursing theorists Jean Watson, Sister Callista Roy, Kolcaba, Florence Nightingale, and Ida J. Orlando; the Perioperative Patient-Focused Model; Watson's Theory of Human Caring; theories regarding transpersonal human caring and healing; and feminist theories. Therefore, this article describes self-examination of nursing care by defining central nursing concepts, acknowledging the influence of nursing theorists and theories, and developing a personal framework from which I base my nursing practice.

Strategic analysis for safeguards systems: a feasibility study. Volume 2. Appendix

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Goldman, A J

1984-12-01

This appendix provides detailed information regarding game theory (strategic analysis) and its potential role in safeguards to supplement the main body of this report. In particualr, it includes an extensive, though not comprehensive review of literature on game theory and on other topics that relate to the formulation of a game-theoretic model (e.g. the payoff functions). The appendix describes the basic form and components of game theory models, and the solvability of various models. It then discusses three basic issues related to the use of strategic analysis in material accounting: (1) its understandability; (2) its viability in regulatory settings; andmore » (3) difficulties in the use of mixed strategies. Each of the components of a game theoretic model are then discussed and related to the present context.« less

Towards the theory of pollinator-mediated gene flow.

PubMed Central

Cresswell, James E

2003-01-01

I present a new exposition of a model of gene flow by animal-mediated pollination between a source population and a sink population. The model's parameters describe two elements: (i) the expected portion of the source's paternity that extends to the sink population; and (ii) the dilution of this portion by within-sink pollinations. The model is termed the portion-dilution model (PDM). The PDM is a parametric restatement of the conventional view of animal-mediated pollination. In principle, it can be applied to plant species in general. I formulate a theoretical value of the portion parameter that maximizes gene flow and prescribe this as a benchmark against which to judge the performance of real systems. Existing foraging theory can be used in solving part of the PDM, but a theory for source-to-sink transitions by pollinators is currently elusive. PMID:12831465

Nongeostrophic theory of zonally averaged circulation. I - Formulation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Tung, Ka Kit

1986-01-01

A nongeostrophic theory of zonally averaged circulation is formulated using the nonlinear primitive equations (mass conservation, thermodynamics, and zonal momentum) on a sphere. The relationship between the mean meridional circulation and diabatic heating rate is studied. Differences between results of nongeostropic theory and the geostrophic formulation concerning the role of eddy forcing of the diabatic circulation and the nonlinear nearly inviscid limit versus the geostrophic limit are discussed. Consideration is given to the Eliassen-Palm flux divergence, the Eliassen-Palm pseudodivergence, the nonacceleration theorem, and the nonlinear nongeostrophic Taylor relationship.

Numerical Flexural Strength Analysis of Thermally Stressed Delaminated Composite Structure under Sinusoidal Loading

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hirwani, C. K.; Biswash, S.; Mehar, K.; Panda, S. K.

2018-03-01

In this article, we investigate the thermomechanical deflection characteristics of the debonded composite plate structure using an isoparametric type of higher-order finite element model. The current formulation is derived using higher-order kinematic theory and the displacement variables described as constant along the thickness direction whereas varying nonlinearly for the in-plane directions. The present mid-plane kinematic model mainly obsoletes the use of shear correction factor as in the other lower-order theories. The separation between the adjacent layers is modeled via the sub-laminate technique and the intermittent continuity conditions imposed to avoid the mathematical ill conditions. The governing equation of equilibrium of the damaged plate structure under the combined state of loading are obtained using the variational principle and solved numerically to compute the deflection values. Further, the convergence test has been performed by refining the numbers of elements and validated through comparing the present results with available published values. The usefulness of the proposed formulation has been discussed by solving the different kind of numerical examples including the size, location and position of delamination.

A Generalized Approach for the Interpretation of Geophysical Well Logs in Ground-Water Studies - Theory and Application

USGS Publications Warehouse

Paillet, Frederick L.; Crowder, R.E.

1996-01-01

Quantitative analysis of geophysical logs in ground-water studies often involves at least as broad a range of applications and variation in lithology as is typically encountered in petroleum exploration, making such logs difficult to calibrate and complicating inversion problem formulation. At the same time, data inversion and analysis depend on inversion model formulation and refinement, so that log interpretation cannot be deferred to a geophysical log specialist unless active involvement with interpretation can be maintained by such an expert over the lifetime of the project. We propose a generalized log-interpretation procedure designed to guide hydrogeologists in the interpretation of geophysical logs, and in the integration of log data into ground-water models that may be systematically refined and improved in an iterative way. The procedure is designed to maximize the effective use of three primary contributions from geophysical logs: (1) The continuous depth scale of the measurements along the well bore; (2) The in situ measurement of lithologic properties and the correlation with hydraulic properties of the formations over a finite sample volume; and (3) Multiple independent measurements that can potentially be inverted for multiple physical or hydraulic properties of interest. The approach is formulated in the context of geophysical inversion theory, and is designed to be interfaced with surface geophysical soundings and conventional hydraulic testing. The step-by-step procedures given in our generalized interpretation and inversion technique are based on both qualitative analysis designed to assist formulation of the interpretation model, and quantitative analysis used to assign numerical values to model parameters. The approach bases a decision as to whether quantitative inversion is statistically warranted by formulating an over-determined inversion. If no such inversion is consistent with the inversion model, quantitative inversion is judged not possible with the given data set. Additional statistical criteria such as the statistical significance of regressions are used to guide the subsequent calibration of geophysical data in terms of hydraulic variables in those situations where quantitative data inversion is considered appropriate.

A conceptual model of children's cognitive adaptation to physical disability.

PubMed

Bernardo, M L

1982-11-01

Increasing numbers of children are being required to adapt to lifelong illness and disability. While numerous studies exist on theories of adaptation, reaction to illness, and children's concepts of self and of illness, an integrated view of children's ability to conceptualize themselves, their disabilities and possible adaptations has not been formulated. In this article an attempt has been made to integrate models of adaptation to disability and knowledge about children's cognitive development using Piagetian theory of cognitive development and Crate's stages of adaptation to chronic illness. This conceptually integrated model can be used as a departure point for studies to validate the applicability of Piaget's theory to the development of the physically disabled child and to clinically assess the adaptational stages available to the child at various developmental stages.

Generalized framework for testing gravity with gravitational-wave propagation. I. Formulation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nishizawa, Atsushi

2018-05-01

The direct detection of gravitational waves (GWs) from merging binary black holes and neutron stars marks the beginning of a new era in gravitational physics, and it brings forth new opportunities to test theories of gravity. To this end, it is crucial to search for anomalous deviations from general relativity in a model-independent way, irrespective of gravity theories, GW sources, and background spacetimes. In this paper, we propose a new universal framework for testing gravity with GWs, based on the generalized propagation of a GW in an effective field theory that describes modification of gravity at cosmological scales. Then, we perform a parameter estimation study, showing how well the future observation of GWs can constrain the model parameters in the generalized models of GW propagation.

Theoretical performance of hydrogen-bromine rechargeable SPE fuel cell. [Solid Polymer Electrolyte

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Savinell, R. F.; Fritts, S. D.

1988-01-01

A mathematical model was formulated to describe the performance of a hydrogen-bromine fuel cell. Porous electrode theory was applied to the carbon felt flow-by electrode and was coupled to theory describing the solid polymer electrolyte (SPE) system. Parametric studies using the numerical solution to this model were performed to determine the effect of kinetic, mass transfer, and design parameters on the performance of the fuel cell. The results indicate that the cell performance is most sensitive to the transport properties of the SPE membrane. The model was also shown to be a useful tool for scale-up studies.

Phase-field modelling of ductile fracture: a variational gradient-extended plasticity-damage theory and its micromorphic regularization

PubMed Central

Teichtmeister, S.; Aldakheel, F.

2016-01-01

This work outlines a novel variational-based theory for the phase-field modelling of ductile fracture in elastic–plastic solids undergoing large strains. The phase-field approach regularizes sharp crack surfaces within a pure continuum setting by a specific gradient damage modelling. It is linked to a formulation of gradient plasticity at finite strains. The framework includes two independent length scales which regularize both the plastic response as well as the crack discontinuities. This ensures that the damage zones of ductile fracture are inside of plastic zones, and guarantees on the computational side a mesh objectivity in post-critical ranges. PMID:27002069

Chemoviscosity modeling for thermosetting resins, 2

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hou, T. H.

1985-01-01

A new analytical model for simulating chemoviscosity of thermosetting resin was formulated. The model is developed by modifying the Williams-Landel-Ferry (WLF) theory in polymer rheology for thermoplastic materials. By assuming a linear relationship between the glass transition temperature and the degree of cure of the resin system under cure, the WLF theory can be modified to account for the factor of reaction time. Temperature dependent functions of the modified WLF theory constants were determined from the isothermal cure data of Lee, Loos, and Springer for the Hercules 3501-6 resin system. Theoretical predictions of the model for the resin under dynamic heating cure cycles were shown to compare favorably with the experimental data reported by Carpenter. A chemoviscosity model which is capable of not only describing viscosity profiles accurately under various cure cycles, but also correlating viscosity data to the changes of physical properties associated with the structural transformations of the thermosetting resin systems during cure was established.

Optimal Sequential Rules for Computer-Based Instruction.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Vos, Hans J.

1998-01-01

Formulates sequential rules for adapting the appropriate amount of instruction to learning needs in the context of computer-based instruction. Topics include Bayesian decision theory, threshold and linear-utility structure, psychometric model, optimal sequential number of test questions, and an empirical example of sequential instructional…

Quantum spectral curve of the N=6 supersymmetric Chern-Simons theory.

PubMed

Cavaglià, Andrea; Fioravanti, Davide; Gromov, Nikolay; Tateo, Roberto

2014-07-11

Recently, it was shown that the spectrum of anomalous dimensions and other important observables in planar N=4 supersymmetric Yang-Mills theory are encoded into a simple nonlinear Riemann-Hilbert problem: the Pμ system or quantum spectral curve. In this Letter, we extend this formulation to the N=6 supersymmetric Chern-Simons theory introduced by Aharony, Bergman, Jafferis, and Maldacena. This may be an important step towards the exact determination of the interpolating function h(λ) characterizing the integrability of this model. We also discuss a surprising relation between the quantum spectral curves for the N=4 supersymmetric Yang-Mills theory and the N=6 supersymmetric Chern-Simons theory considered here.

Matrix quantum mechanics on S1 /Z2

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Betzios, P.; Gürsoy, U.; Papadoulaki, O.

2018-03-01

We study Matrix Quantum Mechanics on the Euclidean time orbifold S1 /Z2. Upon Wick rotation to Lorentzian time and taking the double-scaling limit this theory provides a toy model for a big-bang/big crunch universe in two dimensional non-critical string theory where the orbifold fixed points become cosmological singularities. We derive the MQM partition function both in the canonical and grand canonical ensemble in two different formulations and demonstrate agreement between them. We pinpoint the contribution of twisted states in both of these formulations either in terms of bi-local operators acting at the end-points of time or branch-cuts on the complex plane. We calculate, in the matrix model, the contribution of the twisted states to the torus level partition function explicitly and show that it precisely matches the world-sheet result, providing a non-trivial test of the proposed duality. Finally we discuss some interesting features of the partition function and the possibility of realising it as a τ-function of an integrable hierarchy.

Emotion, rationality, and decision-making: how to link affective and social neuroscience with social theory.

PubMed

Verweij, Marco; Senior, Timothy J; Domínguez D, Juan F; Turner, Robert

2015-01-01

In this paper, we argue for a stronger engagement between concepts in affective and social neuroscience on the one hand, and theories from the fields of anthropology, economics, political science, and sociology on the other. Affective and social neuroscience could provide an additional assessment of social theories. We argue that some of the most influential social theories of the last four decades-rational choice theory, behavioral economics, and post-structuralism-contain assumptions that are inconsistent with key findings in affective and social neuroscience. We also show that another approach from the social sciences-plural rationality theory-shows greater compatibility with these findings. We further claim that, in their turn, social theories can strengthen affective and social neuroscience. The former can provide more precise formulations of the social phenomena that neuroscientific models have targeted, can help neuroscientists who build these models become more aware of their social and cultural biases, and can even improve the models themselves. To illustrate, we show how plural rationality theory can be used to further specify and test the somatic marker hypothesis. Thus, we aim to accelerate the much-needed merger of social theories with affective and social neuroscience.

Recent advances in herbal medicines treating Parkinson's disease.

PubMed

Li, Xu-Zhao; Zhang, Shuai-Nan; Liu, Shu-Min; Lu, Fang

2013-01-01

Herbal medicines have attracted considerable attention in recent years, which are used to treat Parkinson's disease (PD) in China based on traditional Chinese medicine or modern pharmacological theories. We summarized and analyzed the anti-Parkinsonian activities of herbal medicines and herbal formulations investigated in PD models and provide future references for basic and clinical investigations. All the herbal medicines and herbal formulations were tested on PD models in vitro and in vivo. The relevant compounds and herbal extracts with anti-Parkinsonian activities were included and analyzed according to their genera or pharmacological activities. A total of 38 herbal medicines and 11 herbal formulations were analyzed. The relevant compounds, herbal extracts and formulations were reported to be effective on PD models by modulating multiple key events or signaling pathways implicated in the pathogenesis of PD. The plant species of these herbal medicines belong to 24 genera and 18 families, such as Acanthopanax, Alpinia and Astragalus, etc. These herbal medicines can be an alternative and valuable source for anti-Parkinsonian drug discovery. The plant species in these genera and families may be the most promising candidates for further investigation and deserve further consideration in clinical trials. Active components in some of the herbal extracts and the compatibility law of herbal formulations remain to be further investigated. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Numerical Implementation of a Multiple-ISV Thermodynamically-Based Work Potential Theory for Modeling Progressive Damage and Failure in Fiber-Reinforced Laminates

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Pineda, Evan J.; Waas, Anthony M.

2011-01-01

A thermodynamically-based work potential theory for modeling progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced laminates is presented. The current, multiple-internal state variable (ISV) formulation, enhanced Schapery theory (EST), utilizes separate ISVs for modeling the effects of damage and failure. Damage is considered to be the effect of any structural changes in a material that manifest as pre-peak non-linearity in the stress versus strain response. Conversely, failure is taken to be the effect of the evolution of any mechanisms that results in post-peak strain softening. It is assumed that matrix microdamage is the dominant damage mechanism in continuous fiber-reinforced polymer matrix laminates, and its evolution is controlled with a single ISV. Three additional ISVs are introduced to account for failure due to mode I transverse cracking, mode II transverse cracking, and mode I axial failure. Typically, failure evolution (i.e., post-peak strain softening) results in pathologically mesh dependent solutions within a finite element method (FEM) setting. Therefore, consistent character element lengths are introduced into the formulation of the evolution of the three failure ISVs. Using the stationarity of the total work potential with respect to each ISV, a set of thermodynamically consistent evolution equations for the ISVs is derived. The theory is implemented into commercial FEM software. Objectivity of total energy dissipated during the failure process, with regards to refinements in the FEM mesh, is demonstrated. The model is also verified against experimental results from two laminated, T800/3900-2 panels containing a central notch and different fiber-orientation stacking sequences. Global load versus displacement, global load versus local strain gage data, and macroscopic failure paths obtained from the models are compared to the experiments.

Quantum Impurity Models as Reference Systems for Strongly Correlated Materials: The Road from the Kondo Impurity Model to First Principles Electronic Structure Calculations with Dynamical Mean-Field Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kotliar, Gabriel

2005-01-01

Dynamical mean field theory (DMFT) relates extended systems (bulk solids, surfaces and interfaces) to quantum impurity models (QIM) satisfying a self-consistency condition. This mapping provides an economic description of correlated electron materials. It is currently used in practical computations of physical properties of real materials. It has also great conceptual value, providing a simple picture of correlated electron phenomena on the lattice, using concepts derived from quantum impurity models such as the Kondo effect. DMFT can also be formulated as a first principles electronic structure method and is applicable to correlated materials.

Angle-adjustable density field formulation for the modeling of crystalline microstructure

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wang, Zi-Le; Liu, Zhirong; Huang, Zhi-Feng

2018-05-01

A continuum density field formulation with particle-scale resolution is constructed to simultaneously incorporate the orientation dependence of interparticle interactions and the rotational invariance of the system, a fundamental but challenging issue in modeling the structure and dynamics of a broad range of material systems across variable scales. This generalized phase field crystal-type approach is based upon the complete expansion of particle direct correlation functions and the concept of isotropic tensors. Through applications to the modeling of various two- and three-dimensional crystalline structures, our study demonstrates the capability of bond-angle control in this continuum field theory and its effects on the emergence of ordered phases, and provides a systematic way of performing tunable angle analyses for crystalline microstructures.

Modeling donor/acceptor interactions: Combined roles of theory and computation

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Newton, M.D.

2000-03-05

An extended superexchange model for electron transfer (ET) matrix elements (H{sub DA}) has been formulated as a superposition of McConnell-type pathways and implemented by combined use of configuration interaction wave functions (obtained using the INDO/s model of Zerner and co-workers) and the generalized Muliken-Hush formulation of charge-localized diabatic states. Applications are made for et (and hold transfer) in several donor/bridge/acceptor radical anion (and cation) systems, (DBA){sup {+-}}, allowing detailed comparison with experimental H{sub DA} estimates. For the case of oligo phenylene ethynylene (OPE) bridges, the role of {pi} and {sigma} electronic manifolds for different distributions of phenylene torsion angles ismore » analyzed in detail.« less

Lattice Boltzmann model for numerical relativity.

PubMed

Ilseven, E; Mendoza, M

2016-02-01

In the Z4 formulation, Einstein equations are written as a set of flux conservative first-order hyperbolic equations that resemble fluid dynamics equations. Based on this formulation, we construct a lattice Boltzmann model for numerical relativity and validate it with well-established tests, also known as "apples with apples." Furthermore, we find that by increasing the relaxation time, we gain stability at the cost of losing accuracy, and by decreasing the lattice spacings while keeping a constant numerical diffusivity, the accuracy and stability of our simulations improve. Finally, in order to show the potential of our approach, a linear scaling law for parallelization with respect to number of CPU cores is demonstrated. Our model represents the first step in using lattice kinetic theory to solve gravitational problems.

The Cross-National Relevance of U.S. Formulated Theories of College Student Departure

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Braxton, John M.

2013-01-01

This article focuses on the cross-national relevance of theories of college student departure formulated by U.S. scholars. Some aspects of U.S. developed theories of college student departure hold some semblance of cross-national relevance. Economic and sociological perspectives provide such aspects. The weighing of costs and benefits inherent in…

Non Abelian T-duality in Gauged Linear Sigma Models

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Bizet, Nana Cabo; Martínez-Merino, Aldo; Zayas, Leopoldo A. Pando

Abelian T-duality in Gauged Linear Sigma Models (GLSM) forms the basis of the physical understanding of Mirror Symmetry as presented by Hori and Vafa. We consider an alternative formulation of Abelian T-duality on GLSM’s as a gauging of a global U(1) symmetry with the addition of appropriate Lagrange multipliers. For GLSMs with Abelian gauge groups and without superpotential we reproduce the dual models introduced by Hori and Vafa. We extend the construction to formulate non-Abelian T-duality on GLSMs with global non-Abelian symmetries. The equations of motion that lead to the dual model are obtained for a general group, they dependmore » in general on semi-chiral superfields; for cases such as SU(2) they depend on twisted chiral superfields. We solve the equations of motion for an SU(2) gauged group with a choice of a particular Lie algebra direction of the vector superfield. This direction covers a non-Abelian sector that can be described by a family of Abelian dualities. The dual model Lagrangian depends on twisted chiral superfields and a twisted superpotential is generated. We explore some non-perturbative aspects by making an Ansatz for the instanton corrections in the dual theories. We verify that the effective potential for the U(1) field strength in a fixed configuration on the original theory matches the one of the dual theory. Imposing restrictions on the vector superfield, more general non-Abelian dual models are obtained. We analyze the dual models via the geometry of their susy vacua.« less

Non Abelian T-duality in Gauged Linear Sigma Models

DOE PAGES

Bizet, Nana Cabo; Martínez-Merino, Aldo; Zayas, Leopoldo A. Pando; ...

2018-04-01

Abelian T-duality in Gauged Linear Sigma Models (GLSM) forms the basis of the physical understanding of Mirror Symmetry as presented by Hori and Vafa. We consider an alternative formulation of Abelian T-duality on GLSM’s as a gauging of a global U(1) symmetry with the addition of appropriate Lagrange multipliers. For GLSMs with Abelian gauge groups and without superpotential we reproduce the dual models introduced by Hori and Vafa. We extend the construction to formulate non-Abelian T-duality on GLSMs with global non-Abelian symmetries. The equations of motion that lead to the dual model are obtained for a general group, they dependmore » in general on semi-chiral superfields; for cases such as SU(2) they depend on twisted chiral superfields. We solve the equations of motion for an SU(2) gauged group with a choice of a particular Lie algebra direction of the vector superfield. This direction covers a non-Abelian sector that can be described by a family of Abelian dualities. The dual model Lagrangian depends on twisted chiral superfields and a twisted superpotential is generated. We explore some non-perturbative aspects by making an Ansatz for the instanton corrections in the dual theories. We verify that the effective potential for the U(1) field strength in a fixed configuration on the original theory matches the one of the dual theory. Imposing restrictions on the vector superfield, more general non-Abelian dual models are obtained. We analyze the dual models via the geometry of their susy vacua.« less

Hamiltonian formulation of Palatini f(R) theories a la Brans-Dicke theory

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Olmo, Gonzalo J.; Sanchis-Alepuz, Helios; Institut fuer Physik, Karl-Franzens-Universitaet Graz

2011-05-15

We study the Hamiltonian formulation of f(R) theories of gravity both in metric and in Palatini formalism using their classical equivalence with Brans-Dicke theories with a nontrivial potential. The Palatini case, which corresponds to the {omega}=-3/2 Brans-Dicke theory, requires special attention because of new constraints associated with the scalar field, which is nondynamical. We derive, compare, and discuss the constraints and evolution equations for the {omega}=-3/2 and {omega}{ne}-3/2 cases. Based on the properties of the constraint and evolution equations, we find that, contrary to certain claims in the literature, the Cauchy problem for the {omega}=-3/2 case is well formulated andmore » there is no reason to believe that it is not well posed in general.« less

Study of. lambda. parameters and crossover phenomena in SU(N) x SU(N) sigma models in two dimensions

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Shigemitsu, J; Kogut, J B

1981-01-01

The spin system analogues of recent studies of the string tension and ..lambda.. parameters of SU(N) gauge theories in 4 dimensions are carried out for the SU(N) x SU(N) and O(N) models in 2 dimensions. The relations between the ..lambda.. parameters of both the Euclidean and Hamiltonian formulation of the lattice models and the ..lambda.. parameter of the continuum models are obtained. The one loop finite renormalization of the speed of light in the lattice Hamiltonian formulations of the O(N) and SU(N) x SU(N) models is calculated. Strong coupling calculations of the mass gaps of these spin models are donemore » for all N and the constants of proportionality between the gap and the ..lambda.. parameter of the continuum models are obtained. These results are contrasted with similar calculations for the SU(N) gauge models in 3+1 dimensions. Identifying suitable coupling constants for discussing the N ..-->.. infinity limits, the numerical results suggest that the crossover from weak to strong coupling in the lattice O(N) models becomes less abrupt as N increases while the crossover for the SU(N) x SU(N) models becomes more abrupt. The crossover in SU(N) gauge theories also becomes more abrupt with increasing N, however, at an even greater rate than in the SU(N) x SU(N) spin models.« less

Finite Element Methods and Multiphase Continuum Theory for Modeling 3D Air-Water-Sediment Interactions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kees, C. E.; Miller, C. T.; Dimakopoulos, A.; Farthing, M.

2016-12-01

The last decade has seen an expansion in the development and application of 3D free surface flow models in the context of environmental simulation. These models are based primarily on the combination of effective algorithms, namely level set and volume-of-fluid methods, with high-performance, parallel computing. These models are still computationally expensive and suitable primarily when high-fidelity modeling near structures is required. While most research on algorithms and implementations has been conducted in the context of finite volume methods, recent work has extended a class of level set schemes to finite element methods on unstructured methods. This work considers models of three-phase flow in domains containing air, water, and granular phases. These multi-phase continuum mechanical formulations show great promise for applications such as analysis of coastal and riverine structures. This work will consider formulations proposed in the literature over the last decade as well as new formulations derived using the thermodynamically constrained averaging theory, an approach to deriving and closing macroscale continuum models for multi-phase and multi-component processes. The target applications require the ability to simulate wave breaking and structure over-topping, particularly fully three-dimensional, non-hydrostatic flows that drive these phenomena. A conservative level set scheme suitable for higher-order finite element methods is used to describe the air/water phase interaction. The interaction of these air/water flows with granular materials, such as sand and rubble, must also be modeled. The range of granular media dynamics targeted including flow and wave transmision through the solid media as well as erosion and deposition of granular media and moving bed dynamics. For the granular phase we consider volume- and time-averaged continuum mechanical formulations that are discretized with the finite element method and coupled to the underlying air/water flow via operator splitting (fractional step) schemes. Particular attention will be given to verification and validation of the numerical model and important qualitative features of the numerical methods including phase conservation, wave energy dissipation, and computational efficiency in regimes of interest.

Affine group formulation of the Standard Model coupled to gravity

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Chou, Ching-Yi, E-mail: l2897107@mail.ncku.edu.tw; Ita, Eyo, E-mail: ita@usna.edu; Soo, Chopin, E-mail: cpsoo@mail.ncku.edu.tw

In this work we apply the affine group formalism for four dimensional gravity of Lorentzian signature, which is based on Klauder’s affine algebraic program, to the formulation of the Hamiltonian constraint of the interaction of matter and all forces, including gravity with non-vanishing cosmological constant Λ, as an affine Lie algebra. We use the hermitian action of fermions coupled to gravitation and Yang–Mills theory to find the density weight one fermionic super-Hamiltonian constraint. This term, combined with the Yang–Mills and Higgs energy densities, are composed with York’s integrated time functional. The result, when combined with the imaginary part of themore » Chern–Simons functional Q, forms the affine commutation relation with the volume element V(x). Affine algebraic quantization of gravitation and matter on equal footing implies a fundamental uncertainty relation which is predicated upon a non-vanishing cosmological constant. -- Highlights: •Wheeler–DeWitt equation (WDW) quantized as affine algebra, realizing Klauder’s program. •WDW formulated for interaction of matter and all forces, including gravity, as affine algebra. •WDW features Hermitian generators in spite of fermionic content: Standard Model addressed. •Constructed a family of physical states for the full, coupled theory via affine coherent states. •Fundamental uncertainty relation, predicated on non-vanishing cosmological constant.« less

Studies on the formulation of thermodynamics and stochastic theory for systems far from equilibrium

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ross, J.

We have been working for some time on the formulation of thermodynamics and the theory of fluctuations in systems far from equilibrium and progress in several aspects of that development are reported here.

Mathematical modeling of the aerodynamic characteristics in flight dynamics

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Tobak, M.; Chapman, G. T.; Schiff, L. B.

1984-01-01

Basic concepts involved in the mathematical modeling of the aerodynamic response of an aircraft to arbitrary maneuvers are reviewed. The original formulation of an aerodynamic response in terms of nonlinear functionals is shown to be compatible with a derivation based on the use of nonlinear functional expansions. Extensions of the analysis through its natural connection with ideas from bifurcation theory are indicated.

Special Relativity at the Quantum Scale

PubMed Central

Lam, Pui K.

2014-01-01

It has been suggested that the space-time structure as described by the theory of special relativity is a macroscopic manifestation of a more fundamental quantum structure (pre-geometry). Efforts to quantify this idea have come mainly from the area of abstract quantum logic theory. Here we present a preliminary attempt to develop a quantum formulation of special relativity based on a model that retains some geometric attributes. Our model is Feynman's “checker-board” trajectory for a 1-D relativistic free particle. We use this model to guide us in identifying (1) the quantum version of the postulates of special relativity and (2) the appropriate quantum “coordinates”. This model possesses a useful feature that it admits an interpretation both in terms of paths in space-time and in terms of quantum states. Based on the quantum version of the postulates, we derive a transformation rule for velocity. This rule reduces to the Einstein's velocity-addition formula in the macroscopic limit and reveals an interesting aspect of time. The 3-D case, time-dilation effect, and invariant interval are also discussed in term of this new formulation. This is a preliminary investigation; some results are derived, while others are interesting observations at this point. PMID:25531675

Special relativity at the quantum scale.

PubMed

Lam, Pui K

2014-01-01

It has been suggested that the space-time structure as described by the theory of special relativity is a macroscopic manifestation of a more fundamental quantum structure (pre-geometry). Efforts to quantify this idea have come mainly from the area of abstract quantum logic theory. Here we present a preliminary attempt to develop a quantum formulation of special relativity based on a model that retains some geometric attributes. Our model is Feynman's "checker-board" trajectory for a 1-D relativistic free particle. We use this model to guide us in identifying (1) the quantum version of the postulates of special relativity and (2) the appropriate quantum "coordinates". This model possesses a useful feature that it admits an interpretation both in terms of paths in space-time and in terms of quantum states. Based on the quantum version of the postulates, we derive a transformation rule for velocity. This rule reduces to the Einstein's velocity-addition formula in the macroscopic limit and reveals an interesting aspect of time. The 3-D case, time-dilation effect, and invariant interval are also discussed in term of this new formulation. This is a preliminary investigation; some results are derived, while others are interesting observations at this point.

Instinct as interactive structure: Freud's psychoanalysis in historical and metatheoretical perspective.

PubMed

Jovanović, Gordana

2005-01-01

When Freud began formulating the basic postulates of psychoanalytic theory the concept of instinct was in widespread use. There are very different models of conceptualizing instincts in psychoanalysis: reflex arc, representation, interaction, subject and finally a regressive structure. Freud revised the traditional concept of instinct and his models formed a peculiar metatheoretical history of psychoanalysis. Defining human nature by reference to its determining instinctive essence and commitment to the ideal of natural science led Freud to a naturalistic fallacy. Yet at the same time the hermeneutics of instinct theory reveal a socio-historical meaning of naturalism.

A Bayesian Formulation of Behavioral Control

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Huys, Quentin J. M.; Dayan, Peter

2009-01-01

Helplessness, a belief that the world is not subject to behavioral control, has long been central to our understanding of depression, and has influenced cognitive theories, animal models and behavioral treatments. However, despite its importance, there is no fully accepted definition of helplessness or behavioral control in psychology or…

Effect of Stability on Mixing in Open Canopies. Chapter 4

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Lee, Young-Hee; Mahrt, L.

2005-01-01

In open canopies, the within-canopy flux from the ground surface and understory can account for a significant fraction of the total flux above the canopy. This study incorporates the important influence of within-canopy stability on turbulent mixing and subcanopy fluxes into a first-order closure scheme. Toward this goal, we analyze within-canopy eddy-correlation data from the old aspen site in the Boreal Ecosystem - Atmosphere Study (BOREAS) and a mature ponderosa pine site in Central Oregon, USA. A formulation of within-canopy transport is framed in terms of a stability- dependent mixing length, which approaches Monin-Obukhov similarity theory above the canopy roughness sublayer. The new simple formulation is an improvement upon the usual neglect of the influence of within-canopy stability in simple models. However, frequent well-defined cold air drainage within the pine subcanopy inversion reduces the utility of simple models for nocturnal transport. Other shortcomings of the formulation are discussed.

Steerability Analysis of Tracked Vehicles: Theory and User’s Guide for Computer Program TVSTEER

DTIC Science & Technology

1986-08-01

Baladi , Donald E. Barnes, Rebecca P. BergerC oStructures Laboratory NDEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY ___ Waterways Experiment Station, Corps of Engineers . U P0 Box...Analysis of Tracked Vehicles: Theory and User’s Guide for Computer Program TVSTEER - 12 PERSONAL AUTHOR(S) Baladi , George Y., Barnes, Donald E...mathematical model was formulated by Drs. George Y. Baladi and Behzad Rohani. The logic and computer programming were accomplished by Dr. Baladi and

Understanding molecular structure from molecular mechanics.

PubMed

Allinger, Norman L

2011-04-01

Molecular mechanics gives us a well known model of molecular structure. It is less widely recognized that valence bond theory gives us structures which offer a direct interpretation of molecular mechanics formulations and parameters. The electronic effects well-known in physical organic chemistry can be directly interpreted in terms of valence bond structures, and hence quantitatively calculated and understood. The basic theory is outlined in this paper, and examples of the effects, and their interpretation in illustrative examples is presented.

Surface and through crack problems in orthotropic plates

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Erdogan, F.; Wu, B.-H.

1988-01-01

The present treatment of the general mode I crack problem in bending- and membrane-loaded orthotropic plates proceeds by formulating the bending problem for a series of planar and through-cracks; by independently varying the six independent constants, the effect of material orthotropy on the stress intensity factor is determined. The surface-crack problem is then formulated by means of the line-spring model, using a transverse-shear theory of plate bending. Attention is given to composite laminates with through-cracks or semielliptic surface cracks. A significant effect is noted for material orthotropy.

Emotion, rationality, and decision-making: how to link affective and social neuroscience with social theory

PubMed Central

Verweij, Marco; Senior, Timothy J.; Domínguez D., Juan F.; Turner, Robert

2015-01-01

In this paper, we argue for a stronger engagement between concepts in affective and social neuroscience on the one hand, and theories from the fields of anthropology, economics, political science, and sociology on the other. Affective and social neuroscience could provide an additional assessment of social theories. We argue that some of the most influential social theories of the last four decades—rational choice theory, behavioral economics, and post-structuralism—contain assumptions that are inconsistent with key findings in affective and social neuroscience. We also show that another approach from the social sciences—plural rationality theory—shows greater compatibility with these findings. We further claim that, in their turn, social theories can strengthen affective and social neuroscience. The former can provide more precise formulations of the social phenomena that neuroscientific models have targeted, can help neuroscientists who build these models become more aware of their social and cultural biases, and can even improve the models themselves. To illustrate, we show how plural rationality theory can be used to further specify and test the somatic marker hypothesis. Thus, we aim to accelerate the much-needed merger of social theories with affective and social neuroscience. PMID:26441506

Modeling shockwaves and impact phenomena with Eulerian peridynamics

DOE PAGES

Silling, Stewart A.; Parks, Michael L.; Kamm, James R.; ...

2017-05-09

Most previous development of the peridynamic theory has assumed a Lagrangian formulation, in which the material model refers to an undeformed reference configuration. Here, an Eulerian form of material modeling is developed, in which bond forces depend only on the positions of material points in the deformed configuration. The formulation is consistent with the thermodynamic form of the peridynamic model and is derivable from a suitable expression for the free energy of a material. We show that the resulting formulation of peridynamic material models can be used to simulate strong shock waves and fluid response in which very large deformationsmore » make the Lagrangian form unsuitable. The Eulerian capability is demonstrated in numerical simulations of ejecta from a wavy free surface on a metal subjected to strong shock wave loading. The Eulerian and Lagrangian contributions to bond force can be combined in a single material model, allowing strength and fracture under tensile or shear loading to be modeled consistently with high compressive stresses. Furthermore, we demonstrate this capability in numerical simulation of bird strike against an aircraft, in which both tensile fracture and high pressure response are important.« less

Modeling shockwaves and impact phenomena with Eulerian peridynamics

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Silling, Stewart A.; Parks, Michael L.; Kamm, James R.

Most previous development of the peridynamic theory has assumed a Lagrangian formulation, in which the material model refers to an undeformed reference configuration. Here, an Eulerian form of material modeling is developed, in which bond forces depend only on the positions of material points in the deformed configuration. The formulation is consistent with the thermodynamic form of the peridynamic model and is derivable from a suitable expression for the free energy of a material. We show that the resulting formulation of peridynamic material models can be used to simulate strong shock waves and fluid response in which very large deformationsmore » make the Lagrangian form unsuitable. The Eulerian capability is demonstrated in numerical simulations of ejecta from a wavy free surface on a metal subjected to strong shock wave loading. The Eulerian and Lagrangian contributions to bond force can be combined in a single material model, allowing strength and fracture under tensile or shear loading to be modeled consistently with high compressive stresses. Furthermore, we demonstrate this capability in numerical simulation of bird strike against an aircraft, in which both tensile fracture and high pressure response are important.« less

The initial value problem in Lagrangian drift kinetic theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Burby, J. W.

2016-06-01

> Existing high-order variational drift kinetic theories contain unphysical rapidly varying modes that are not seen at low orders. These unphysical modes, which may be rapidly oscillating, damped or growing, are ushered in by a failure of conventional high-order drift kinetic theory to preserve the structure of its parent model's initial value problem. In short, the (infinite dimensional) system phase space is unphysically enlarged in conventional high-order variational drift kinetic theory. I present an alternative, `renormalized' variational approach to drift kinetic theory that manifestly respects the parent model's initial value problem. The basic philosophy underlying this alternate approach is that high-order drift kinetic theory ought to be derived by truncating the all-orders system phase-space Lagrangian instead of the usual `field particle' Lagrangian. For the sake of clarity, this story is told first through the lens of a finite-dimensional toy model of high-order variational drift kinetics; the analogous full-on drift kinetic story is discussed subsequently. The renormalized drift kinetic system, while variational and just as formally accurate as conventional formulations, does not support the troublesome rapidly varying modes.

Mathematical models for principles of gyroscope theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Usubamatov, Ryspek

2017-01-01

Gyroscope devices are primary units for navigation and control systems that have wide application in engineering. The main property of the gyroscope device is maintaining the axis of a spinning rotor. This gyroscope peculiarity is represented in terms of gyroscope effects in which known mathematical models have been formulated on the law of kinetic energy conservation and the change in the angular momentum. The gyroscope theory is represented by numerous publications, which mathematical models do not match the actual torques and motions in these devices.. The nature of gyroscope effects is more complex than represented in known publications. Recent investigations in this area have demonstrated that on a gyroscope can act until eleven internal torques simultaneously and interdependently around two axes. These gyroscope torques are generated by spinning rotor's mass-elements and by the gyroscope center-mass based on action of several inertial forces. The change in the angular momentum does not play first role for gyroscope motions. The external load generates several internal torques which directions may be distinguished. This situation leads changing of the angular velocities of gyroscope motions around two axes. Formulated mathematical models of gyroscope internal torques are representing the fundamental principle of gyroscope theory. In detail, the gyroscope is experienced the resistance torque generated by the centrifugal and Coriolis forces of the spinning rotor and the precession torque generated by the common inertial forces and the change in the angular momentum. The new mathematical models for the torques and motions of the gyroscope confirmed for most unsolvable problems. The mathematical models practically tested and the results are validated the theoretical approach.

Network reconstruction based on proteomic data and prior knowledge of protein connectivity using graph theory.

PubMed

Stavrakas, Vassilis; Melas, Ioannis N; Sakellaropoulos, Theodore; Alexopoulos, Leonidas G

2015-01-01

Modeling of signal transduction pathways is instrumental for understanding cells' function. People have been tackling modeling of signaling pathways in order to accurately represent the signaling events inside cells' biochemical microenvironment in a way meaningful for scientists in a biological field. In this article, we propose a method to interrogate such pathways in order to produce cell-specific signaling models. We integrate available prior knowledge of protein connectivity, in a form of a Prior Knowledge Network (PKN) with phosphoproteomic data to construct predictive models of the protein connectivity of the interrogated cell type. Several computational methodologies focusing on pathways' logic modeling using optimization formulations or machine learning algorithms have been published on this front over the past few years. Here, we introduce a light and fast approach that uses a breadth-first traversal of the graph to identify the shortest pathways and score proteins in the PKN, fitting the dependencies extracted from the experimental design. The pathways are then combined through a heuristic formulation to produce a final topology handling inconsistencies between the PKN and the experimental scenarios. Our results show that the algorithm we developed is efficient and accurate for the construction of medium and large scale signaling networks. We demonstrate the applicability of the proposed approach by interrogating a manually curated interaction graph model of EGF/TNFA stimulation against made up experimental data. To avoid the possibility of erroneous predictions, we performed a cross-validation analysis. Finally, we validate that the introduced approach generates predictive topologies, comparable to the ILP formulation. Overall, an efficient approach based on graph theory is presented herein to interrogate protein-protein interaction networks and to provide meaningful biological insights.

Accretion Discs Around Black Holes: Developement of Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bisnovatyi-Kogan, G. S.

Standard accretion disk theory is formulated which is based on the local heat balance. The energy produced by a turbulent viscous heating is supposed to be emitted to the sides of the disc. Sources of turbulence in the accretion disc are connected with nonlinear hydrodynamic instability, convection, and magnetic field. In standard theory there are two branches of solution, optically thick, and optically thin. Advection in accretion disks is described by the differential equations what makes the theory nonlocal. Low-luminous optically thin accretion disc model with advection at some suggestions may become advectively dominated, carrying almost all the energy inside the black hole. The proper account of magnetic filed in the process of accretion limits the energy advected into a black hole, efficiency of accretion should exceed ˜ 1/4 of the standard accretion disk model efficiency.

Wave theory of turbulence in compressible media (acoustic theory of turbulence)

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Kentzer, C. P.

1975-01-01

The generation and the transmission of sound in turbulent flows are treated as one of the several aspects of wave propagation in turbulence. Fluid fluctuations are decomposed into orthogonal Fourier components, with five interacting modes of wave propagation: two vorticity modes, one entropy mode, and two acoustic modes. Wave interactions, governed by the inhomogeneous and nonlinear terms of the perturbed Navier-Stokes equations, are modeled by random functions which give the rates of change of wave amplitudes equal to the averaged interaction terms. The statistical framework adopted is a quantum-like formulation in terms of complex distribution functions. The spatial probability distributions are given by the squares of the absolute values of the complex characteristic functions. This formulation results in nonlinear diffusion-type transport equations for the probability densities of the five modes of wave propagation.

An Information Theory Approach to Nonlinear, Nonequilibrium Thermodynamics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rogers, David M.; Beck, Thomas L.; Rempe, Susan B.

2011-10-01

Using the problem of ion channel thermodynamics as an example, we illustrate the idea of building up complex thermodynamic models by successively adding physical information. We present a new formulation of information algebra that generalizes methods of both information theory and statistical mechanics. From this foundation we derive a theory for ion channel kinetics, identifying a nonequilibrium `process' free energy functional in addition to the well-known integrated work functionals. The Gibbs-Maxwell relation for the free energy functional is a Green-Kubo relation, applicable arbitrarily far from equilibrium, that captures the effect of non-local and time-dependent behavior from transient thermal and mechanical driving forces. Comparing the physical significance of the Lagrange multipliers to the canonical ensemble suggests definitions of nonequilibrium ensembles at constant capacitance or inductance in addition to constant resistance. Our result is that statistical mechanical descriptions derived from a few primitive algebraic operations on information can be used to create experimentally-relevant and computable models. By construction, these models may use information from more detailed atomistic simulations. Two surprising consequences to be explored in further work are that (in)distinguishability factors are automatically predicted from the problem formulation and that a direct analogue of the second law for thermodynamic entropy production is found by considering information loss in stochastic processes. The information loss identifies a novel contribution from the instantaneous information entropy that ensures non-negative loss.

Exact supersymmetry on the lattice

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ghadab, Sofiane

We describe a new approach of putting supersymmetric theories on the lattice. The basic idea is to discretize a twisted formulation of the (extended) supersymmetric theory. One can think about the twisting as an exotic change of variables that modifies the quantum numbers of the original fields. It exposes a scalar nilpotent supercharge which one can be preserved exactly on the lattice. We give explicit examples from sigma models and Yang-Mills theories. For the former, we show how to deform the theory by the addition of potential terms which preserve the supersymmmetry and play the role of Wilson terms, thus preventing the appearance of doublers. For the Yang-Mills theories however, one can show that their twisted versions can be rewritten in terms of two real Kahler-Dirac fields whose components transform into each other under the twisted supersymmetry. Once written in this geometrical language, one can ensure that the model does not exhibit spectrum doubling if one maps the component tensor fields to appropriate geometrical structures in the lattice. Numerical study of the O(3) sigma models and U(2) and SU(2) Yang-Mills theories for the case N = D = 2 indicates that no additional fine tuning is needed to recover the continuum supersymmetric models.

A Qualitative Exploration of the Use of Attachment Theory in Adult Psychological Therapy.

PubMed

Burke, Eilish; Danquah, Adam; Berry, Katherine

2016-01-01

There is a growing interest into how attachment theory can inform psychotherapeutic practice with adults. This study aimed to explore how a group of therapists with an interest in attachment theory use it in their work with adult clients. A cross-sectional qualitative design was adopted. Sampling, data collection and analysis procedures were guided by grounded theory principles. Semi-structured telephone interviews were conducted with 12 therapists from a variety of training backgrounds. Data were coded and developed into thematic categories. Six primary themes were identified to describe how attachment theory influenced the clinical practice of the sample through the following: (i) complementing other therapeutic models; (ii) providing a framework to understand the development of clients' mental health problems; (iii) working with different attachment styles; (iv) thinking about the therapeutic relationship as an attachment relationship; (iv) influencing the different stages of the therapeutic process; and (vi) influencing clinical service design and delivery. It is concluded that attachment theory can play a significant role in influencing the practice of therapists and can be usefully adopted to complement therapeutic processes irrespective of the therapist's dominant clinical orientation. Further research is needed to explore the views of clinicians from different theoretical orientations and to investigate the security of the client-therapist attachment within the context of therapeutic change processes. Attachment theory may have implications for practice across a range of different types of therapy and may help therapists to bridge apparent differences between modality-specific formulation and techniques. Attachment theory can be used to understand the development of mental health problems. Therapists should assess and formulate clients' attachment styles, and these formulations should guide therapeutic approaches. Attachment theory provides a comprehensive framework for facilitating the therapist's attentiveness to relational issues and use of the therapeutic relationship as a fulcrum for change. The principles of attachment theory can be used to inform all stages of the therapeutic process, as well as the design and delivery of mental health services. Copyright © 2015 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

An evaluation of models of bare soil evaporation formulated with different land surface boundary conditions and assumptions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Smits, Kathleen M.; Ngo, Viet V.; Cihan, Abdullah; Sakaki, Toshihiro; Illangasekare, Tissa H.

2012-12-01

Bare soil evaporation is a key process for water exchange between the land and the atmosphere and an important component of the water balance. However, there is no agreement on the best modeling methodology to determine evaporation under different atmospheric boundary conditions. Also, there is a lack of directly measured soil evaporation data for model validation to compare these methods to establish the validity of their mathematical formulations. Thus, a need exists to systematically compare evaporation estimates using existing methods to experimental observations. The goal of this work is to test different conceptual and mathematical formulations that are used to estimate evaporation from bare soils to critically investigate various formulations and surface boundary conditions. Such a comparison required the development of a numerical model that has the ability to incorporate these boundary conditions. For this model, we modified a previously developed theory that allows nonequilibrium liquid/gas phase change with gas phase vapor diffusion to better account for dry soil conditions. Precision data under well-controlled transient heat and wind boundary conditions were generated, and results from numerical simulations were compared with experimental data. Results demonstrate that the approaches based on different boundary conditions varied in their ability to capture different stages of evaporation. All approaches have benefits and limitations, and no one approach can be deemed most appropriate for every scenario. Comparisons of different formulations of the surface boundary condition validate the need for further research on heat and vapor transport processes in soil for better modeling accuracy.

Strongly interacting dynamics beyond the standard model on a space-time lattice.

PubMed

Lucini, Biagio

2010-08-13

Strong theoretical arguments suggest that the Higgs sector of the standard model of electroweak interactions is an effective low-energy theory, with a more fundamental theory expected to emerge at an energy scale of the order of a teraelectronvolt. One possibility is that the more fundamental theory is strongly interacting and the Higgs sector is given by the low-energy dynamics of the underlying theory. I review recent works aimed at determining observable quantities by numerical simulations of strongly interacting theories proposed in the literature to explain the electroweak symmetry-breaking mechanism. These investigations are based on Monte Carlo simulations of the theory formulated on a space-time lattice. I focus on the so-called minimal walking technicolour scenario, an SU(2) gauge theory with two flavours of fermions in the adjoint representation. The emerging picture is that this theory has an infrared fixed point that dominates the large-distance physics. I shall discuss the first numerical determinations of quantities of phenomenological interest for this theory and analyse future directions of quantitative studies of strongly interacting theories beyond the standard model with lattice techniques. In particular, I report on a finite size scaling determination of the chiral condensate anomalous dimension gamma, for which 0.05 < or = gamma < or = 0.25.

Effective Field Theory on Manifolds with Boundary

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Albert, Benjamin I.

In the monograph Renormalization and Effective Field Theory, Costello made two major advances in rigorous quantum field theory. Firstly, he gave an inductive position space renormalization procedure for constructing an effective field theory that is based on heat kernel regularization of the propagator. Secondly, he gave a rigorous formulation of quantum gauge theory within effective field theory that makes use of the BV formalism. In this work, we extend Costello's renormalization procedure to a class of manifolds with boundary and make preliminary steps towards extending his formulation of gauge theory to manifolds with boundary. In addition, we reorganize the presentation of the preexisting material, filling in details and strengthening the results.

Some Applications of Piece-Wise Smooth Dynamical Systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Janovská, Drahoslava; Hanus, Tomáš; Biák, Martin

2010-09-01

The Filippov systems theory is applied to selected problems from biology and chemical engineering, namely we explore and simulate Bazykin's ecological model, an ideal closed gas-liquid system including its dimensionless formulation. The last investigated system is a CSTR with an outfall and the CSTR with a reactor volume control.

Current Concerns in Validity Theory.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Kane, Michael

Validity is concerned with the clarification and justification of the intended interpretations and uses of observed scores. It has not been easy to formulate a general methodology set of principles for validation, but progress has been made, especially as the field has moved from relatively limited criterion-related models to sophisticated…

Promoting Competence and Resilience in the School Context

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Masten, Ann S.; Herbers, Janette E.; Cutuli, J. J.; Lafavor, Theresa L.

2008-01-01

Four decades of research on resilience in young people provide compelling data and models for applications in the school context. Resilience theory and findings are highly congruent with Strengths-Based School Counseling (SBSC) as formulated by Galassi and Akos (2007). In this article, resilience is defined in relation to competence in…

N+3 Aircraft Concept Designs and Trade Studies. Volume 2; Appendices-Design Methodologies for Aerodynamics, Structures, Weight, and Thermodynamic Cycles

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Greitzer, E. M.; Bonnefoy, P. A.; delaRosaBlanco, E.; Dorbian, C. S.; Drela, M.; Hall, D. K.; Hansman, R. J.; Hileman, J. I.; Liebeck, R. H.; Lovegren, J.;

A stochastic dynamic model for human error analysis in nuclear power plants

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Delgado-Loperena, Dharma

Nuclear disasters like Three Mile Island and Chernobyl indicate that human performance is a critical safety issue, sending a clear message about the need to include environmental press and competence aspects in research. This investigation was undertaken to serve as a roadmap for studying human behavior through the formulation of a general solution equation. The theoretical model integrates models from two heretofore-disassociated disciplines (behavior specialists and technical specialists), that historically have independently studied the nature of error and human behavior; including concepts derived from fractal and chaos theory; and suggests re-evaluation of base theory regarding human error. The results of this research were based on comprehensive analysis of patterns of error, with the omnipresent underlying structure of chaotic systems. The study of patterns lead to a dynamic formulation, serving for any other formula used to study human error consequences. The search for literature regarding error yielded insight for the need to include concepts rooted in chaos theory and strange attractors---heretofore unconsidered by mainstream researchers who investigated human error in nuclear power plants or those who employed the ecological model in their work. The study of patterns obtained from the rupture of a steam generator tube (SGTR) event simulation, provided a direct application to aspects of control room operations in nuclear power plant operations. In doing so, the conceptual foundation based in the understanding of the patterns of human error analysis can be gleaned, resulting in reduced and prevent undesirable events.

A Thermodynamically-Based Mesh Objective Work Potential Theory for Predicting Intralaminar Progressive Damage and Failure in Fiber-Reinforced Laminates

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Pineda, Evan J.; Waas, Anthony M.

2012-01-01

A thermodynamically-based work potential theory for modeling progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced laminates is presented. The current, multiple-internal state variable (ISV) formulation, enhanced Schapery theory (EST), utilizes separate ISVs for modeling the effects of damage and failure. Damage is considered to be the effect of any structural changes in a material that manifest as pre-peak non-linearity in the stress versus strain response. Conversely, failure is taken to be the effect of the evolution of any mechanisms that results in post-peak strain softening. It is assumed that matrix microdamage is the dominant damage mechanism in continuous fiber-reinforced polymer matrix laminates, and its evolution is controlled with a single ISV. Three additional ISVs are introduced to account for failure due to mode I transverse cracking, mode II transverse cracking, and mode I axial failure. Typically, failure evolution (i.e., post-peak strain softening) results in pathologically mesh dependent solutions within a finite element method (FEM) setting. Therefore, consistent character element lengths are introduced into the formulation of the evolution of the three failure ISVs. Using the stationarity of the total work potential with respect to each ISV, a set of thermodynamically consistent evolution equations for the ISVs is derived. The theory is implemented into commercial FEM software. Objectivity of total energy dissipated during the failure process, with regards to refinements in the FEM mesh, is demonstrated. The model is also verified against experimental results from two laminated, T800/3900-2 panels containing a central notch and different fiber-orientation stacking sequences. Global load versus displacement, global load versus local strain gage data, and macroscopic failure paths obtained from the models are compared to the experiments.

Expected utility versus expected regret theory versions of decision curve analysis do generate different results when treatment effects are taken into account

PubMed Central

Hozo, Iztok; Tsalatsanis, Athanasios

2016-01-01

Abstract Rationale, aims, and objectives Decision curve analysis (DCA) is a widely used method for evaluating diagnostic tests and predictive models. It was developed based on expected utility theory (EUT) and has been reformulated using expected regret theory (ERG). Under certain circumstances, these 2 formulations yield different results. Here we describe these situations and explain the variation. Methods We compare the derivations of the EUT‐ and ERG‐based formulations of DCA for a typical medical decision problem: “treat none,” “treat all,” or “use model” to guide treatment. We illustrate the differences between the 2 formulations when applied to the following clinical question: at which probability of death we should refer a terminally ill patient to hospice? Results Both DCA formulations yielded identical but mirrored results when treatment effects are ignored; they generated significantly different results otherwise. Treatment effect has a significant effect on the results derived by EUT DCA and less so on ERG DCA. The elicitation of specific values for disutilities affected the results even more significantly in the context of EUT DCA, whereas no such elicitation was required within the ERG framework. Conclusion EUT and ERG DCA generate different results when treatment effects are taken into account. The magnitude of the difference depends on the effect of treatment and the disutilities associated with disease and treatment effects. This is important to realize as the current practice guidelines are uniformly based on EUT; the same recommendations can significantly differ if they are derived based on ERG framework. PMID:27981695

Physical Projections in BRST Treatments of Reparametrization Invariant Theories

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Marnelius, Robert; Sandström, Niclas

Any regular quantum mechanical system may be cast into an Abelian gauge theory by simply reformulating it as a reparametrization invariant theory. We present a detailed study of the BRST quantization of such reparametrization invariant theories within a precise operator version of BRST which is related to the conventional BFV path integral formulation. Our treatments lead us to propose general rules for how physical wave functions and physical propagators are to be projected from the BRST singlets and propagators in the ghost extended BRST theory. These projections are performed by boundary conditions which are specified by the ingredients of BRST charge and precisely determined by the operator BRST. We demonstrate explicitly the validity of these rules for the considered class of models.

Generation expansion planning in a competitive electric power industry

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chuang, Angela Shu-Woan

This work investigates the application of non-cooperative game theory to generation expansion planning (GEP) in a competitive electricity industry. We identify fundamental ways competition changes the nature of GEP, review different models of oligopoly behavior, and argue that assumptions of the Cournot model are compatible with GEP. Applying Cournot theory of oligopoly behavior, we formulate a GEP model that may characterize expansion in the new competitive regime, particularly in pool-dominated generation supply industries. Our formulation incorporates multiple markets and is patterned after the basic design of the California ISO/PX system. Applying the model, we conduct numerical experiments on a test system, and analyze generation investment and market participation decisions of different candidate expansion units that vary in costs and forced outage rates. Simulations are performed under different scenarios of competition. In particular, we observe higher probabilistic measures of reliability from Cournot expansion compared to the expansion plan of a monopoly with an equivalent minimum reserve margin requirement. We prove several results for a subclass of problems encompassed by our formulation. In particular, we prove that under certain conditions Cournot competition leads to greater total capacity expansion than a situation in which generators collude in a cartel. We also show that industry output after introduction of new technology is no less than monopoly output. So a monopoly may lack sufficient incentive to introduce new technologies. Finally, we discuss the association between capacity payments and the issue of pricing reliability. And we derive a formula for computing ideal capacity payment rates by extending the Value of Service Reliability technique.

Phase-field modelling of ductile fracture: a variational gradient-extended plasticity-damage theory and its micromorphic regularization.

PubMed

Miehe, C; Teichtmeister, S; Aldakheel, F

2016-04-28

This work outlines a novel variational-based theory for the phase-field modelling of ductile fracture in elastic-plastic solids undergoing large strains. The phase-field approach regularizes sharp crack surfaces within a pure continuum setting by a specific gradient damage modelling. It is linked to a formulation of gradient plasticity at finite strains. The framework includes two independent length scales which regularize both the plastic response as well as the crack discontinuities. This ensures that the damage zones of ductile fracture are inside of plastic zones, and guarantees on the computational side a mesh objectivity in post-critical ranges. © 2016 The Author(s).

Epigenetic game theory and its application in plants. Comment on: ;Epigenetic game theory: How to compute the epigenetic control of maternal-to-zygotic transition; by Qian Wang et al.

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhang, Yuan-Ming; Zhang, Yinghao; Guo, Mingyue

2017-03-01

Wang's et al. article [1] is the first to integrate game theory (especially evolutionary game theory) with epigenetic modification of zygotic genomes. They described and assessed a modeling framework based on evolutionary game theory to quantify, how sperms and oocytes interact through epigenetic processes, to determine embryo development. They also studied the internal mechanisms for normal embryo development: 1) evolutionary interactions between DNA methylation of the paternal and maternal genomes, and 2) the application of game theory to formulate and quantify how different genes compete or cooperate to regulate embryogenesis through methylation. Although it is not very comprehensive and profound regarding game theory modeling, this article bridges the gap between evolutionary game theory and the epigenetic control of embryo development by powerful ordinary differential equations (ODEs). The epiGame framework includes four aspects: 1) characterizing how epigenetic game theory works by the strategy matrix, in which the pattern and relative magnitude of the methylation effects on embryogenesis, are described by the cooperation and competition mechanisms, 2) quantifying the game that the direction and degree of P-M interactions over embryo development can be explained by the sign and magnitude of interaction parameters in model (2), 3) modeling epigenetic interactions within the morula, especially for two coupled nonlinear ODEs, with explicit functions in model (4), which provide a good fit to the observed data for the two sexes (adjusted R2 = 0.956), and 4) revealing multifactorial interactions in embryogenesis from the coupled ODEs in model (2) to triplet ODEs in model (6). Clearly, this article extends game theory from evolutionary game theory to epigenetic game theory.

Theories and Modules Applied in Islamic Counseling Practices in Malaysia.

PubMed

Zakaria, Norazlina; Mat Akhir, Noor Shakirah

2017-04-01

Some Malaysian scholars believe that the theoretical basis and models of intervention in Islamic counseling practices in Malaysia are deficient and not eminently identified. This study investigated and describes the nature of current Islamic counseling practices including the theories and modules of Islamic counseling that are been practiced in Malaysia. This qualitative research has employed data that mainly consist of texts gathered from literatures and semi-structured interviews of 18 informants. It employed grounded theory analysis, and the result shows that most of the practitioners had applied integrated conventional counseling theories with Islamic rituals, references, interventions and ethics. Some had also applied Islamic theories and modules formulated in Malaysia such as iCBT, al-Ghazali counseling theories, Cognitive ad-Deen, KBJ, Prophetic Counseling and Asma Allah al-Husna Counseling Therapy.

Interferometric Computation Beyond Quantum Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Garner, Andrew J. P.

2018-03-01

There are quantum solutions for computational problems that make use of interference at some stage in the algorithm. These stages can be mapped into the physical setting of a single particle travelling through a many-armed interferometer. There has been recent foundational interest in theories beyond quantum theory. Here, we present a generalized formulation of computation in the context of a many-armed interferometer, and explore how theories can differ from quantum theory and still perform distributed calculations in this set-up. We shall see that quaternionic quantum theory proves a suitable candidate, whereas box-world does not. We also find that a classical hidden variable model first presented by Spekkens (Phys Rev A 75(3): 32100, 2007) can also be used for this type of computation due to the epistemic restriction placed on the hidden variable.

Theoretical formulation of optical conductivity of La0.7Ca0.3MnO3 exhibiting paramagnetic insulator - ferromagnetic metal transition

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Satiawati, L.; Majidi, M. A.

2017-07-01

A theory of high-energy optical conductivity of La0.7Ca0.3MnO3 has been proposed previously. The proposed theory works to explain the temperature-dependence of the optical conductivity for the photon energy region above ˜0.5 eV for up to ˜22 eV, but fails to capture the correct physics close to the dc limit in which metal-insulator transition occurs. The missing physics at the low energy has been acknowledged as mainly due to not incorporating phonon degree of freedom and electron-phonon interactions. In this study, we aim to complete the above theory by proposing a more complete Hamiltonian incorporating additional terms such as crystal field, two modes of Jahn-Teller vibrations, and coupling between electrons and the two Jahn-Teller vibrational modes. We solve the model by means of dynamical mean-field theory. At this stage, we aim to derive the analytical formulae involved in the calculation, and formulate the algorithmic implementation for the self-consistent calculation process. Our final goal is to compute the density of states and the optical conductivity for the complete photon energy range from 0 to 22 eV at various temperatures, and compare them with the experimental data. We expect that the improved model preserves the correct temperature-dependent physics at high photon energies, as already captured by the previous model, while it would also reveal ferromagnetic metal - paramagnetic insulator transition at the dc limit.

CELFE: Coupled Eulerian-Lagrangian Finite Element program for high velocity impact. Part 1: Theory and formulation. [hydroelasto-viscoplastic model

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Lee, C. H.

1978-01-01

A 3-D finite element program capable of simulating the dynamic behavior in the vicinity of the impact point, together with predicting the dynamic response in the remaining part of the structural component subjected to high velocity impact is discussed. The finite algorithm is formulated in a general moving coordinate system. In the vicinity of the impact point contained by a moving failure front, the relative velocity of the coordinate system will approach the material particle velocity. The dynamic behavior inside the region is described by Eulerian formulation based on a hydroelasto-viscoplastic model. The failure front which can be regarded as the boundary of the impact zone is described by a transition layer. The layer changes the representation from the Eulerian mode to the Lagrangian mode outside the failure front by varying the relative velocity of the coordinate system to zero. The dynamic response in the remaining part of the structure described by the Lagrangian formulation is treated using advanced structural analysis. An interfacing algorithm for coupling CELFE with NASTRAN is constructed to provide computational capabilities for large structures.

Process dissociation and mixture signal detection theory.

PubMed

DeCarlo, Lawrence T

2008-11-01

The process dissociation procedure was developed in an attempt to separate different processes involved in memory tasks. The procedure naturally lends itself to a formulation within a class of mixture signal detection models. The dual process model is shown to be a special case. The mixture signal detection model is applied to data from a widely analyzed study. The results suggest that a process other than recollection may be involved in the process dissociation procedure.

Urban air quality estimation study, phase 1

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Diamante, J. M.; Englar, T. S., Jr.; Jazwinski, A. H.

1976-01-01

Possibilities are explored for applying estimation theory to the analysis, interpretation, and use of air quality measurements in conjunction with simulation models to provide a cost effective method of obtaining reliable air quality estimates for wide urban areas. The physical phenomenology of real atmospheric plumes from elevated localized sources is discussed. A fluctuating plume dispersion model is derived. Individual plume parameter formulations are developed along with associated a priori information. Individual measurement models are developed.

Finite-Size Scaling of a First-Order Dynamical Phase Transition: Adaptive Population Dynamics and an Effective Model

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nemoto, Takahiro; Jack, Robert L.; Lecomte, Vivien

2017-03-01

We analyze large deviations of the time-averaged activity in the one-dimensional Fredrickson-Andersen model, both numerically and analytically. The model exhibits a dynamical phase transition, which appears as a singularity in the large deviation function. We analyze the finite-size scaling of this phase transition numerically, by generalizing an existing cloning algorithm to include a multicanonical feedback control: this significantly improves the computational efficiency. Motivated by these numerical results, we formulate an effective theory for the model in the vicinity of the phase transition, which accounts quantitatively for the observed behavior. We discuss potential applications of the numerical method and the effective theory in a range of more general contexts.

Modelling of thick composites using a layerwise laminate theory

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Robbins, D. H., Jr.; Reddy, J. N.

1993-01-01

The layerwise laminate theory of Reddy (1987) is used to develop a layerwise, two-dimensional, displacement-based, finite element model of laminated composite plates that assumes a piecewise continuous distribution of the tranverse strains through the laminate thickness. The resulting layerwise finite element model is capable of computing interlaminar stresses and other localized effects with the same level of accuracy as a conventional 3D finite element model. Although the total number of degrees of freedom are comparable in both models, the layerwise model maintains a 2D-type data structure that provides several advantages over a conventional 3D finite element model, e.g. simplified input data, ease of mesh alteration, and faster element stiffness matrix formulation. Two sample problems are provided to illustrate the accuracy of the present model in computing interlaminar stresses for laminates in bending and extension.

A New Formulation of the Filter-Error Method for Aerodynamic Parameter Estimation in Turbulence

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Grauer, Jared A.; Morelli, Eugene A.

2015-01-01

A new formulation of the filter-error method for estimating aerodynamic parameters in nonlinear aircraft dynamic models during turbulence was developed and demonstrated. The approach uses an estimate of the measurement noise covariance to identify the model parameters, their uncertainties, and the process noise covariance, in a relaxation method analogous to the output-error method. Prior information on the model parameters and uncertainties can be supplied, and a post-estimation correction to the uncertainty was included to account for colored residuals not considered in the theory. No tuning parameters, needing adjustment by the analyst, are used in the estimation. The method was demonstrated in simulation using the NASA Generic Transport Model, then applied to the subscale T-2 jet-engine transport aircraft flight. Modeling results in different levels of turbulence were compared with results from time-domain output error and frequency- domain equation error methods to demonstrate the effectiveness of the approach.

Computation of Nonlinear Hydrodynamic Loads on Floating Wind Turbines Using Fluid-Impulse Theory: Preprint

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kok Yan Chan, G.; Sclavounos, P. D.; Jonkman, J.

2015-04-02

A hydrodynamics computer module was developed for the evaluation of the linear and nonlinear loads on floating wind turbines using a new fluid-impulse formulation for coupling with the FAST program. The recently developed formulation allows the computation of linear and nonlinear loads on floating bodies in the time domain and avoids the computationally intensive evaluation of temporal and nonlinear free-surface problems and efficient methods are derived for its computation. The body instantaneous wetted surface is approximated by a panel mesh and the discretization of the free surface is circumvented by using the Green function. The evaluation of the nonlinear loadsmore » is based on explicit expressions derived by the fluid-impulse theory, which can be computed efficiently. Computations are presented of the linear and nonlinear loads on the MIT/NREL tension-leg platform. Comparisons were carried out with frequency-domain linear and second-order methods. Emphasis was placed on modeling accuracy of the magnitude of nonlinear low- and high-frequency wave loads in a sea state. Although fluid-impulse theory is applied to floating wind turbines in this paper, the theory is applicable to other offshore platforms as well.« less

Thermodynamic Model Formulations for Inhomogeneous Solids with Application to Non-isothermal Phase Field Modelling

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gladkov, Svyatoslav; Kochmann, Julian; Reese, Stefanie; Hütter, Markus; Svendsen, Bob

2016-04-01

The purpose of the current work is the comparison of thermodynamic model formulations for chemically and structurally inhomogeneous solids at finite deformation based on "standard" non-equilibrium thermodynamics [SNET: e. g. S. de Groot and P. Mazur, Non-equilibrium Thermodynamics, North Holland, 1962] and the general equation for non-equilibrium reversible-irreversible coupling (GENERIC) [H. C. Öttinger, Beyond Equilibrium Thermodynamics, Wiley Interscience, 2005]. In the process, non-isothermal generalizations of standard isothermal conservative [e. g. J. W. Cahn and J. E. Hilliard, Free energy of a non-uniform system. I. Interfacial energy. J. Chem. Phys. 28 (1958), 258-267] and non-conservative [e. g. S. M. Allen and J. W. Cahn, A macroscopic theory for antiphase boundary motion and its application to antiphase domain coarsening. Acta Metall. 27 (1979), 1085-1095; A. G. Khachaturyan, Theory of Structural Transformations in Solids, Wiley, New York, 1983] diffuse interface or "phase-field" models [e. g. P. C. Hohenberg and B. I. Halperin, Theory of dynamic critical phenomena, Rev. Modern Phys. 49 (1977), 435-479; N. Provatas and K. Elder, Phase Field Methods in Material Science and Engineering, Wiley-VCH, 2010.] for solids are obtained. The current treatment is consistent with, and includes, previous works [e. g. O. Penrose and P. C. Fife, Thermodynamically consistent models of phase-field type for the kinetics of phase transitions, Phys. D 43 (1990), 44-62; O. Penrose and P. C. Fife, On the relation between the standard phase-field model and a "thermodynamically consistent" phase-field model. Phys. D 69 (1993), 107-113] on non-isothermal systems as a special case. In the context of no-flux boundary conditions, the SNET- and GENERIC-based approaches are shown to be completely consistent with each other and result in equivalent temperature evolution relations.

Tackling wicked problems: how theories of agency can provide new insights.

PubMed

Varpio, Lara; Aschenbrener, Carol; Bates, Joanna

2017-04-01

This paper reviews why and how theories of agency can be used as analytical lenses to help health professions education (HPE) scholars address our community's wicked problems. Wicked problems are those that resist clear problem statements, defy traditional analysis approaches, and refuse definitive resolution (e.g. student remediation, assessments of professionalism, etc.). We illustrate how theories of agency can provide new insights into such challenges by examining the application of these theories to one particular wicked problem in HPE: interprofessional education (IPE). After searching the HPE literature and finding that theories of agency had received little attention, we borrowed techniques from narrative literature reviews to search databases indexing a broad scope of disciplines (i.e. ERIC, Web of Science, Scopus, MEDLINE and PubMed) for publications (1994-2014) that: (i) examined agency, or (ii) incorporated an agency-informed analytical perspective. The lead author identified the theories of agency used in these articles, and reviewed the texts on agency cited therein and the original sources of each theory. We identified 10 theories of agency that we considered to be applicable to HPE's wicked problems. To select a subset of theories for presentation in this paper, we discussed each theory in relation to some of HPE's wicked problems. Through debate and reflection, we unanimously agreed on the applicability of a subset of theories for illuminating HPE's wicked problems. This subset is described in this paper. We present four theories of agency: Butler's post-structural formulation; Giddens' sociological formulation; cultural historical activity theory's formulation, and Bandura's social cognitive psychology formulation. We introduce each theory and apply each to the challenges of engaging in IPE. Theories of agency can inform HPE scholarship in novel and generative ways. Each theory offers new insights into the roots of wicked problems and means for contending with them. © 2017 John Wiley & Sons Ltd and The Association for the Study of Medical Education.

Computer Modeling of the Dynamic Strength of Metal-Plastic Cylindrical Shells Under Explosive Loading

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Abrosimov, N. A.; Novosel'tseva, N. A.

2017-05-01

A technique for numerically analyzing the dynamic strength of two-layer metal-plastic cylindrical shells under an axisymmetric internal explosive loading is developed. The kinematic deformation model of the layered package is based on a nonclassical theory of shells. The geometric relations are constructed using relations of the simplest quadratic version of the nonlinear elasticity theory. The stress and strain tensors in the composite macrolayer are related by Hooke's law for an orthotropic body with account of degradation of the stiffness characteristics of the multilayer package due to local failure of some its elementary layers. The physical relations in the metal layer are formulated in terms of a differential theory of plasticity. An energy-correlated resolving system of dynamic equations for the metal-plastic cylindrical shells is derived by minimizing the functional of total energy of the shells as three-dimensional bodies. The numerical method for solving the initial boundary-value problem formulated is based on an explicit variational-difference scheme. The reliability of the technique considered is verified by comparing numerical results with experimental data. An analysis of the ultimate strains and strength of one-layer basalt-and glass-fiber-reinforced plastic and two-layer metalplastic cylindrical shells is carried out.

Super-Lie n-algebra extensions, higher WZW models and super-p-branes with tensor multiplet fields

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Fiorenza, Domenico; Sati, Hisham; Schreiber, Urs

2015-12-01

We formalize higher-dimensional and higher gauge WZW-type sigma-model local prequantum field theory, and discuss its rationalized/perturbative description in (super-)Lie n-algebra homotopy theory (the true home of the "FDA"-language used in the supergravity literature). We show generally how the intersection laws for such higher WZW-type σ-model branes (open brane ending on background brane) are encoded precisely in (super-)L∞-extension theory and how the resulting "extended (super-)space-times" formalize spacetimes containing σ-model brane condensates. As an application we prove in Lie n-algebra homotopy theory that the complete super-p-brane spectrum of superstring/M-theory is realized this way, including the pure σ-model branes (the "old brane scan") but also the branes with tensor multiplet worldvolume fields, notably the D-branes and the M5-brane. For instance the degree-0 piece of the higher symmetry algebra of 11-dimensional (11D) spacetime with an M2-brane condensate turns out to be the "M-theory super-Lie algebra". We also observe that in this formulation there is a simple formal proof of the fact that type IIA spacetime with a D0-brane condensate is the 11D sugra/M-theory spacetime, and of (prequantum) S-duality for type IIB string theory. Finally we give the non-perturbative description of all this by higher WZW-type σ-models on higher super-orbispaces with higher WZW terms in stacky differential cohomology.

Modeling of thin-walled structures interacting with acoustic media as constrained two-dimensional continua

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rabinskiy, L. N.; Zhavoronok, S. I.

2018-04-01

The transient interaction of acoustic media and elastic shells is considered on the basis of the transition function approach. The three-dimensional hyperbolic initial boundary-value problem is reduced to a two-dimensional problem of shell theory with integral operators approximating the acoustic medium effect on the shell dynamics. The kernels of these integral operators are determined by the elementary solution of the problem of acoustic waves diffraction at a rigid obstacle with the same boundary shape as the wetted shell surface. The closed-form elementary solution for arbitrary convex obstacles can be obtained at the initial interaction stages on the background of the so-called “thin layer hypothesis”. Thus, the shell–wave interaction model defined by integro-differential dynamic equations with analytically determined kernels of integral operators becomes hence two-dimensional but nonlocal in time. On the other hand, the initial interaction stage results in localized dynamic loadings and consequently in complex strain and stress states that require higher-order shell theories. Here the modified theory of I.N.Vekua–A.A.Amosov-type is formulated in terms of analytical continuum dynamics. The shell model is constructed on a two-dimensional manifold within a set of field variables, Lagrangian density, and constraint equations following from the boundary conditions “shifted” from the shell faces to its base surface. Such an approach allows one to construct consistent low-order shell models within a unified formal hierarchy. The equations of the N th-order shell theory are singularly perturbed and contain second-order partial derivatives with respect to time and surface coordinates whereas the numerical integration of systems of first-order equations is more efficient. Such systems can be obtained as Hamilton–de Donder–Weyl-type equations for the Lagrangian dynamical system. The Hamiltonian formulation of the elementary N th-order shell theory is here briefly described.

Quantum cluster theory for the polarizable continuum model. I. The CCSD level with analytical first and second derivatives.

PubMed

Cammi, R

2009-10-28

We present a general formulation of the coupled-cluster (CC) theory for a molecular solute described within the framework of the polarizable continuum model (PCM). The PCM-CC theory is derived in its complete form, called PTDE scheme, in which the correlated electronic density is used to have a self-consistent reaction field, and in an approximate form, called PTE scheme, in which the PCM-CC equations are solved assuming the fixed Hartree-Fock solvent reaction field. Explicit forms for the PCM-CC-PTDE equations are derived at the single and double (CCSD) excitation level of the cluster operator. At the same level, explicit equations for the analytical first derivatives of the PCM basic energy functional are presented, and analytical second derivatives are also discussed. The corresponding PCM-CCSD-PTE equations are given as a special case of the full theory.

Unified connected theory of few-body reaction mechanisms in N-body scattering theory

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Polyzou, W. N.; Redish, E. F.

1978-01-01

A unified treatment of different reaction mechanisms in nonrelativistic N-body scattering is presented. The theory is based on connected kernel integral equations that are expected to become compact for reasonable constraints on the potentials. The operators T/sub +-//sup ab/(A) are approximate transition operators that describe the scattering proceeding through an arbitrary reaction mechanism A. These operators are uniquely determined by a connected kernel equation and satisfy an optical theorem consistent with the choice of reaction mechanism. Connected kernel equations relating T/sub +-//sup ab/(A) to the full T/sub +-//sup ab/ allow correction of the approximate solutions for any ignored process to any order. This theory gives a unified treatment of all few-body reaction mechanisms with the same dynamic simplicity of a model calculation, but can include complicated reaction mechanisms involving overlapping configurations where it is difficult to formulate models.

Modeling Aerodynamically Generated Sound of Helicopter Rotors

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Brentner, Kenneth S.; Farassat, F.

2002-01-01

A great deal of progress has been made in the modeling of aerodynamically generated sound of rotors over the past decade. Although the modeling effort has focused on helicopter main rotors, the theory is generally valid for a wide range of rotor configurations. The Ffowcs Williams Hawkings (FW-H) equation has been the foundation for much of the development. The monopole and dipole source terms of the FW-H equation account for the thickness and loading noise, respectively. Bladevortex-interaction noise and broadband noise are important types of loading noise, hence much research has been directed toward the accurate modeling of these noise mechanisms. Both subsonic and supersonic quadrupole noise formulations have been developed for the prediction of high-speed impulsive noise. In an effort to eliminate the need to compute the quadrupole contribution, the FW-H equation has also been utilized on permeable surfaces surrounding all physical noise sources. Comparisons of the Kirchhoff formulation for moving surfaces with the FW-H equation have shown that the Kirchhoff formulation for moving surfaces can give erroneous results for aeroacoustic problems. Finally, significant progress has been made incorporating the rotor noise models into full vehicle noise prediction tools.

On the correct representation of bending and axial deformation in the absolute nodal coordinate formulation with an elastic line approach

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gerstmayr, Johannes; Irschik, Hans

2008-12-01

In finite element methods that are based on position and slope coordinates, a representation of axial and bending deformation by means of an elastic line approach has become popular. Such beam and plate formulations based on the so-called absolute nodal coordinate formulation have not yet been verified sufficiently enough with respect to analytical results or classical nonlinear rod theories. Examining the existing planar absolute nodal coordinate element, which uses a curvature proportional bending strain expression, it turns out that the deformation does not fully agree with the solution of the geometrically exact theory and, even more serious, the normal force is incorrect. A correction based on the classical ideas of the extensible elastica and geometrically exact theories is applied and a consistent strain energy and bending moment relations are derived. The strain energy of the solid finite element formulation of the absolute nodal coordinate beam is based on the St. Venant-Kirchhoff material: therefore, the strain energy is derived for the latter case and compared to classical nonlinear rod theories. The error in the original absolute nodal coordinate formulation is documented by numerical examples. The numerical example of a large deformation cantilever beam shows that the normal force is incorrect when using the previous approach, while a perfect agreement between the absolute nodal coordinate formulation and the extensible elastica can be gained when applying the proposed modifications. The numerical examples show a very good agreement of reference analytical and numerical solutions with the solutions of the proposed beam formulation for the case of large deformation pre-curved static and dynamic problems, including buckling and eigenvalue analysis. The resulting beam formulation does not employ rotational degrees of freedom and therefore has advantages compared to classical beam elements regarding energy-momentum conservation.

An Experimental and Modeling Study of Evaporation from Bare Soils Subjected to Natural Boundary Conditions at the Land-Atmospheric Interface

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Smits, K. M.; Ngo, V. V.; Cihan, A.; Sakaki, T.; Illangasekare, T. H.; kathleen m smits

2011-12-01

Bare soil evaporation is a key process for water exchange between the land and the atmosphere and an important component of the water balance in semiarid and arid regions. However, there is no agreement on the best methodology to determine evaporation under different boundary conditions. Because it is difficult to measure evaporation from soil,with the exception of using lysimeters, numerous formulations have been proposed to establish a relationship between the rate of evaporation and soil moisture and/or soil temperature and thermal properties. Different formulations vary in how they partition available energy and include, among others, a classical bulk aerodynamic formulation which requires knowledge of the relative humidity at the soil surface and a more non-traditional heat balance method which requires knowledge of soil temperature and soil thermal properties. A need exists to systematically compare existing methods to experimental data under highly controlled conditions not achievable in the field. The goal of this work is to perform controlled experiments under transient conditions of soil moisture, temperature and wind at the land/atmospheric interface to test different conceptual and mathematical formulations for evaporation rate estimates and to develop appropriate numerical models to be used in simulations. In this study, to better understand the coupled water-vapor-heat flow processes in the shallow subsurface near the land surface, we modified a previously developed theory that allows non-equilibrium liquid/gas phase change with gas phase vapor diffusion to better account for evaporation under dry soil conditions. This theory was used to compare estimates of evaporation based on different formulations of the bulk aerodynamic and heat balance methods. In order to experimentally validate the numerical formulations/code, we performed a series of two-dimensional physical model experiments under varying boundary conditions using test sand for which the hydraulic and thermal properties were well characterized. We developed a unique two dimensional cell apparatus equipped with a network of sensors for automated and continuous monitoring of soil moisture, soil and air temperature and relative humidity, and wind velocity. Precision data under well-controlled transient heat and wind boundary conditions was generated. Results from numerical simulations were compared with experimental data. Results demonstrate the importance of properly characterizing soil thermal properties and accounting for dry soil conditions to properly estimate evaporation. Initial comparisons of various formulations of evaporation demonstrate the need for joint evaluation of heat and mass transfer for better modeling accuracy. Detailed comparisons are still underway. This knowledge is applicable to many current hydrologic and environmental problems to include climate modeling and the simulation of contaminant transport and volatilization in the shallow subsurface.

Macroscopic models for shape memory alloy characterization and design

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Massad, Jordan Elias

Shape memory alloys (SMAs) are being considered for a number of high performance applications, such as deformable aircraft wings, earthquake-resistant structures, and microdevices, due to their capability to achieve very high work densities, produce large deformations, and generate high stresses. In general, the material behavior of SMAs is nonlinear and hysteresic. To achieve the full potential of SMA actuators, it is necessary to develop models that characterize the nonlinearities and hysteresis inherent in the constituent materials. Additionally, the design of SMA actuators necessitates the development of control algorithms based on those models. We develop two models that quantify the nonlinearities and hysteresis inherent to SMAs, each in formulations suitable for subsequent control design. In the first model, we employ domain theory to quantify SMA behavior under isothermal conditions. The model involves a single first-order, nonlinear ordinary differential equation and requires as few as seven parameters that are identifiable from measurements. We develop the second model using the Muller-Achenbach-Seelecke framework where a transition state theory of nonequilibrium processes is used to derive rate laws for the evolution of material phase fractions. The fully thermomechanical model predicts rate-dependent, polycrystalline SMA behavior, and it accommodates heat transfer issues pertinent to thin-film SMAs. Furthermore, the model admits a low-order formulation and has a small number of parameters which can be readily identified using attributes of measured data. We illustrate aspects of both models through comparison with experimental bulk and thin-film SMA data.

Compatible quantum theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Friedberg, R.; Hohenberg, P. C.

2014-09-01

Formulations of quantum mechanics (QM) can be characterized as realistic, operationalist, or a combination of the two. In this paper a realistic theory is defined as describing a closed system entirely by means of entities and concepts pertaining to the system. An operationalist theory, on the other hand, requires in addition entities external to the system. A realistic formulation comprises an ontology, the set of (mathematical) entities that describe the system, and assertions, the set of correct statements (predictions) the theory makes about the objects in the ontology. Classical mechanics is the prime example of a realistic physical theory. A straightforward generalization of classical mechanics to QM is hampered by the inconsistency of quantum properties with classical logic, a circumstance that was noted many years ago by Birkhoff and von Neumann. The present realistic formulation of the histories approach originally introduced by Griffiths, which we call ‘compatible quantum theory (CQT)’, consists of a ‘microscopic’ part (MIQM), which applies to a closed quantum system of any size, and a ‘macroscopic’ part (MAQM), which requires the participation of a large (ideally, an infinite) system. The first (MIQM) can be fully formulated based solely on the assumption of a Hilbert space ontology and the noncontextuality of probability values, relying in an essential way on Gleason's theorem and on an application to dynamics due in large part to Nistico. Thus, the present formulation, in contrast to earlier ones, derives the Born probability formulas and the consistency (decoherence) conditions for frameworks. The microscopic theory does not, however, possess a unique corpus of assertions, but rather a multiplicity of contextual truths (‘c-truths’), each one associated with a different framework. This circumstance leads us to consider the microscopic theory to be physically indeterminate and therefore incomplete, though logically coherent. The completion of the theory requires a macroscopic mechanism for selecting a physical framework, which is part of the macroscopic theory (MAQM). The selection of a physical framework involves the breaking of the microscopic ‘framework symmetry’, which can proceed either phenomenologically as in the standard quantum measurement theory, or more fundamentally by considering the quantum system under study to be a subsystem of a macroscopic quantum system. The decoherent histories formulation of Gell-Mann and Hartle, as well as that of Omnès, are theories of this fundamental type, where the physical framework is selected by a coarse-graining procedure in which the physical phenomenon of decoherence plays an essential role. Various well-known interpretations of QM are described from the perspective of CQT. Detailed definitions and proofs are presented in the appendices.

Studies on chemoviscosity modeling for thermosetting resins

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Bai, J. M.; Hou, T. H.; Tiwari, S. N.

1987-01-01

A new analytical model for simulating chemoviscosity of thermosetting resins has been formulated. The model is developed by modifying the well-established Williams-Landel-Ferry (WLF) theory in polymer rheology for thermoplastic materials. By introducing a relationship between the glass transition temperature Tg(t) and the degree of cure alpha(t) of the resin system under cure, the WLF theory can be modified to account for the factor of reaction time. Temperature dependent functions of the modified WLF theory constants C sub 1 (t) and C sub 2 (t) were determined from the isothermal cure data. Theoretical predictions of the model for the resin under dynamic heating cure cycles were shown to compare favorably with the experimental data. This work represents progress toward establishing a chemoviscosity model which is capable of not only describing viscosity profiles accurately under various cure cycles, but also correlating viscosity data to the changes of physical properties associated with the structural transformation of the thermosetting resin systems during cure.

Chemoviscosity modeling for thermosetting resin systems, part 3

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hou, T. H.; Bai, J. M.

1988-01-01

A new analytical model for simulating chemoviscosity resin has been formulated. The model is developed by modifying the well established Williams-Landel-Ferry (WLF) theory in polymer rheology for thermoplastic materials. By introducing a relationship between the glass transition temperature (T sub g (t)) and the degree of cure alpha(t) of the resin system under cure, the WLF theory can be modified to account for the factor of reaction time. Temperature-dependent functions of the modified WLF theory parameters C sub 1 (T) and C sub 2 (T) were determined from the isothermal cure data. Theoretical predictions of the model for the resin under dynamic heating cure cycles were shown to compare favorably with the experimental data. This work represents a progress toward establishing a chemoviscosity model which is capable of not only describing viscosity profiles accurately under various cure cycles, but also correlating viscosity data to the changes of physical properties associated with the structural transformations of the thermosetting resin systems during cure.

Measurement Error in Multilevel Models of School and Classroom Environments: Implications for Reliability, Precision, and Prediction. CRESST Report 828

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Schweig, Jonathan

2013-01-01

Measuring school and classroom environments has become central in a nation-wide effort to develop comprehensive programs that measure teacher quality and teacher effectiveness. Formulating successful programs necessitates accurate and reliable methods for measuring these environmental variables. This paper uses a generalizability theory framework…

Fundamental Studies Connected with Electrochemical Energy Storage

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Buck, E.; Sen, R.

1974-01-01

Papers are presented which deal with electrochemical research activities. Emphasis is placed on electrochemical energy storage devices. Topics discussed include: adsorption of dendrite inhibitors on zinc; proton discharge process; electron and protron transfer; quantum mechanical formulation of electron transfer rates; and theory of electrochemical kinetics in terms of two models of activation; thermal and electrostatic.

Adaptive Allocation of Decision Making Responsibility Between Human and Computer in Multi-Task Situations. Ph.D. Thesis

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Chu, Y. Y.

1978-01-01

A unified formulation of computer-aided, multi-task, decision making is presented. Strategy for the allocation of decision making responsibility between human and computer is developed. The plans of a flight management systems are studied. A model based on the queueing theory was implemented.

The Impact of Motivation on English Language Learning in the Gulf States

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Al Othman, Fadel H. M.; Shuqair, Khaled M.

2013-01-01

Numerous studies have shown that motivation is positively linked to success in learning the English language or any other second language. Generally, motivation and attitude work together to ensure learners' successful acquisition of a second language; hence, various motivational theories and models have been formulated to examine and explain this…

Learning in neural networks based on a generalized fluctuation theorem

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hayakawa, Takashi; Aoyagi, Toshio

2015-11-01

Information maximization has been investigated as a possible mechanism of learning governing the self-organization that occurs within the neural systems of animals. Within the general context of models of neural systems bidirectionally interacting with environments, however, the role of information maximization remains to be elucidated. For bidirectionally interacting physical systems, universal laws describing the fluctuation they exhibit and the information they possess have recently been discovered. These laws are termed fluctuation theorems. In the present study, we formulate a theory of learning in neural networks bidirectionally interacting with environments based on the principle of information maximization. Our formulation begins with the introduction of a generalized fluctuation theorem, employing an interpretation appropriate for the present application, which differs from the original thermodynamic interpretation. We analytically and numerically demonstrate that the learning mechanism presented in our theory allows neural networks to efficiently explore their environments and optimally encode information about them.

Simple estimation of linear 1+1 D tsunami run-up

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Fuentes, M.; Campos, J. A.; Riquelme, S.

2016-12-01

An analytical expression is derived concerning the linear run-up for any given initial wave generated over a sloping bathymetry. Due to the simplicity of the linear formulation, complex transformations are unnecessay, because the shoreline motion is directly obtained in terms of the initial wave. This analytical result not only supports maximum run-up invariance between linear and non-linear theories, but also the time evolution of shoreline motion and velocity. The results exhibit good agreement with the non-linear theory. The present formulation also allows computing the shoreline motion numerically from a customised initial waveform, including non-smooth functions. This is useful for numerical tests, laboratory experiments or realistic cases in which the initial disturbance might be retrieved from seismic data rather than using a theoretical model. It is also shown that the real case studied is consistent with the field observations.

Network representations of angular regions for electromagnetic scattering

PubMed Central

2017-01-01

Network modeling in electromagnetics is an effective technique in treating scattering problems by canonical and complex structures. Geometries constituted of angular regions (wedges) together with planar layers can now be approached with the Generalized Wiener-Hopf Technique supported by network representation in spectral domain. Even if the network representations in spectral planes are of great importance by themselves, the aim of this paper is to present a theoretical base and a general procedure for the formulation of complex scattering problems using network representation for the Generalized Wiener Hopf Technique starting basically from the wave equation. In particular while the spectral network representations are relatively well known for planar layers, the network modelling for an angular region requires a new theory that will be developed in this paper. With this theory we complete the formulation of a network methodology whose effectiveness is demonstrated by the application to a complex scattering problem with practical solutions given in terms of GTD/UTD diffraction coefficients and total far fields for engineering applications. The methodology can be applied to other physics fields. PMID:28817573

Theoretical calculation of reorganization energy for electron self-exchange reaction by constrained density functional theory and constrained equilibrium thermodynamics.

PubMed

Ren, Hai-Sheng; Ming, Mei-Jun; Ma, Jian-Yi; Li, Xiang-Yuan

2013-08-22

Within the framework of constrained density functional theory (CDFT), the diabatic or charge localized states of electron transfer (ET) have been constructed. Based on the diabatic states, inner reorganization energy λin has been directly calculated. For solvent reorganization energy λs, a novel and reasonable nonequilibrium solvation model is established by introducing a constrained equilibrium manipulation, and a new expression of λs has been formulated. It is found that λs is actually the cost of maintaining the residual polarization, which equilibrates with the extra electric field. On the basis of diabatic states constructed by CDFT, a numerical algorithm using the new formulations with the dielectric polarizable continuum model (D-PCM) has been implemented. As typical test cases, self-exchange ET reactions between tetracyanoethylene (TCNE) and tetrathiafulvalene (TTF) and their corresponding ionic radicals in acetonitrile are investigated. The calculated reorganization energies λ are 7293 cm(-1) for TCNE/TCNE(-) and 5939 cm(-1) for TTF/TTF(+) reactions, agreeing well with available experimental results of 7250 cm(-1) and 5810 cm(-1), respectively.

Formulating accident occurrence as a survival process.

PubMed

Chang, H L; Jovanis, P P

1990-10-01

A conceptual framework for accident occurrence is developed based on the principle of the driver as an information processor. The framework underlies the development of a modeling approach that is consistent with the definition of exposure to risk as a repeated trial. Survival theory is proposed as a statistical technique that is consistent with the conceptual structure and allows the exploration of a wide range of factors that contribute to highway operating risk. This survival model of accident occurrence is developed at a disaggregate level, allowing safety researchers to broaden the scope of studies which may be limited by the use of traditional aggregate approaches. An application of the approach to motor carrier safety is discussed as are potential applications to a variety of transportation industries. Lastly, a typology of highway safety research methodologies is developed to compare the properties of four safety methodologies: laboratory experiments, on-the-road studies, multidisciplinary accident investigations, and correlational studies. The survival theory formulation has a mathematical structure that is compatible with each safety methodology, so it may facilitate the integration of findings across methodologies.

A formulation of convection for stellar structure and evolution calculations without the mixing-length theory approximations. I - Application to the sun

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Lydon, Thomas J.; Fox, Peter A.; Sofia, Sabatino

1992-01-01

The problem of treating convective energy transport without MLT approximations is approached here by formulating the results of numerical simulations of convection in terms of energy fluxes. This revised treatment of convective transport can be easily incorporated within existing stellar structure codes. As an example, the technique is applied to the sun. The treatment does not include any free parameters, making the models extremely sensitive to the accuracy of the treatments of opacities, chemical abundances, treatments of the solar atmosphere, and the equation of state.

A surface crack in shells under mixed-mode loading conditions

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Joseph, P. F.; Erdogan, F.

1988-01-01

The present consideration of a shallow shell's surface crack under general loading conditions notes that while the mode I state can be separated, modes II and III remain coupled. A line spring model is developed to formulate the part-through crack problem under mixed-mode conditions, and then to consider a shallow shell of arbitrary curvature having a part-through crack located on the outer or the inner surface of the shell; Reissner's transverse shear theory is used to formulate the problem under the assumption that the shell is subjected to all five moment and stress resultants.

The macrodynamics of international migration as a sociocultural diffusion process. Part A: theory.

PubMed

Diamantides, N D

1992-11-01

"This study formulates a model of the macrodynamics of international migration using a differential equation to capture the push-pull forces that propel it. The model's architecture rests on the functioning of information feedback between settled friends and family at the destination and potential emigrants at the origin." The author tests the model using data on Greek emigration to the United States since 1820 and on total emigration from Cyprus since 1946. excerpt

Coherent states, quantum gravity, and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation. I. General considerations

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Stottmeister, Alexander, E-mail: alexander.stottmeister@gravity.fau.de; Thiemann, Thomas, E-mail: thomas.thiemann@gravity.fau.de

2016-06-15

This article, as the first of three, aims at establishing the (time-dependent) Born-Oppenheimer approximation, in the sense of space adiabatic perturbation theory, for quantum systems constructed by techniques of the loop quantum gravity framework, especially the canonical formulation of the latter. The analysis presented here fits into a rather general framework and offers a solution to the problem of applying the usual Born-Oppenheimer ansatz for molecular (or structurally analogous) systems to more general quantum systems (e.g., spin-orbit models) by means of space adiabatic perturbation theory. The proposed solution is applied to a simple, finite dimensional model of interacting spin systems,more » which serves as a non-trivial, minimal model of the aforesaid problem. Furthermore, it is explained how the content of this article and its companion affect the possible extraction of quantum field theory on curved spacetime from loop quantum gravity (including matter fields).« less

Does a better model yield a better argument? An info-gap analysis

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ben-Haim, Yakov

2017-04-01

Theories, models and computations underlie reasoned argumentation in many areas. The possibility of error in these arguments, though of low probability, may be highly significant when the argument is used in predicting the probability of rare high-consequence events. This implies that the choice of a theory, model or computational method for predicting rare high-consequence events must account for the probability of error in these components. However, error may result from lack of knowledge or surprises of various sorts, and predicting the probability of error is highly uncertain. We show that the putatively best, most innovative and sophisticated argument may not actually have the lowest probability of error. Innovative arguments may entail greater uncertainty than more standard but less sophisticated methods, creating an innovation dilemma in formulating the argument. We employ info-gap decision theory to characterize and support the resolution of this problem and present several examples.

Nonlinear analysis of 0-3 polarized PLZT microplate based on the new modified couple stress theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wang, Liming; Zheng, Shijie

2018-02-01

In this study, based on the new modified couple stress theory, the size- dependent model for nonlinear bending analysis of a pure 0-3 polarized PLZT plate is developed for the first time. The equilibrium equations are derived from a variational formulation based on the potential energy principle and the new modified couple stress theory. The Galerkin method is adopted to derive the nonlinear algebraic equations from governing differential equations. And then the nonlinear algebraic equations are solved by using Newton-Raphson method. After simplification, the new model includes only a material length scale parameter. In addition, numerical examples are carried out to study the effect of material length scale parameter on the nonlinear bending of a simply supported pure 0-3 polarized PLZT plate subjected to light illumination and uniform distributed load. The results indicate the new model is able to capture the size effect and geometric nonlinearity.

Static aeroelastic behavior of a subsonic plate wing

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Berci, M.

2017-07-01

The static aeroelastic behavior of a subsonic plate wing is here described by semi-analytical means. Within a generalised modal formulation, any distribution of the plate's properties is allowed. Modified strip theory is employed for the aerodynamic modelling and a linear aeroelastic model is eventually derived. Numerical results are then shown for the plate's aeroelastic stability in terms of divergence speed, with respect to the most relevant aero-structural parameters.

Predicting the viscosity of solids using steady-state creep behavior of the fibrous composites semi-theoretically

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Monfared, Vahid

A semi-analytical formulation is presented for obtaining the viscosity of solids (such as metals) using the steady state creep model of the short-fiber composites. For achieving this aim, fluid mechanics theory is used for determining the viscosity. Sometimes, obtaining the viscosity is experimentally difficult and intricate. So, the present model may be beneficial to obtain the viscosity of metals.

Theory of equilibria of elastic 2-braids with interstrand interaction

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Starostin, E. L.; van der Heijden, G. H. M.

2014-03-01

Motivated by continuum models for DNA supercoiling we formulate a theory for equilibria of 2-braids, i.e., structures formed by two elastic rods winding around each other in continuous contact and subject to a local interstrand interaction. No assumption is made on the shape of the contact curve. The theory is developed in terms of a moving frame of directors attached to one of the strands. The other strand is tracked by including in this frame the normalised closest-approach chord connecting the two strands. The kinematic constant-distance constraint is formulated at strain level through the introduction of what we call braid strains. As a result the total potential energy involves arclength derivatives of these strains, thus giving rise to a second-order variational problem. The Euler-Lagrange equations for this problem give balance equations for the overall braid force and moment referred to the moving frame as well as differential equations that can be interpreted as effective constitutive relations encoding the effect that the second strand has on the first as the braid deforms under the action of end loads. Hard contact models are used to obtain the normal contact pressure between strands that has to be non-negative for a physically realisable solution without the need for external devices such as clamps or glue to keep the strands together. The theory is first illustrated by a number of problems that can be solved analytically and then applied to several new problems that have not hitherto been treated.

Approach to atmospheric laser-propagation theory based on the extended Huygens-Fresnel principle and a self-consistency concept.

PubMed

Bochove, Erik J; Rao Gudimetla, V S

2017-01-01

We propose a self-consistency condition based on the extended Huygens-Fresnel principle, which we apply to the propagation kernel of the mutual coherence function of a partially coherent laser beam propagating through a turbulent atmosphere. The assumption of statistical independence of turbulence in neighboring propagation segments leads to an integral equation in the propagation kernel. This integral equation is satisfied by a Gaussian function, with dependence on the transverse coordinates that is identical to the previous Gaussian formulation by Yura [Appl. Opt.11, 1399 (1972)APOPAI0003-693510.1364/AO.11.001399], but differs in the transverse coherence length's dependence on propagation distance, so that this established version violates our self-consistency principle. Our formulation has one free parameter, which in the context of Kolmogorov's theory is independent of turbulence strength and propagation distance. We determined its value by numerical fitting to the rigorous beam propagation theory of Yura and Hanson [J. Opt. Soc. Am. A6, 564 (1989)JOAOD60740-323210.1364/JOSAA.6.000564], demonstrating in addition a significant improvement over other Gaussian models.

A generalized multi-dimensional mathematical model for charging and discharging processes in a supercapacitor

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Allu, Srikanth; Velamur Asokan, Badri; Shelton, William A

A generalized three dimensional computational model based on unied formulation of electrode- electrolyte-electrode system of a electric double layer supercapacitor has been developed. The model accounts for charge transport across the solid-liquid system. This formulation based on volume averaging process is a widely used concept for the multiphase ow equations ([28] [36]) and is analogous to porous media theory typically employed for electrochemical systems [22] [39] [12]. This formulation is extended to the electrochemical equations for a supercapacitor in a consistent fashion, which allows for a single-domain approach with no need for explicit interfacial boundary conditions as previously employed ([38]).more » In this model it is easy to introduce the spatio-temporal variations, anisotropies of physical properties and it is also conducive for introducing any upscaled parameters from lower length{scale simulations and experiments. Due to the irregular geometric congurations including porous electrode, the charge transport and subsequent performance characteristics of the super-capacitor can be easily captured in higher dimensions. A generalized model of this nature also provides insight into the applicability of 1D models ([38]) and where multidimensional eects need to be considered. In addition, simple sensitivity analysis on key input parameters is performed in order to ascertain the dependence of the charge and discharge processes on these parameters. Finally, we demonstarted how this new formulation can be applied to non-planar supercapacitors« less

Moisture-induced phase separation and recrystallization in amorphous solid dispersions.

PubMed

Luebbert, Christian; Sadowski, Gabriele

2017-10-30

Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) are often dissolved in polymeric matrices to control the gastrointestinal dissolution and to stabilize the amorphous state of the API. During the pharmaceutical development of new formulations, stability studies via storage at certain temperature and relative humidity (RH) have to be carried out to verify the long-term thermodynamic stability of these formulations against unwanted recrystallization and moisture-induced amorphous-amorphous phase separation (MIAPS). This study focuses on predicting the MIAPS of API/polymer formulations at elevated RH. In a first step, the phase behavior of water-free formulations of ibuprofen (IBU) and felodipine (FEL) combined with the polymers poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) (PVP), poly(vinyl acetate) (PVAC) and poly (vinyl pyrrolidone-co-vinyl acetate) (PVPVA64) was determined experimentally by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC). The phase behavior of these water-free formulations was modeled using the Perturbed-Chain Statistical Associating Fluid Theory (PC-SAFT). Based on this, the API solubility and MIAPS in the above-mentioned formulations at humid conditions was predicted in perfect agreement with the results of two-year lasting stability studies at 25°C/0% RH and 40°C/75% RH. MIAPS was predicted and also experimentally found for the FEL/PVP, FEL/PVPVA64 and IBU/PVP formulations, whereas MIAPS was neither predicted nor measured for the IBU/PVPVA64 system and PVAC-containing formulations. It was thus shown that the results of time-consuming long-term stability tests can be correctly predicted via thermodynamic modeling with PC-SAFT. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

A mathematical model of a lithium/thionyl chloride primary cell

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Evans, T. I.; Nguyen, T. V.; White, R. E.

1987-01-01

A 1-D mathematical model for the lithium/thionyl chloride primary cell was developed to investigate methods of improving its performance and safety. The model includes many of the components of a typical lithium/thionyl chloride cell such as the porous lithium chloride film which forms on the lithium anode surface. The governing equations are formulated from fundamental conservation laws using porous electrode theory and concentrated solution theory. The model is used to predict 1-D, time dependent profiles of concentration, porosity, current, and potential as well as cell temperature and voltage. When a certain discharge rate is required, the model can be used to determine the design criteria and operating variables which yield high cell capacities. Model predictions can be used to establish operational and design limits within which the thermal runaway problem, inherent in these cells, can be avoided.

General response formula and application to topological insulator in quantum open system.

PubMed

Shen, H Z; Qin, M; Shao, X Q; Yi, X X

2015-11-01

It is well-known that the quantum linear response theory is based on the first-order perturbation theory for a system in thermal equilibrium. Hence, this theory breaks down when the system is in a steady state far from thermal equilibrium and the response up to higher order in perturbation is not negligible. In this paper, we develop a nonlinear response theory for such quantum open system. We first formulate this theory in terms of general susceptibility, after which we apply it to the derivation of Hall conductance for open system at finite temperature. As an example, the Hall conductance of the two-band model is derived. Then we calculate the Hall conductance for a two-dimensional ferromagnetic electron gas and a two-dimensional lattice model. The calculations show that the transition points of topological phase are robust against the environment. Our results provide a promising platform for the coherent manipulation of the nonlinear response in quantum open system, which has potential applications for quantum information processing and statistical physics.

JDFTx: Software for joint density-functional theory

DOE PAGES

Sundararaman, Ravishankar; Letchworth-Weaver, Kendra; Schwarz, Kathleen A.; ...

2017-11-14

Density-functional theory (DFT) has revolutionized computational prediction of atomic-scale properties from first principles in physics, chemistry and materials science. Continuing development of new methods is necessary for accurate predictions of new classes of materials and properties, and for connecting to nano- and mesoscale properties using coarse-grained theories. JDFTx is a fully-featured open-source electronic DFT software designed specifically to facilitate rapid development of new theories, models and algorithms. Using an algebraic formulation as an abstraction layer, compact C++11 code automatically performs well on diverse hardware including GPUs (Graphics Processing Units). This code hosts the development of joint density-functional theory (JDFT) thatmore » combines electronic DFT with classical DFT and continuum models of liquids for first-principles calculations of solvated and electrochemical systems. In addition, the modular nature of the code makes it easy to extend and interface with, facilitating the development of multi-scale toolkits that connect to ab initio calculations, e.g. photo-excited carrier dynamics combining electron and phonon calculations with electromagnetic simulations.« less

JDFTx: Software for joint density-functional theory

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Sundararaman, Ravishankar; Letchworth-Weaver, Kendra; Schwarz, Kathleen A.

Density-functional theory (DFT) has revolutionized computational prediction of atomic-scale properties from first principles in physics, chemistry and materials science. Continuing development of new methods is necessary for accurate predictions of new classes of materials and properties, and for connecting to nano- and mesoscale properties using coarse-grained theories. JDFTx is a fully-featured open-source electronic DFT software designed specifically to facilitate rapid development of new theories, models and algorithms. Using an algebraic formulation as an abstraction layer, compact C++11 code automatically performs well on diverse hardware including GPUs (Graphics Processing Units). This code hosts the development of joint density-functional theory (JDFT) thatmore » combines electronic DFT with classical DFT and continuum models of liquids for first-principles calculations of solvated and electrochemical systems. In addition, the modular nature of the code makes it easy to extend and interface with, facilitating the development of multi-scale toolkits that connect to ab initio calculations, e.g. photo-excited carrier dynamics combining electron and phonon calculations with electromagnetic simulations.« less

Knot invariants and M-theory: Proofs and derivations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Errasti Díez, Verónica

2018-01-01

We construct two distinct yet related M-theory models that provide suitable frameworks for the study of knot invariants. We then focus on the four-dimensional gauge theory that follows from appropriately compactifying one of these M-theory models. We show that this theory has indeed all required properties to host knots. Our analysis provides a unifying picture of the various recent works that attempt an understanding of knot invariants using techniques of four-dimensional physics. This is a companion paper to K. Dasgupta, V. Errasti Díez, P. Ramadevi, and R. Tatar, Phys. Rev. D 95, 026010 (2017), 10.1103/PhysRevD.95.026010, covering all but Sec. III C. It presents a detailed mathematical derivation of the main results there, as well as additional material. Among the new insights, those related to supersymmetry and the topological twist are highlighted. This paper offers an alternative, complementary formulation of the contents in the first paper, but is self-contained and can be read independently.

An integration of integrated information theory with fundamental physics

PubMed Central

Barrett, Adam B.

2014-01-01

To truly eliminate Cartesian ghosts from the science of consciousness, we must describe consciousness as an aspect of the physical. Integrated Information Theory states that consciousness arises from intrinsic information generated by dynamical systems; however existing formulations of this theory are not applicable to standard models of fundamental physical entities. Modern physics has shown that fields are fundamental entities, and in particular that the electromagnetic field is fundamental. Here I hypothesize that consciousness arises from information intrinsic to fundamental fields. This hypothesis unites fundamental physics with what we know empirically about the neuroscience underlying consciousness, and it bypasses the need to consider quantum effects. PMID:24550877

Generalized probabilistic scale space for image restoration.

PubMed

Wong, Alexander; Mishra, Akshaya K

2010-10-01

A novel generalized sampling-based probabilistic scale space theory is proposed for image restoration. We explore extending the definition of scale space to better account for both noise and observation models, which is important for producing accurately restored images. A new class of scale-space realizations based on sampling and probability theory is introduced to realize this extended definition in the context of image restoration. Experimental results using 2-D images show that generalized sampling-based probabilistic scale-space theory can be used to produce more accurate restored images when compared with state-of-the-art scale-space formulations, particularly under situations characterized by low signal-to-noise ratios and image degradation.

Chern-Simons gauge theory on orbifolds: Open strings from three dimensions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hořava, Petr

1996-12-01

Chern-Simons gauge theory is formulated on three-dimensional Z2 orbifolds. The locus of singular points on a given orbifold is equivalent to a link of Wilson lines. This allows one to reduce any correlation function on orbifolds to a sum of more complicated correlation functions in the simpler theory on manifolds. Chern-Simons theory on manifolds is known to be related to two-dimensional (2D) conformal field theory (CFT) on closed-string surfaces; here it is shown that the theory on orbifolds is related to 2D CFT of unoriented closed- and open-string models, i.e. to worldsheet orbifold models. In particular, the boundary components of the worldsheet correspond to the components of the singular locus in the 3D orbifold. This correspondence leads to a simple identification of the open-string spectra, including their Chan-Paton degeneration, in terms of fusing Wilson lines in the corresponding Chern-Simons theory. The correspondence is studied in detail, and some exactly solvable examples are presented. Some of these examples indicate that it is natural to think of the orbifold group Z2 as a part of the gauge group of the Chern-Simons theory, thus generalizing the standard definition of gauge theories.

Unitarity check in gravitational Higgs mechanism

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Berezhiani, Lasha; Mirbabayi, Mehrdad

2011-03-15

The effective field theory of massive gravity has long been formulated in a generally covariant way [N. Arkani-Hamed, H. Georgi, and M. D. Schwartz, Ann. Phys. (N.Y.) 305, 96 (2003).]. Using this formalism, it has been found recently that there exists a class of massive nonlinear theories that are free of the Boulware-Deser ghosts, at least in the decoupling limit [C. de Rham and G. Gabadadze, Phys. Rev. D 82, 044020 (2010).]. In this work we study other recently proposed models that go under the name of 'gravitational Higgs theories' [A. H. Chamseddine and V. Mukhanov, J. High Energy Phys.more » 08 (2010) 011.]. We show that these models, although seemingly different from the effective field theories of massive gravity, are in fact equivalent to them. Furthermore, based on the results obtained in the effective field theory approach, we conclude that the gravitational Higgs theories need the same adjustment of the Lagrangian to avoid the ghosts. We also show the equivalence between the noncovariant mode decomposition used in the Higgs theories, and the covariant Stueckelberg parametrization adopted in the effective field theories, thus proving that the presence or absence of the ghost is independent of the parametrization used in either theory.« less

The application of contraction theory to an iterative formulation of electromagnetic scattering

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Brand, J. C.; Kauffman, J. F.

1985-01-01

Contraction theory is applied to an iterative formulation of electromagnetic scattering from periodic structures and a computational method for insuring convergence is developed. A short history of spectral (or k-space) formulation is presented with an emphasis on application to periodic surfaces. To insure a convergent solution of the iterative equation, a process called the contraction corrector method is developed. Convergence properties of previously presented iterative solutions to one-dimensional problems are examined utilizing contraction theory and the general conditions for achieving a convergent solution are explored. The contraction corrector method is then applied to several scattering problems including an infinite grating of thin wires with the solution data compared to previous works.

A solution to the biodiversity paradox by logical deterministic cellular automata.

PubMed

Kalmykov, Lev V; Kalmykov, Vyacheslav L

2015-06-01

The paradox of biological diversity is the key problem of theoretical ecology. The paradox consists in the contradiction between the competitive exclusion principle and the observed biodiversity. The principle is important as the basis for ecological theory. On a relatively simple model we show a mechanism of indefinite coexistence of complete competitors which violates the known formulations of the competitive exclusion principle. This mechanism is based on timely recovery of limiting resources and their spatio-temporal allocation between competitors. Because of limitations of the black-box modeling there was a problem to formulate the exclusion principle correctly. Our white-box multiscale model of two-species competition is based on logical deterministic individual-based cellular automata. This approach provides an automatic deductive inference on the basis of a system of axioms, and gives a direct insight into mechanisms of the studied system. It is one of the most promising methods of artificial intelligence. We reformulate and generalize the competitive exclusion principle and explain why this formulation provides a solution of the biodiversity paradox. In addition, we propose a principle of competitive coexistence.

Finite element formulation of viscoelastic sandwich beams using fractional derivative operators

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Galucio, A. C.; Deü, J.-F.; Ohayon, R.

This paper presents a finite element formulation for transient dynamic analysis of sandwich beams with embedded viscoelastic material using fractional derivative constitutive equations. The sandwich configuration is composed of a viscoelastic core (based on Timoshenko theory) sandwiched between elastic faces (based on Euler-Bernoulli assumptions). The viscoelastic model used to describe the behavior of the core is a four-parameter fractional derivative model. Concerning the parameter identification, a strategy to estimate the fractional order of the time derivative and the relaxation time is outlined. Curve-fitting aspects are focused, showing a good agreement with experimental data. In order to implement the viscoelastic model into the finite element formulation, the Grünwald definition of the fractional operator is employed. To solve the equation of motion, a direct time integration method based on the implicit Newmark scheme is used. One of the particularities of the proposed algorithm lies in the storage of displacement history only, reducing considerably the numerical efforts related to the non-locality of fractional operators. After validations, numerical applications are presented in order to analyze truncation effects (fading memory phenomena) and solution convergence aspects.

Attractor behaviour in multifield inflation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Carrilho, Pedro; Mulryne, David; Ronayne, John; Tenkanen, Tommi

2018-06-01

We study multifield inflation in scenarios where the fields are coupled non-minimally to gravity via ξI(phiI)n gμνRμν, where ξI are coupling constants, phiI the fields driving inflation, gμν the space-time metric, Rμν the Ricci tensor, and n>0. We consider the so-called α-attractor models in two formulations of gravity: in the usual metric case where Rμν=Rμν(gμν), and in the Palatini formulation where Rμν is an independent variable. As the main result, we show that, regardless of the underlying theory of gravity, the field-space curvature in the Einstein frame has no influence on the inflationary dynamics at the limit of large ξI, and one effectively retains the single-field case. However, the gravity formulation does play an important role: in the metric case the result means that multifield models approach the single-field α-attractor limit, whereas in the Palatini case the attractor behaviour is lost also in the case of multifield inflation. We discuss what this means for distinguishing between different models of inflation.

Bayesian accounts of covert selective attention: A tutorial review.

PubMed

Vincent, Benjamin T

2015-05-01

Decision making and optimal observer models offer an important theoretical approach to the study of covert selective attention. While their probabilistic formulation allows quantitative comparison to human performance, the models can be complex and their insights are not always immediately apparent. Part 1 establishes the theoretical appeal of the Bayesian approach, and introduces the way in which probabilistic approaches can be applied to covert search paradigms. Part 2 presents novel formulations of Bayesian models of 4 important covert attention paradigms, illustrating optimal observer predictions over a range of experimental manipulations. Graphical model notation is used to present models in an accessible way and Supplementary Code is provided to help bridge the gap between model theory and practical implementation. Part 3 reviews a large body of empirical and modelling evidence showing that many experimental phenomena in the domain of covert selective attention are a set of by-products. These effects emerge as the result of observers conducting Bayesian inference with noisy sensory observations, prior expectations, and knowledge of the generative structure of the stimulus environment.

Data Sufficiency Assessment and Pumping Test Design for Groundwater Prediction Using Decision Theory and Genetic Algorithms

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

McPhee, J.; William, Y. W.

2005-12-01

This work presents a methodology for pumping test design based on the reliability requirements of a groundwater model. Reliability requirements take into consideration the application of the model results in groundwater management, expressed in this case as a multiobjective management model. The pumping test design is formulated as a mixed-integer nonlinear programming (MINLP) problem and solved using a combination of genetic algorithm (GA) and gradient-based optimization. Bayesian decision theory provides a formal framework for assessing the influence of parameter uncertainty over the reliability of the proposed pumping test. The proposed methodology is useful for selecting a robust design that will outperform all other candidate designs under most potential 'true' states of the system

Hamiltonian vs Lagrangian Embedding of a Massive Spin-One Theory Involving Two-Form Field

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Harikumar, E.; Sivakumar, M.

We consider the Hamiltonian and Lagrangian embedding of a first-order, massive spin-one, gauge noninvariant theory involving antisymmetric tensor field. We apply the BFV-BRST generalized canonical approach to convert the model to a first class system and construct nilpotent BFV-BRST charge and a unitarizing Hamiltonian. The canonical analysis of the Stückelberg formulation of this model is presented. We bring out the contrasting feature in the constraint structure, specifically with respect to the reducibility aspect, of the Hamiltonian and the Lagrangian embedded model. We show that to obtain manifestly covariant Stückelberg Lagrangian from the BFV embedded Hamiltonian, phase space has to be further enlarged and show how the reducible gauge structure emerges in the embedded model.

Low-high junction theory applied to solar cells

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Godlewski, M. P.; Baraona, C. R.; Brandhorst, H. W., Jr.

1973-01-01

Recent use of alloying techniques for rear contact formation has yielded a new kind of silicon solar cell, the back surface field (BSF) cell, with abnormally high open circuit voltage and improved radiation resistance. Several analytical models for open circuit voltage based on the reverse saturation current are formulated to explain these observations. The zero SRV case of the conventional cell model, the drift field model, and the low-high junction (LHJ) model can predict the experimental trends. The LHJ model applies the theory of the low-high junction and is considered to reflect a more realistic view of cell fabrication. This model can predict the experimental trends observed for BSF cells. Detailed descriptions and derivations for the models are included. The correspondences between them are discussed. This modeling suggests that the meaning of minority carrier diffusion length measured in BSF cells be reexamined.

Some solutions for one of the cosmological constant problems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nojiri, Shin'Ichi

2016-11-01

We propose several covariant models which may solve one of the problems in the cosmological constant. One of the models can be regarded as an extension of sequestering model. Other models could be regarded as extensions of the covariant formulation of the unimodular gravity. The contributions to the vacuum energy from the quantum corrections from the matters are absorbed into a redefinition of a scalar field and the quantum corrections become irrelevant to the dynamics. In a class of the extended unimodular gravity models, we also consider models which are regarded as topological field theories. The models can be extended and not only the vacuum energy but also any quantum corrections to the gravitational action could become irrelevant for the dynamics. We find, however, that the BRS symmetry in the topological field theories is broken spontaneously and therefore, the models might not be consistent.

On the vanishing couplings in ADE affine Toda field theories

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Saitoh, Y.; Shimada, T.

In this paper, the authors show that certain vanishing couplins in the ADE affine Toda field theories remain vanishing even after higher-order corrections are included. This is a requisite property for the Lagrangian formulation of the theory. The authors develop a new perturbative formulation and treat affine Toda field theories as a massless theory with exponential interaction terms. The authors shown that the nonrenormalization comes from the Dynkin automorphism of the Lie algebra associated with these theories. A charge balance conditions plays an important role in our scheme. The all-order nonrenormalization of vanishing couplings in [bar A][sub n] affine Todamore » field theory is also proved in a standard massive scheme.« less

Developing and exploring a theory for the lateral erosion of bedrock channels for use in landscape evolution models

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Langston, Abigail L.; Tucker, Gregory E.

2018-01-01

Understanding how a bedrock river erodes its banks laterally is a frontier in geomorphology. Theories for the vertical incision of bedrock channels are widely implemented in the current generation of landscape evolution models. However, in general existing models do not seek to implement the lateral migration of bedrock channel walls. This is problematic, as modeling geomorphic processes such as terrace formation and hillslope-channel coupling depends on the accurate simulation of valley widening. We have developed and implemented a theory for the lateral migration of bedrock channel walls in a catchment-scale landscape evolution model. Two model formulations are presented, one representing the slow process of widening a bedrock canyon and the other representing undercutting, slumping, and rapid downstream sediment transport that occurs in softer bedrock. Model experiments were run with a range of values for bedrock erodibility and tendency towards transport- or detachment-limited behavior and varying magnitudes of sediment flux and water discharge in order to determine the role that each plays in the development of wide bedrock valleys. The results show that this simple, physics-based theory for the lateral erosion of bedrock channels produces bedrock valleys that are many times wider than the grid discretization scale. This theory for the lateral erosion of bedrock channel walls and the numerical implementation of the theory in a catchment-scale landscape evolution model is a significant first step towards understanding the factors that control the rates and spatial extent of wide bedrock valleys.

Differential geometry based solvation model I: Eulerian formulation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chen, Zhan; Baker, Nathan A.; Wei, G. W.

2010-11-01

This paper presents a differential geometry based model for the analysis and computation of the equilibrium property of solvation. Differential geometry theory of surfaces is utilized to define and construct smooth interfaces with good stability and differentiability for use in characterizing the solvent-solute boundaries and in generating continuous dielectric functions across the computational domain. A total free energy functional is constructed to couple polar and nonpolar contributions to the solvation process. Geometric measure theory is employed to rigorously convert a Lagrangian formulation of the surface energy into an Eulerian formulation so as to bring all energy terms into an equal footing. By optimizing the total free energy functional, we derive coupled generalized Poisson-Boltzmann equation (GPBE) and generalized geometric flow equation (GGFE) for the electrostatic potential and the construction of realistic solvent-solute boundaries, respectively. By solving the coupled GPBE and GGFE, we obtain the electrostatic potential, the solvent-solute boundary profile, and the smooth dielectric function, and thereby improve the accuracy and stability of implicit solvation calculations. We also design efficient second-order numerical schemes for the solution of the GPBE and GGFE. Matrix resulted from the discretization of the GPBE is accelerated with appropriate preconditioners. An alternative direct implicit (ADI) scheme is designed to improve the stability of solving the GGFE. Two iterative approaches are designed to solve the coupled system of nonlinear partial differential equations. Extensive numerical experiments are designed to validate the present theoretical model, test computational methods, and optimize numerical algorithms. Example solvation analysis of both small compounds and proteins are carried out to further demonstrate the accuracy, stability, efficiency and robustness of the present new model and numerical approaches. Comparison is given to both experimental and theoretical results in the literature.

Differential geometry based solvation model I: Eulerian formulation

PubMed Central

Chen, Zhan; Baker, Nathan A.; Wei, G. W.

2010-01-01

This paper presents a differential geometry based model for the analysis and computation of the equilibrium property of solvation. Differential geometry theory of surfaces is utilized to define and construct smooth interfaces with good stability and differentiability for use in characterizing the solvent-solute boundaries and in generating continuous dielectric functions across the computational domain. A total free energy functional is constructed to couple polar and nonpolar contributions to the salvation process. Geometric measure theory is employed to rigorously convert a Lagrangian formulation of the surface energy into an Eulerian formulation so as to bring all energy terms into an equal footing. By minimizing the total free energy functional, we derive coupled generalized Poisson-Boltzmann equation (GPBE) and generalized geometric flow equation (GGFE) for the electrostatic potential and the construction of realistic solvent-solute boundaries, respectively. By solving the coupled GPBE and GGFE, we obtain the electrostatic potential, the solvent-solute boundary profile, and the smooth dielectric function, and thereby improve the accuracy and stability of implicit solvation calculations. We also design efficient second order numerical schemes for the solution of the GPBE and GGFE. Matrix resulted from the discretization of the GPBE is accelerated with appropriate preconditioners. An alternative direct implicit (ADI) scheme is designed to improve the stability of solving the GGFE. Two iterative approaches are designed to solve the coupled system of nonlinear partial differential equations. Extensive numerical experiments are designed to validate the present theoretical model, test computational methods, and optimize numerical algorithms. Example solvation analysis of both small compounds and proteins are carried out to further demonstrate the accuracy, stability, efficiency and robustness of the present new model and numerical approaches. Comparison is given to both experimental and theoretical results in the literature. PMID:20938489

Galileon string measure and other modified measure extended objects

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vulfs, T. O.; Guendelman, E. I.

2017-12-01

We show that it is possible to formulate string theory as a “Galileon string theory”. The Galileon field χ enters in the definition of the integration measure in the action. Following the methods of the modified measure string theory, we find that the final equations are again those of the sigma-model. Moreover, the string tension appears again as an additional dynamical degree of freedom. At the same time, the theory satisfies all requirements of the Galileon higher derivative theory at the action level while the equations of motion are still of the second-order. A Galileon symmetry is displayed explicitly in the conformal string worldsheet frame. Also, we define the Galileon gauge transformations. Generalizations to branes with other modified measures are discussed.

Operator Formulation of Classical Mechanics.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Cohn, Jack

1980-01-01

Discusses the construction of an operator formulation of classical mechanics which is directly concerned with wave packets in configuration space and is more similar to that of convential quantum theory than other extant operator formulations of classical mechanics. (Author/HM)

Reciprocity theory of homogeneous reactions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Agbormbai, Adolf A.

1990-03-01

The reciprocity formalism is applied to the homogeneous gaseous reactions in which the structure of the participating molecules changes upon collision with one another, resulting in a change in the composition of the gas. The approach is applied to various classes of dissociation, recombination, rearrangement, ionizing, and photochemical reactions. It is shown that for the principle of reciprocity to be satisfied it is necessary that all chemical reactions exist in complementary pairs which consist of the forward and backward reactions. The backward reaction may be described by either the reverse or inverse process. The forward and backward processes must satisfy the same reciprocity equation. Because the number of dynamical variables is usually unbalanced on both sides of a chemical equation, it is necessary that this balance be established by including as many of the dynamical variables as needed before the reciprocity equation can be formulated. Statistical transformation models of the reactions are formulated. The models are classified under the titles free exchange, restricted exchange and simplified restricted exchange. The special equations for the forward and backward processes are obtained. The models are consistent with the H theorem and Le Chatelier's principle. The models are also formulated in the context of the direct simulation Monte Carlo method.

Petri net based model of the body iron homeostasis.

PubMed

Formanowicz, Dorota; Sackmann, Andrea; Formanowicz, Piotr; Błazewicz, Jacek

2007-10-01

The body iron homeostasis is a not fully understood complex process. Despite the fact that some components of this process have been described in the literature, the complete model of the whole process has not been proposed. In this paper a Petri net based model of the body iron homeostasis is presented. Recently, Petri nets have been used for describing and analyzing various biological processes since they allow modeling the system under consideration very precisely. The main result presented in the paper is twofold, i.e., an informal description of the main part of the whole iron homeostasis process is described, and then it is also formulated in the formal language of Petri net theory. This model allows for a possible simulation of the process, since Petri net theory provides a lot of established analysis techniques.

Integrated Model for E-Learning Acceptance

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ramadiani; Rodziah, A.; Hasan, S. M.; Rusli, A.; Noraini, C.

2016-01-01

E-learning is not going to work if the system is not used in accordance with user needs. User Interface is very important to encourage using the application. Many theories had discuss about user interface usability evaluation and technology acceptance separately, actually why we do not make it correlation between interface usability evaluation and user acceptance to enhance e-learning process. Therefore, the evaluation model for e-learning interface acceptance is considered important to investigate. The aim of this study is to propose the integrated e-learning user interface acceptance evaluation model. This model was combined some theories of e-learning interface measurement such as, user learning style, usability evaluation, and the user benefit. We formulated in constructive questionnaires which were shared at 125 English Language School (ELS) students. This research statistics used Structural Equation Model using LISREL v8.80 and MANOVA analysis.

Molecular properties via a subsystem density functional theory formulation: a common framework for electronic embedding.

PubMed

Höfener, Sebastian; Gomes, André Severo Pereira; Visscher, Lucas

2012-01-28

In this article, we present a consistent derivation of a density functional theory (DFT) based embedding method which encompasses wave-function theory-in-DFT (WFT-in-DFT) and the DFT-based subsystem formulation of response theory (DFT-in-DFT) by Neugebauer [J. Neugebauer, J. Chem. Phys. 131, 084104 (2009)] as special cases. This formulation, which is based on the time-averaged quasi-energy formalism, makes use of the variation Lagrangian techniques to allow the use of non-variational (in particular: coupled cluster) wave-function-based methods. We show how, in the time-independent limit, we naturally obtain expressions for the ground-state DFT-in-DFT and WFT-in-DFT embedding via a local potential. We furthermore provide working equations for the special case in which coupled cluster theory is used to obtain the density and excitation energies of the active subsystem. A sample application is given to demonstrate the method. © 2012 American Institute of Physics

Pure spinor superspace action for D = 6, N = 1 super-Yang-Mills theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cederwall, Martin

2018-05-01

A Batalin-Vilkovisky action for D = 6, N = 1 super-Yang-Mills theory, including coupling to hypermultiplets, is given. The formalism involves pure spinor superfields. The geometric properties of the D = 6, N = 1 pure spinors (which differ from Cartan pure spinors) are examined. Unlike the situation for maximally supersymmetric models, the fields and antifields (including ghosts) of the vector multiplet reside in separate superfields. The formalism provides an off-shell superspace formulation for matter hypermultiplets, which in a traditional treatment are on-shell.

Cellular automaton formulation of passive scalar dynamics

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Chen, Hudong; Matthaeus, William H.

1987-01-01

Cellular automata modeling of the advection of a passive scalar in a two-dimensional flow is examined in the context of discrete lattice kinetic theory. It is shown that if the passive scalar is represented by tagging or 'coloring' automation particles a passive advection-diffusion equation emerges without use of perturbation expansions. For the specific case of the hydrodynamic lattice gas model of Frisch et al. (1986), the diffusion coefficient is calculated by perturbation.

Efficient Inference for Trees and Alignments: Modeling Monolingual and Bilingual Syntax with Hard and Soft Constraints and Latent Variables

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Smith, David Arthur

2010-01-01

Much recent work in natural language processing treats linguistic analysis as an inference problem over graphs. This development opens up useful connections between machine learning, graph theory, and linguistics. The first part of this dissertation formulates syntactic dependency parsing as a dynamic Markov random field with the novel…

Toward a Conceptualization of Perceived Work-Family Fit and Balance: A Demands and Resources Approach

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Voydanoff, Patricia

2005-01-01

Using person-environment fit theory, this article formulates a conceptual model that links work, family, and boundary-spanning demands and resources to work and family role performance and quality. Linking mechanisms include 2 dimensions of perceived work-family fit (work demands--family resources fit and family demands--work resources fit) and a…

The Guerrillas in the Boardroom: What COIN Theory Teaches Leaders about Organizational Change, and How Corporate Change Models Could Transform Military Doctrine

DTIC Science & Technology

2016-09-25

Niccolo Machiavelli, The Prince Introduction The idea that war and unarmed competition are much alike is common. Athletes, especially football players ...... research , Kotter formulated eight steps: (1) Establish a Sense of Urgency, (2) Create a Guiding Coalition, (3) Develop a Change Vision, (4) Communicate a

Unresolved Maternal Attachment Representations, Disrupted Maternal Behavior and Disorganized Attachment in Infancy: Links to Toddler Behavior Problems

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Madigan, Sheri; Moran, Greg; Schuengel, Carlo; Pederson, David R.; Otten, Roy

2007-01-01

Background: Attachment theory's original formulation was substantially driven by Bowlby's (1969/1982) quest for a meaningful model of the development of psychopathology. Bowlby posited that aberrant experiences of parenting increase the child's risk of psychopathological outcomes, and that these risks are mediated by the quality of the attachment…

Variational Principles for Buckling of Microtubules Modeled as Nonlocal Orthotropic Shells

PubMed Central

2014-01-01

A variational principle for microtubules subject to a buckling load is derived by semi-inverse method. The microtubule is modeled as an orthotropic shell with the constitutive equations based on nonlocal elastic theory and the effect of filament network taken into account as an elastic surrounding. Microtubules can carry large compressive forces by virtue of the mechanical coupling between the microtubules and the surrounding elastic filament network. The equations governing the buckling of the microtubule are given by a system of three partial differential equations. The problem studied in the present work involves the derivation of the variational formulation for microtubule buckling. The Rayleigh quotient for the buckling load as well as the natural and geometric boundary conditions of the problem is obtained from this variational formulation. It is observed that the boundary conditions are coupled as a result of nonlocal formulation. It is noted that the analytic solution of the buckling problem for microtubules is usually a difficult task. The variational formulation of the problem provides the basis for a number of approximate and numerical methods of solutions and furthermore variational principles can provide physical insight into the problem. PMID:25214886

Nonequilibrium dynamics of the O( N ) model on dS3 and AdS crunches

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kumar, S. Prem; Vaganov, Vladislav

2018-03-01

We study the nonperturbative quantum evolution of the interacting O( N ) vector model at large- N , formulated on a spatial two-sphere, with time dependent couplings which diverge at finite time. This model - the so-called "E-frame" theory, is related via a conformal transformation to the interacting O( N ) model in three dimensional global de Sitter spacetime with time independent couplings. We show that with a purely quartic, relevant deformation the quantum evolution of the E-frame model is regular even when the classical theory is rendered singular at the end of time by the diverging coupling. Time evolution drives the E-frame theory to the large- N Wilson-Fisher fixed point when the classical coupling diverges. We study the quantum evolution numerically for a variety of initial conditions and demonstrate the finiteness of the energy at the classical "end of time". With an additional (time dependent) mass deformation, quantum backreaction lowers the mass, with a putative smooth time evolution only possible in the limit of infinite quartic coupling. We discuss the relevance of these results for the resolution of crunch singularities in AdS geometries dual to E-frame theories with a classical gravity dual.

A new multi-layer approach for progressive damage simulation in composite laminates based on isogeometric analysis and Kirchhoff-Love shells. Part I: basic theory and modeling of delamination and transverse shear

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bazilevs, Y.; Pigazzini, M. S.; Ellison, A.; Kim, H.

2017-11-01

In this two-part paper we introduce a new formulation for modeling progressive damage in laminated composite structures. We adopt a multi-layer modeling approach, based on Isogeometric Analysis (IGA), where each ply or lamina is represented by a spline surface, and modeled as a Kirchhoff-Love thin shell. Continuum Damage Mechanics is used to model intralaminar damage, and a new zero-thickness cohesive-interface formulation is introduced to model delamination as well as permitting laminate-level transverse shear compliance. In Part I of this series we focus on the presentation of the modeling framework, validation of the framework using standard Mode I and Mode II delamination tests, and assessment of its suitability for modeling thick laminates. In Part II of this series we focus on the application of the proposed framework to modeling and simulation of damage in composite laminates resulting from impact. The proposed approach has significant accuracy and efficiency advantages over existing methods for modeling impact damage. These stem from the use of IGA-based Kirchhoff-Love shells to represent the individual plies of the composite laminate, while the compliant cohesive interfaces enable transverse shear deformation of the laminate. Kirchhoff-Love shells give a faithful representation of the ply deformation behavior, and, unlike solids or traditional shear-deformable shells, do not suffer from transverse-shear locking in the limit of vanishing thickness. This, in combination with higher-order accurate and smooth representation of the shell midsurface displacement field, allows us to adopt relatively coarse in-plane discretizations without sacrificing solution accuracy. Furthermore, the thin-shell formulation employed does not use rotational degrees of freedom, which gives additional efficiency benefits relative to more standard shell formulations.

Statistics of Smoothed Cosmic Fields in Perturbation Theory. I. Formulation and Useful Formulae in Second-Order Perturbation Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Matsubara, Takahiko

2003-02-01

We formulate a general method for perturbative evaluations of statistics of smoothed cosmic fields and provide useful formulae for application of the perturbation theory to various statistics. This formalism is an extensive generalization of the method used by Matsubara, who derived a weakly nonlinear formula of the genus statistic in a three-dimensional density field. After describing the general method, we apply the formalism to a series of statistics, including genus statistics, level-crossing statistics, Minkowski functionals, and a density extrema statistic, regardless of the dimensions in which each statistic is defined. The relation between the Minkowski functionals and other geometrical statistics is clarified. These statistics can be applied to several cosmic fields, including three-dimensional density field, three-dimensional velocity field, two-dimensional projected density field, and so forth. The results are detailed for second-order theory of the formalism. The effect of the bias is discussed. The statistics of smoothed cosmic fields as functions of rescaled threshold by volume fraction are discussed in the framework of second-order perturbation theory. In CDM-like models, their functional deviations from linear predictions plotted against the rescaled threshold are generally much smaller than that plotted against the direct threshold. There is still a slight meatball shift against rescaled threshold, which is characterized by asymmetry in depths of troughs in the genus curve. A theory-motivated asymmetry factor in the genus curve is proposed.

An Elementary Introduction to Solar Dynamo Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Choudhuri, Arnab Rai

2007-07-01

The cyclically varying magnetic field of the Sun is believed to be produced by the hydromagnetic dynamo process. We first summarize the relevant observational data pertaining to sunspots and solar cycle. Then we review the basic principles of MHD needed to develop the dynamo theory. This is followed by a discussion how bipolar sunspots form due to magnetic buoyancy of flux tubes formed at the base of the solar convection zone. Following this, we come to the heart of dynamo theory. After summarizing the basic ideas of a turbulent dynamo and the basic principles of its mean field formulation, we present the famous dynamo wave solution, which was supposed to provide a model for the solar cycle. Finally we point out how a flux transport dynamo can circumvent some of the difficulties associated with the older dynamo models.

Slits, plates, and Poisson-Boltzmann theory in a local formulation of nonlocal electrostatics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Paillusson, Fabien; Blossey, Ralf

2010-11-01

Polar liquids like water carry a characteristic nanometric length scale, the correlation length of orientation polarizations. Continuum theories that can capture this feature commonly run under the name of “nonlocal” electrostatics since their dielectric response is characterized by a scale-dependent dielectric function ɛ(q) , where q is the wave vector; the Poisson(-Boltzmann) equation then turns into an integro-differential equation. Recently, “local” formulations have been put forward for these theories and applied to water, solvated ions, and proteins. We review the local formalism and show how it can be applied to a structured liquid in slit and plate geometries, and solve the Poisson-Boltzmann theory for a charged plate in a structured solvent with counterions. Our results establish a coherent picture of the local version of nonlocal electrostatics and show its ease of use when compared to the original formulation.

Koopman-von Neumann formulation of classical Yang-Mills theories: I

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Carta, P.; Gozzi, E.; Mauro, D.

2006-03-01

In this paper we present the Koopman-von Neumann (KvN) formulation of classical non-Abelian gauge field theories. In particular we shall explore the functional (or classical path integral) counterpart of the KvN method. In the quantum path integral quantization of Yang-Mills theories concepts like gauge-fixing and Faddeev-Popov determinant appear in a quite natural way. We will prove that these same objects are needed also in this classical path integral formulation for Yang-Mills theories. We shall also explore the classical path integral counterpart of the BFV formalism and build all the associated universal and gauge charges. These last are quite different from the analog quantum ones and we shall show the relation between the two. This paper lays the foundation of this formalism which, due to the many auxiliary fields present, is rather heavy. Applications to specific topics outlined in the paper will appear in later publications.

Universality of the Unruh effect

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Modesto, Leonardo; Myung, Yun Soo; Yi, Sang-Heon

2018-02-01

In this paper we prove the universal nature of the Unruh effect in a general class of weakly nonlocal field theories. At the same time we solve the tension between two conflicting claims published in literature. Our universality statement is based on two independent computations based on the canonical formulation as well as path integral formulation of the quantum theory.

Gauge symmetries of the free bosonic string field theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Neveu, A.; Schwarz, J.; West, P. C.

1985-12-01

The gauge covariant local formulations of free bosonic string theories that contained a finite number of supplementary fields are extended to include an infinite number of supplementary fields. These new formulations allow the generators of the Virasoro algebra to appear on a more equal footing. Permanent address: King's College, Physics Department, London WC2R 2LS, UK.

A multibody knee model with discrete cartilage prediction of tibio-femoral contact mechanics.

PubMed

Guess, Trent M; Liu, Hongzeng; Bhashyam, Sampath; Thiagarajan, Ganesh

2013-01-01

Combining musculoskeletal simulations with anatomical joint models capable of predicting cartilage contact mechanics would provide a valuable tool for studying the relationships between muscle force and cartilage loading. As a step towards producing multibody musculoskeletal models that include representation of cartilage tissue mechanics, this research developed a subject-specific multibody knee model that represented the tibia plateau cartilage as discrete rigid bodies that interacted with the femur through deformable contacts. Parameters for the compliant contact law were derived using three methods: (1) simplified Hertzian contact theory, (2) simplified elastic foundation contact theory and (3) parameter optimisation from a finite element (FE) solution. The contact parameters and contact friction were evaluated during a simulated walk in a virtual dynamic knee simulator, and the resulting kinematics were compared with measured in vitro kinematics. The effects on predicted contact pressures and cartilage-bone interface shear forces during the simulated walk were also evaluated. The compliant contact stiffness parameters had a statistically significant effect on predicted contact pressures as well as all tibio-femoral motions except flexion-extension. The contact friction was not statistically significant to contact pressures, but was statistically significant to medial-lateral translation and all rotations except flexion-extension. The magnitude of kinematic differences between model formulations was relatively small, but contact pressure predictions were sensitive to model formulation. The developed multibody knee model was computationally efficient and had a computation time 283 times faster than a FE simulation using the same geometries and boundary conditions.

A formal model of interpersonal inference

PubMed Central

Moutoussis, Michael; Trujillo-Barreto, Nelson J.; El-Deredy, Wael; Dolan, Raymond J.; Friston, Karl J.

2014-01-01

Introduction: We propose that active Bayesian inference—a general framework for decision-making—can equally be applied to interpersonal exchanges. Social cognition, however, entails special challenges. We address these challenges through a novel formulation of a formal model and demonstrate its psychological significance. Method: We review relevant literature, especially with regards to interpersonal representations, formulate a mathematical model and present a simulation study. The model accommodates normative models from utility theory and places them within the broader setting of Bayesian inference. Crucially, we endow people's prior beliefs, into which utilities are absorbed, with preferences of self and others. The simulation illustrates the model's dynamics and furnishes elementary predictions of the theory. Results: (1) Because beliefs about self and others inform both the desirability and plausibility of outcomes, in this framework interpersonal representations become beliefs that have to be actively inferred. This inference, akin to “mentalizing” in the psychological literature, is based upon the outcomes of interpersonal exchanges. (2) We show how some well-known social-psychological phenomena (e.g., self-serving biases) can be explained in terms of active interpersonal inference. (3) Mentalizing naturally entails Bayesian updating of how people value social outcomes. Crucially this includes inference about one's own qualities and preferences. Conclusion: We inaugurate a Bayes optimal framework for modeling intersubject variability in mentalizing during interpersonal exchanges. Here, interpersonal representations are endowed with explicit functional and affective properties. We suggest the active inference framework lends itself to the study of psychiatric conditions where mentalizing is distorted. PMID:24723872

G-bounce

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Easson, Damien A.; Sawicki, Ignacy; Vikman, Alexander, E-mail: easson@asu.edu, E-mail: ignacy.sawicki@uni-heidelberg.de, E-mail: alexander.vikman@cern.ch

2011-11-01

We present a wide class of models which realise a bounce in a spatially flat Friedmann universe in standard General Relativity. The key ingredient of the theories we consider is a noncanonical, minimally coupled scalar field belonging to the class of theories with Kinetic Gravity Braiding / Galileon-like self-couplings. In these models, the universe smoothly evolves from contraction to expansion, suffering neither from ghosts nor gradient instabilities around the turning point. The end-point of the evolution can be a standard radiation-domination era or an inflationary phase. We formulate necessary restrictions for Lagrangians needed to obtain a healthy bounce and illustratemore » our results with phase portraits for simple systems including the recently proposed Galilean Genesis scenario.« less

Why do things fall? How to explain why gravity is not a force

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Stannard, Warren B.

2018-03-01

In most high school physics classes, gravity is described as an attractive force between two masses as formulated by Newton over 300 years ago. Einstein’s general theory of relativity implies that gravitational effects are instead the result of a ‘curvature’ of space-time. However, explaining why things fall without resorting to Newton’s gravitational force can be difficult. This paper introduces some simple graphical and visual analogies and models which are suitable for the introduction of Einstein’s theory of general relativity at a high school level. These models provide an alternative to Newton’s gravitational force and help answer the simple question: why do things fall?

On the importance of excited state dynamic response electron correlation in polarizable embedding methods.

PubMed

Eriksen, Janus J; Sauer, Stephan P A; Mikkelsen, Kurt V; Jensen, Hans J Aa; Kongsted, Jacob

2012-09-30

We investigate the effect of including a dynamic reaction field at the lowest possible ab inito wave function level of theory, namely the Hartree-Fock (HF) self-consistent field level within the polarizable embedding (PE) formalism. We formulate HF based PE within the linear response theory picture leading to the PE-random-phase approximation (PE-RPA) and bridge the expressions to a second-order polarization propagator approximation (SOPPA) frame such that dynamic reaction field contributions are included at the RPA level in addition to the static response described at the SOPPA level but with HF induced dipole moments. We conduct calculations on para-nitro-aniline and para-nitro-phenolate using said model in addition to dynamic PE-RPA and PE-CAM-B3LYP. We compare the results to recently published PE-CCSD data and demonstrate how the cost effective SOPPA-based model successfully recovers a great portion of the inherent PE-RPA error when the observable is the solvatochromic shift. We furthermore demonstrate that whenever the change in density resulting from the ground state-excited state electronic transition in the solute is not associated with a significant change in the electric field, dynamic response contributions formulated at the HF level of theory manage to capture the majority of the system response originating from derivative densities. Copyright © 2012 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

Visual images in Luigi Galvani's path to animal electricity.

PubMed

Piccolino, Marco

2008-01-01

The scientific endeavor that led Luigi Galvani to his hypothesis of "animal electricity," i.e., of an electricity present in a condition of disequilibrium between the interior and the exterior of excitable animal fibers, is reviewed here with particular emphasis to the role played by visual images in Galvani's path of discovery. In 1791 Galvani formulated his model of neuromuscular physiology on the base of the image of a muscle and a nerve fiber together as in a "minute animal Leyden jar." This was the last instance of a series of physical models that accompanied Galvani's experimental efforts in the search of a theory capable of accounting for the electric nature of nerve conduction in spite of the many objections formulated in the eighteenth century against a possible role of electricity in animal physiology.

Thermal shock fracture in cross-ply fibre-reinforced ceramic-matrix composites

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kastritseas, C.; Smith, P. A.; Yeomans, J. A.

2010-11-01

The onset of matrix cracking due to thermal shock in a range of simple and multi-layer cross-ply laminates comprising a calcium aluminosilicate (CAS) matrix reinforced with Nicalon® fibres is investigated analytically. A comprehensive stress analysis under conditions of thermal shock, ignoring transient effects, is performed and fracture criteria based on either a recently derived model for the thermal shock resistance of unidirectional Nicalon®/glass ceramic-matrix composites or fracture mechanics considerations are formulated. The effect of material thickness on the apparent thermal shock resistance is also modelled. Comparison with experimental results reveals that the accuracy of the predictions is satisfactory and the reasons for some discrepancies are discussed. In addition, a theoretical argument based on thermal shock theory is formulated to explain the observed cracking patterns.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Oberkampf, William Louis; Tucker, W. Troy; Zhang, Jianzhong

This report summarizes methods to incorporate information (or lack of information) about inter-variable dependence into risk assessments that use Dempster-Shafer theory or probability bounds analysis to address epistemic and aleatory uncertainty. The report reviews techniques for simulating correlated variates for a given correlation measure and dependence model, computation of bounds on distribution functions under a specified dependence model, formulation of parametric and empirical dependence models, and bounding approaches that can be used when information about the intervariable dependence is incomplete. The report also reviews several of the most pervasive and dangerous myths among risk analysts about dependence in probabilistic models.

The quest for solvable multistate Landau-Zener models

DOE PAGES

Sinitsyn, Nikolai A.; Chernyak, Vladimir Y.

2017-05-24

Recently, integrability conditions (ICs) in mutistate Landau-Zener (MLZ) theory were proposed. They describe common properties of all known solved systems with linearly time-dependent Hamiltonians. Here we show that ICs enable efficient computer assisted search for new solvable MLZ models that span complexity range from several interacting states to mesoscopic systems with many-body dynamics and combinatorially large phase space. This diversity suggests that nontrivial solvable MLZ models are numerous. Additionally, we refine the formulation of ICs and extend the class of solvable systems to models with points of multiple diabatic level crossing.

Interaction of part-through cracks in a flat plate

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Aksel, B.; Erdogan, F.

1985-01-01

The accuracy of the line spring model is determined. The effect of interaction between two and three cracks is investigated, and extensive numerical results which may be useful in applications are provided. Line spring model with Reissner's plate theory is formulated to be used for any number and configurations of cracks provided that there is symmetry. This model is used to find stress intensity factors for elliptic internal cracks, elliptic edge cracks and two opposite elliptic edge cracks. Despite the simplicity of the line spring model, the results are found to be close.

Evolution of the transfer function characterization of surface scatter phenomena

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Harvey, James E.; Pfisterer, Richard N.

2016-09-01

Based upon the empirical observation that BRDF measurements of smooth optical surfaces exhibited shift-invariant behavior when plotted versus    o , the original Harvey-Shack (OHS) surface scatter theory was developed as a scalar linear systems formulation in which scattered light behavior was characterized by a surface transfer function (STF) reminiscent of the optical transfer function (OTF) of modern image formation theory (1976). This shift-invariant behavior combined with the inverse power law behavior when plotting log BRDF versus log   o was quickly incorporated into several optical analysis software packages. Although there was no explicit smooth-surface approximation in the OHS theory, there was a limitation on both the incident and scattering angles. In 1988 the modified Harvey-Shack (MHS) theory removed the limitation on the angle of incidence; however, a moderate-angle scattering limitation remained. Clearly for large incident angles the BRDF was no longer shift-invariant as a different STF was now required for each incident angle. In 2011 the generalized Harvey-Shack (GHS) surface scatter theory, characterized by a two-parameter family of STFs, evolved into a practical modeling tool to calculate BRDFs from optical surface metrology data for situations that violate the smooth surface approximation inherent in the Rayleigh-Rice theory and/or the moderate-angle limitation of the Beckmann-Kirchhoff theory. And finally, the STF can be multiplied by the classical OTF to provide a complete linear systems formulation of image quality as degraded by diffraction, geometrical aberrations and surface scatter effects from residual optical fabrication errors.

f(T) teleparallel gravity and cosmology.

PubMed

Cai, Yi-Fu; Capozziello, Salvatore; De Laurentis, Mariafelicia; Saridakis, Emmanuel N

2016-10-01

Over recent decades, the role of torsion in gravity has been extensively investigated along the main direction of bringing gravity closer to its gauge formulation and incorporating spin in a geometric description. Here we review various torsional constructions, from teleparallel, to Einstein-Cartan, and metric-affine gauge theories, resulting in extending torsional gravity in the paradigm of f (T) gravity, where f (T) is an arbitrary function of the torsion scalar. Based on this theory, we further review the corresponding cosmological and astrophysical applications. In particular, we study cosmological solutions arising from f (T) gravity, both at the background and perturbation levels, in different eras along the cosmic expansion. The f (T) gravity construction can provide a theoretical interpretation of the late-time universe acceleration, alternative to a cosmological constant, and it can easily accommodate with the regular thermal expanding history including the radiation and cold dark matter dominated phases. Furthermore, if one traces back to very early times, for a certain class of f (T) models, a sufficiently long period of inflation can be achieved and hence can be investigated by cosmic microwave background observations-or, alternatively, the Big Bang singularity can be avoided at even earlier moments due to the appearance of non-singular bounces. Various observational constraints, especially the bounds coming from the large-scale structure data in the case of f (T) cosmology, as well as the behavior of gravitational waves, are described in detail. Moreover, the spherically symmetric and black hole solutions of the theory are reviewed. Additionally, we discuss various extensions of the f (T) paradigm. Finally, we consider the relation with other modified gravitational theories, such as those based on curvature, like f (R) gravity, trying to illuminate the subject of which formulation, or combination of formulations, might be more suitable for quantization ventures and cosmological applications.

Functional integral for non-Lagrangian systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kochan, Denis

2010-02-01

A functional integral formulation of quantum mechanics for non-Lagrangian systems is presented. The approach, which we call “stringy quantization,” is based solely on classical equations of motion and is free of any ambiguity arising from Lagrangian and/or Hamiltonian formulation of the theory. The functionality of the proposed method is demonstrated on several examples. Special attention is paid to the stringy quantization of systems with a general A-power friction force -κq˙A. Results for A=1 are compared with those obtained in the approaches by Caldirola-Kanai, Bateman, and Kostin. Relations to the Caldeira-Leggett model and to the Feynman-Vernon approach are discussed as well.

A finite element boundary integral formulation for radiation and scattering by cavity antennas using tetrahedral elements

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Gong, J.; Volakis, J. L.; Chatterjee, A.; Jin, J. M.

1992-01-01

A hybrid finite element boundary integral formulation is developed using tetrahedral and/or triangular elements for discretizing the cavity and/or aperture of microstrip antenna arrays. The tetrahedral elements with edge based linear expansion functions are chosen for modeling the volume region and triangular elements are used for discretizing the aperture. The edge based expansion functions are divergenceless thus removing the requirement to introduce a penalty term and the tetrahedral elements permit greater geometrical adaptability than the rectangular bricks. The underlying theory and resulting expressions are discussed in detail together with some numerical scattering examples for comparison and demonstration.

Life cycle, individual thrift, and the wealth of nations.

PubMed

Modigliani, F

1986-11-07

One theory of the determinants of individual and national thrift has come to be known as the life cycle hypothesis of saving. The state of the art on the eve of the formulation of the hypothesis some 30 years ago is reviewed. Then the theoretical foundations of the model in its original formulation and later amendment are set forth, calling attention to various implications, some distinctive to it and some counterintuitive. A number of crucial empirical tests, both at the individual and the aggregate level, are presented as well as some applications of the life cycle hypothesis of saving to current policy issues.

Layerwise Finite Elements for Smart Piezoceramic Composite Plates in Thermal Environments

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Saravanos, Dimitris A.; Lee, Ho-Jun

1996-01-01

Analytical formulations are presented which account for the coupled mechanical, electrical, and thermal response of piezoelectric composite laminates and plate structures. A layerwise theory is formulated with the inherent capability to explicitly model the active and sensory response of piezoelectric composite plates having arbitrary laminate configurations in thermal environments. Finite element equations are derived and implemented for a bilinear 4-noded plate element. Application cases demonstrate the capability to manage thermally induced bending and twisting deformations in symmetric and antisymmetric composite plates with piezoelectric actuators, and show the corresponding electrical response of distributed piezoelectric sensors. Finally, the resultant stresses in the thermal piezoelectric composite laminates are investigated.

Quantum electron-vibrational dynamics at finite temperature: Thermo field dynamics approach

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Borrelli, Raffaele; Gelin, Maxim F.

2016-12-01

Quantum electron-vibrational dynamics in molecular systems at finite temperature is described using an approach based on the thermo field dynamics theory. This formulation treats temperature effects in the Hilbert space without introducing the Liouville space. A comparison with the theoretically equivalent density matrix formulation shows the key numerical advantages of the present approach. The solution of thermo field dynamics equations with a novel technique for the propagation of tensor trains (matrix product states) is discussed. Numerical applications to model spin-boson systems show that the present approach is a promising tool for the description of quantum dynamics of complex molecular systems at finite temperature.

Background Independence and Duality Invariance in String Theory.

PubMed

Hohm, Olaf

2017-03-31

Closed string theory exhibits an O(D,D) duality symmetry on tori, which in double field theory is manifest before compactification. I prove that to first order in α^{'} there is no manifestly background independent and duality invariant formulation of bosonic string theory in terms of a metric, b field, and dilaton. To this end I use O(D,D) invariant second order perturbation theory around flat space to show that the unique background independent candidate expression for the gauge algebra at order α^{'} is inconsistent with the Jacobi identity. A background independent formulation exists instead for frame variables subject to α^{'}-deformed frame transformations (generalized Green-Schwarz transformations). Potential applications for curved backgrounds, as in cosmology, are discussed.

The geometrical structure of quantum theory as a natural generalization of information geometry

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Reginatto, Marcel

2015-01-01

Quantum mechanics has a rich geometrical structure which allows for a geometrical formulation of the theory. This formalism was introduced by Kibble and later developed by a number of other authors. The usual approach has been to start from the standard description of quantum mechanics and identify the relevant geometrical features that can be used for the reformulation of the theory. Here this procedure is inverted: the geometrical structure of quantum theory is derived from information geometry, a geometrical structure that may be considered more fundamental, and the Hilbert space of the standard formulation of quantum mechanics is constructed using geometrical quantities. This suggests that quantum theory has its roots in information geometry.

Math modeling for helicopter simulation of low speed, low altitude and steeply descending flight

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Sheridan, P. F.; Robinson, C.; Shaw, J.; White, F.

1982-01-01

A math model was formulated to represent some of the aerodynamic effects of low speed, low altitude, and steeply descending flight. The formulation is intended to be consistent with the single rotor real time simulation model at NASA Ames Research Center. The effect of low speed, low altitude flight on main rotor downwash was obtained by assuming a uniform plus first harmonic inflow model and then by using wind tunnel data in the form of hub loads to solve for the inflow coefficients. The result was a set of tables for steady and first harmonic inflow coefficients as functions of ground proximity, angle of attack, and airspeed. The aerodynamics associated with steep descending flight in the vortex ring state were modeled by replacing the steady induced downwash derived from momentum theory with an experimentally derived value and by including a thrust fluctuations effect due to vortex shedding. Tables of the induced downwash and the magnitude of the thrust fluctuations were created as functions of angle of attack and airspeed.

Periodic arrays of M2-branes

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Jeon, Imtak; Lambert, Neil; Richmond, Paul

2012-11-01

We consider periodic arrays of M2-branes in the ABJM model in the spirit of a circle compactification to D2-branes in type IIA string theory. The result is a curious formulation of three-dimensional maximally supersymmetric Yang-Mills theory in terms of fermions, seven transverse scalars, a non-dynamical gauge field and an additional scalar `dual gluon'. Upon further T-duality on a transverse torus we obtain a non-manifest- Lorentz-invariant description of five-dimensional maximally supersymmetric Yang-Mills. Here the additional scalar field can be thought of as the components of a two-form along the torus. This action can be viewed as an M-theory description of M5-branes on {{{T}}^3}.

Cosmology from group field theory formalism for quantum gravity.

PubMed

Gielen, Steffen; Oriti, Daniele; Sindoni, Lorenzo

2013-07-19

We identify a class of condensate states in the group field theory (GFT) formulation of quantum gravity that can be interpreted as macroscopic homogeneous spatial geometries. We then extract the dynamics of such condensate states directly from the fundamental quantum GFT dynamics, following the procedure used in ordinary quantum fluids. The effective dynamics is a nonlinear and nonlocal extension of quantum cosmology. We also show that any GFT model with a kinetic term of Laplacian type gives rise, in a semiclassical (WKB) approximation and in the isotropic case, to a modified Friedmann equation. This is the first concrete, general procedure for extracting an effective cosmological dynamics directly from a fundamental theory of quantum geometry.

Gauge Gravity and Electroweak Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hestenes, David

2008-09-01

Reformulation of the Dirac equation in terms of the real Spacetime Algebra (STA) reveals hidden geometric structure, including a geometric role for the unit imaginary as generator of rotations in a spacelike plane. The STA and the real Dirac equation play essential roles in a new Gauge Theory Gravity (GTG) version of General Relativity (GR). Besides clarifying the conceptual foundations of GR and facilitating complex computations, GTG opens up new possibilities for a unified gauge theory of gravity and quantum mechanics, including spacetime geometry of electroweak interactions. The Weinberg-Salam model fits perfectly into this geometric framework, and a promising variant that replaces chiral states with Majorana states is formulated to incorporate zitterbewegung in electron states.

Cross-sectional mapping for refined beam elements with applications to shell-like structures

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pagani, A.; de Miguel, A. G.; Carrera, E.

2017-06-01

This paper discusses the use of higher-order mapping functions for enhancing the physical representation of refined beam theories. Based on the Carrera unified formulation (CUF), advanced one-dimensional models are formulated by expressing the displacement field as a generic expansion of the generalized unknowns. According to CUF, a novel physically/geometrically consistent model is devised by employing Legendre-like polynomial sets to approximate the generalized unknowns at the cross-sectional level, whereas a local mapping technique based on the blending functions method is used to describe the exact physical boundaries of the cross-section domain. Classical and innovative finite element methods, including hierarchical p-elements and locking-free integration schemes, are utilized to solve the governing equations of the unified beam theory. Several numerical applications accounting for small displacements/rotations and strains are discussed, including beam structures with cross-sectional curved edges, cylindrical shells, and thin-walled aeronautical wing structures with reinforcements. The results from the proposed methodology are widely assessed by comparisons with solutions from the literature and commercial finite element software tools. The attention is focussed on the high computational efficiency and the marked capabilities of the present beam model, which can deal with a broad spectrum of structural problems with unveiled accuracy in terms of geometrical representation of the domain boundaries.

Co-rotational thermo-mechanically coupled multi-field framework and finite element for the large displacement analysis of multi-layered shape memory alloy beam-like structures

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Solomou, Alexandros G.; Machairas, Theodoros T.; Karakalas, Anargyros A.; Saravanos, Dimitris A.

2017-06-01

A thermo-mechanically coupled finite element (FE) for the simulation of multi-layered shape memory alloy (SMA) beams admitting large displacements and rotations (LDRs) is developed to capture the geometrically nonlinear effects which are present in many SMA applications. A generalized multi-field beam theory implementing a SMA constitutive model based on small strain theory, thermo-mechanically coupled governing equations and multi-field kinematic hypotheses combining first order shear deformation assumptions with a sixth order polynomial temperature field through the thickness of the beam section are extended to admit LDRs. The co-rotational formulation is adopted, where the motion of the beam is decomposed to rigid body motion and relative small deformation in the local frame. A new generalized multi-layered SMA FE is formulated. The nonlinear transient spatial discretized equations of motion of the SMA structure are synthesized and solved using the Newton-Raphson method combined with an implicit time integration scheme. Correlations of models incorporating the present beam FE with respective results of models incorporating plane stress SMA FEs, demonstrate excellent agreement of the predicted LDRs response, temperature and phase transformation fields, as well as, significant gains in computational time.

The Consolidation Behavior of Silk Hydrogels

PubMed Central

Kluge, Jonathan A.; Rosiello, Nicholas C.; Leisk, Gary G.; Kaplan, David L.; Dorfmann, A. Luis

2010-01-01

Hydrogels have mechanical properties and structural features that are similar to load bearing soft tissues including intervertebral disc and articular cartilage, and can be implanted for tissue restoration or for local release of therapeutic factors. To help predict their performance, mechanical characterization and mathematical modeling are available methods for use in tissue engineering and drug delivery settings. In this study, confined compression creep tests were performed on silk hydrogels, over a range of concentrations, to examine the phenomenological behavior of the gels under a physiological loading scenario. Based on the observed behavior, we show that the time-dependent response can be explained by a consolidation mechanism, and modeled using Biot’s poroelasticity theory. Two observations are in strong support of this modeling framework, namely, the excellent numerical agreement between increasing load step creep data and the linear Terzaghi theory, and the similar values obtained from numerical simulations and direct measurements of the permeability coefficient. The higher concentration gels (8% and 12% w/v) clearly show a strain-stiffening response to creep loading with increasing loads, while the lower concentration gel (4% w/v) does not. A nonlinear elastic constitutive formulation is employed to account for the stiffening. Furthermore, an empirical formulation is used to represent the deformation-dependent permeability. PMID:20142112

Mixed formulation for frictionless contact problems

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Noor, Ahmed K.; Kim, Kyun O.

1989-01-01

Simple mixed finite element models and a computational precedure are presented for the solution of frictionless contact problems. The analytical formulation is based on a form of Reissner's large rotation theory of the structure with the effects of transverse shear deformation included. The contact conditions are incorporated into the formulation by using a perturbed Lagrangian approach with the fundamental unknowns consisting of the internal forces (stress resultants), the generalized displacements, and the Lagrange multipliers associated with the contact conditions. The element characteristic array are obtained by using a modified form of the two-field Hellinger-Reissner mixed variational principle. The internal forces and the Lagrange multipliers are allowed to be discontinuous at interelement boundaries. The Newton-Raphson iterative scheme is used for the solution of the nonlinear algebraic equations, and the determination of the contact area and the contact pressures.

Spinor matter fields in SL(2,C) gauge theories of gravity: Lagrangian and Hamiltonian approaches

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Antonowicz, Marek; Szczyrba, Wiktor

1985-06-01

We consider the SL(2,C)-covariant Lagrangian formulation of gravitational theories with the presence of spinor matter fields. The invariance properties of such theories give rise to the conservation laws (the contracted Bianchi identities) having in the presence of matter fields a more complicated form than those known in the literature previously. A general SL(2,C) gauge theory of gravity is cast into an SL(2,C)-covariant Hamiltonian formulation. Breaking the SL(2,C) symmetry of the system to the SU(2) symmetry, by introducing a spacelike slicing of spacetime, we get an SU(2)-covariant Hamiltonian picture. The qualitative analysis of SL(2,C) gauge theories of gravity in the SU(2)-covariant formulation enables us to define the dynamical symplectic variables and the gauge variables of the theory under consideration as well as to divide the set of field equations into the dynamical equations and the constraints. In the SU(2)-covariant Hamiltonian formulation the primary constraints, which are generic for first-order matter Lagrangians (Dirac, Weyl, Fierz-Pauli), can be reduced. The effective matter symplectic variables are given by SU(2)-spinor-valued half-forms on three-dimensional slices of spacetime. The coupled Einstein-Cartan-Dirac (Weyl, Fierz-Pauli) system is analyzed from the (3+1) point of view. This analysis is complete; the field equations of the Einstein-Cartan-Dirac theory split into 18 gravitational dynamical equations, 8 dynamical Dirac equations, and 7 first-class constraints. The system has 4+8=12 independent degrees of freedom in the phase space.

Finite element analysis of elasto-plastic soils. Report no. 4: Finite element analysis of elasto-plastic frictional materials for application to lunar earth sciences

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Marr, W. A., Jr.

1972-01-01

The behavior of finite element models employing different constitutive relations to describe the stress-strain behavior of soils is investigated. Three models, which assume small strain theory is applicable, include a nondilatant, a dilatant and a strain hardening constitutive relation. Two models are formulated using large strain theory and include a hyperbolic and a Tresca elastic perfectly plastic constitutive relation. These finite element models are used to analyze retaining walls and footings. Methods of improving the finite element solutions are investigated. For nonlinear problems better solutions can be obtained by using smaller load increment sizes and more iterations per load increment than by increasing the number of elements. Suitable methods of treating tension stresses and stresses which exceed the yield criteria are discussed.

Standard Model as a Double Field Theory.

PubMed

Choi, Kang-Sin; Park, Jeong-Hyuck

2015-10-23

We show that, without any extra physical degree introduced, the standard model can be readily reformulated as a double field theory. Consequently, the standard model can couple to an arbitrary stringy gravitational background in an O(4,4) T-duality covariant manner and manifest two independent local Lorentz symmetries, Spin(1,3)×Spin(3,1). While the diagonal gauge fixing of the twofold spin groups leads to the conventional formulation on the flat Minkowskian background, the enhanced symmetry makes the standard model more rigid, and also stringy, than it appeared. The CP violating θ term may no longer be allowed by the symmetry, and hence the strong CP problem can be solved. There are now stronger constraints imposed on the possible higher order corrections. We speculate that the quarks and the leptons may belong to the two different spin classes.

Real time polymer nanocomposites-based physical nanosensors: theory and modeling.

PubMed

Bellucci, Stefano; Shunin, Yuri; Gopeyenko, Victor; Lobanova-Shunina, Tamara; Burlutskaya, Nataly; Zhukovskii, Yuri

2017-09-01

Functionalized carbon nanotubes and graphene nanoribbons nanostructures, serving as the basis for the creation of physical pressure and temperature nanosensors, are considered as tools for ecological monitoring and medical applications. Fragments of nanocarbon inclusions with different morphologies, presenting a disordered system, are regarded as models for nanocomposite materials based on carbon nanoсluster suspension in dielectric polymer environments (e.g., epoxy resins). We have formulated the approach of conductivity calculations for carbon-based polymer nanocomposites using the effective media cluster approach, disordered systems theory and conductivity mechanisms analysis, and obtained the calibration dependences. Providing a proper description of electric responses in nanosensoring systems, we demonstrate the implementation of advanced simulation models suitable for real time control nanosystems. We also consider the prospects and prototypes of the proposed physical nanosensor models providing the comparisons with experimental calibration dependences.

Real time polymer nanocomposites-based physical nanosensors: theory and modeling

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bellucci, Stefano; Shunin, Yuri; Gopeyenko, Victor; Lobanova-Shunina, Tamara; Burlutskaya, Nataly; Zhukovskii, Yuri

2017-09-01

Functionalized carbon nanotubes and graphene nanoribbons nanostructures, serving as the basis for the creation of physical pressure and temperature nanosensors, are considered as tools for ecological monitoring and medical applications. Fragments of nanocarbon inclusions with different morphologies, presenting a disordered system, are regarded as models for nanocomposite materials based on carbon nanoсluster suspension in dielectric polymer environments (e.g., epoxy resins). We have formulated the approach of conductivity calculations for carbon-based polymer nanocomposites using the effective media cluster approach, disordered systems theory and conductivity mechanisms analysis, and obtained the calibration dependences. Providing a proper description of electric responses in nanosensoring systems, we demonstrate the implementation of advanced simulation models suitable for real time control nanosystems. We also consider the prospects and prototypes of the proposed physical nanosensor models providing the comparisons with experimental calibration dependences.

Hydroelastic response of a floating runway to cnoidal waves

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ertekin, R. C., E-mail: ertekin@hawaii.edu; Xia, Dingwu

2014-02-15

The hydroelastic response of mat-type Very Large Floating Structures (VLFSs) to severe sea conditions, such as tsunamis and hurricanes, must be assessed for safety and survivability. An efficient and robust nonlinear hydroelastic model is required to predict accurately the motion of and the dynamic loads on a VLFS due to such large waves. We develop a nonlinear theory to predict the hydroelastic response of a VLFS in the presence of cnoidal waves and compare the predictions with the linear theory that is also developed here. This hydroelastic problem is formulated by directly coupling the structure with the fluid, by usemore » of the Level I Green-Naghdi theory for the fluid motion and the Kirchhoff thin plate theory for the runway. The coupled fluid structure system, together with the appropriate jump conditions are solved in two-dimensions by the finite-difference method. The numerical model is used to study the nonlinear response of a VLFS to storm waves which are modeled by use of the cnoidal-wave theory. Parametric studies show that the nonlinearity of the waves is very important in accurately predicting the dynamic bending moment and wave run-up on a VLFS in high seas.« less

Effective field theory in the harmonic oscillator basis

DOE PAGES

Binder, S.; Ekström, Jan A.; Hagen, Gaute; ...

2016-04-25

In this paper, we develop interactions from chiral effective field theory (EFT) that are tailored to the harmonic oscillator basis. As a consequence, ultraviolet convergence with respect to the model space is implemented by construction and infrared convergence can be achieved by enlarging the model space for the kinetic energy. In oscillator EFT, matrix elements of EFTs formulated for continuous momenta are evaluated at the discrete momenta that stem from the diagonalization of the kinetic energy in the finite oscillator space. By fitting to realistic phase shifts and deuteron data we construct an effective interaction from chiral EFT at next-to-leadingmore » order. Finally, many-body coupled-cluster calculations of nuclei up to 132Sn converge fast for the ground-state energies and radii in feasible model spaces.« less

Theory of fracture mechanics based upon plasticity

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Lee, J. D.

1976-01-01

A theory of fracture mechanics is formulated on the foundation of continuum mechanics. Fracture surface is introduced as an unknown quantity and is incorporated into boundary and initial conditions. Surface energy is included in the global form of energy conservation law and the dissipative mechanism is formulated into constitutive equations which indicate the thermodynamic irreversibility and the irreversibility of fracture process as well.

Equivariance, BRST symmetry, and superspace

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Niemi, Antti J.; Tirkkonen, Olav

1994-12-01

The structure of equivariant cohomology in non-Abelian localization formulas and topological field theories is discussed. Equivariance is formulated in terms of a nilpotent Becchi-Rouet-Stora-Tyutin (BRST) symmetry, and another nilpotent operator which restricts the BRST cohomology onto the equivariant, or basic sector. A superfield formulation is presented and connections to reducible [Batalin-Fradkin-Vilkovisky (BFV)] quantization of topological Yang-Mills theory are discussed.

[The theory of multiple intelligences: a suitable neurocognitive context for the neuropsychological hypotheses on the factors and mechanisms of superiority].

PubMed

Sierra-Fitzgerald, O; Quevedo-Caicedo, J

The aim of this article is to relate two theories regarding the structure of the human mind. We suggest that the theory of multiple intelligences, a neurocognitive theory of the psychologist Howard Garnerd provides a suitable context for theoretical understanding and validation of the hypothesis of the pathology of superiority, a neuropsychological hypothesis formulated by the neuropsychologists Norman Geschwind and Albert Galaburda. Similarly, we show that, apart from being a context, the first theory enriches the second. We review the essential elements of both theories together with the arguments for them so that the reader may judge for himself. Similarly we review the factors determining intelligence; the association between neuropathology and intellectual dysfunction, general and specific, and the new directions in the understanding of human cognition. We propose to consider the first theory as a fertile ambit and broad methodological framework for investigation in neuropsychology. This simultaneously shows the relevance of including neuropsychological investigation in broader cognitive and neuropsychological theories and models.

Five roles for using theory and evidence in the design and testing of behavior change interventions.

PubMed

Bartholomew, L Kay; Mullen, Patricia Dolan

2011-01-01

The prevailing wisdom in the field of health-related behavior change is that well-designed and effective interventions are guided by theory. Using the framework of intervention mapping, we describe and provide examples of how investigators can effectively select and use theory to design, test, and report interventions. We propose five roles for theory and evidence about theories: a) identification of behavior and determinants of behavior related to a specified health problem (i.e., the logic model of the problem); b) explication of a causal model that includes theoretical constructs for producing change in the behavior of interest (i.e., the logic model of change); c) selection of intervention methods and delivery of practical applications to achieve changes in health behavior; d) evaluation of the resulting intervention including theoretical mediating variables; and e) reporting of the active ingredients of the intervention together with the evaluation results. In problem-driven applied behavioral or social science, researchers use one or multiple theories, empiric evidence, and new research, both to assess a problem and to solve or prevent a problem. Furthermore, the theories for description of the problem may differ from the theories for its solution. In an applied approach, the main focus is on solving problems regarding health behavior change and improvement of health outcomes, and the criteria for success are formulated in terms of the problem rather than the theory. Resulting contributions to theory development may be quite useful, but they are peripheral to the problem-solving process.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Juanes, Ruben

The overarching goal of this project was to develop a new continuum theory of multiphase flow in porous media. The theory follows a phase-field modeling approach, and therefore has a sound thermodynamical basis. It is a phenomenological theory in the sense that its formulation is driven by macroscopic phenomena, such as viscous instabilities during multifluid displacement. The research agenda was organized around a set of hypothesis on hitherto unexplained behavior of multiphase flow. All these hypothesis are nontrivial, and testable. Indeed, a central aspect of the project was testing each hypothesis by means of carefully-designed laboratory experiments, therefore probing themore » validity of the proposed theory. The proposed research places an emphasis on the fundamentals of flow physics, but is motivated by important energy-driven applications in earth sciences, as well as microfluidic technology.« less

Modeling of Density-Dependent Flow based on the Thermodynamically Constrained Averaging Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Weigand, T. M.; Schultz, P. B.; Kelley, C. T.; Miller, C. T.; Gray, W. G.

2016-12-01

The thermodynamically constrained averaging theory (TCAT) has been used to formulate general classes of porous medium models, including new models for density-dependent flow. The TCAT approach provides advantages that include a firm connection between the microscale, or pore scale, and the macroscale; a thermodynamically consistent basis; explicit inclusion of factors such as a diffusion that arises from gradients associated with pressure and activity and the ability to describe both high and low concentration displacement. The TCAT model is presented and closure relations for the TCAT model are postulated based on microscale averages and a parameter estimation is performed on a subset of the experimental data. Due to the sharpness of the fronts, an adaptive moving mesh technique was used to ensure grid independent solutions within the run time constraints. The optimized parameters are then used for forward simulations and compared to the set of experimental data not used for the parameter estimation.

Structural design using equilibrium programming formulations

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Scotti, Stephen J.

1995-01-01

Solutions to increasingly larger structural optimization problems are desired. However, computational resources are strained to meet this need. New methods will be required to solve increasingly larger problems. The present approaches to solving large-scale problems involve approximations for the constraints of structural optimization problems and/or decomposition of the problem into multiple subproblems that can be solved in parallel. An area of game theory, equilibrium programming (also known as noncooperative game theory), can be used to unify these existing approaches from a theoretical point of view (considering the existence and optimality of solutions), and be used as a framework for the development of new methods for solving large-scale optimization problems. Equilibrium programming theory is described, and existing design techniques such as fully stressed design and constraint approximations are shown to fit within its framework. Two new structural design formulations are also derived. The first new formulation is another approximation technique which is a general updating scheme for the sensitivity derivatives of design constraints. The second new formulation uses a substructure-based decomposition of the structure for analysis and sensitivity calculations. Significant computational benefits of the new formulations compared with a conventional method are demonstrated.

Sport, Moral Development, and the Role of the Teacher: Implications for Research and Moral Education.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Arnold, Peter J.

2001-01-01

Examines the inadequacies of some purely justice or moral reasoning approaches to moral development in sport, especially when viewed from the perspective of virtue theory and Aristotelian concepts of phronesis and habituation, arguing that the latter approach provides more complete criteria for formulating a new model of the nature of the moral.…

Children of Trauma: Stressful Life Events and Their Effects on Children and Adolescents. International Universities Press Stress and Health Series. Monograph 8.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Miller, Thomas W., Ed.

Clinical theory and practice models are provided along with current concepts in diagnosis and treatment. Theoretical formulations, hypotheses, issues, and implications related to life stress measurement are addressed and applied to medical and mental health concerns. Contributions include: (1) "Stress Response and Adaptation in Children:…

Entanglement renormalization and gauge symmetry

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tagliacozzo, L.; Vidal, G.

2011-03-01

A lattice gauge theory is described by a redundantly large vector space that is subject to local constraints and can be regarded as the low-energy limit of an extended lattice model with a local symmetry. We propose a numerical coarse-graining scheme to produce low-energy, effective descriptions of lattice models with a local symmetry such that the local symmetry is exactly preserved during coarse-graining. Our approach results in a variational ansatz for the ground state(s) and low-energy excitations of such models and, by extension, of lattice gauge theories. This ansatz incorporates the local symmetry in its structure and exploits it to obtain a significant reduction of computational costs. We test the approach in the context of a Z2 lattice gauge theory formulated as the low-energy theory of a specific regime of the toric code with a magnetic field, for lattices with up to 16×16 sites (162×2=512 spins) on a torus. We reproduce the well-known ground-state phase diagram of the model, consisting of a deconfined and spin-polarized phases separated by a continuous quantum phase transition, and obtain accurate estimates of energy gaps, ground-state fidelities, Wilson loops, and several other quantities.

A finite element approach to self-consistent field theory calculations of multiblock polymers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ackerman, David M.; Delaney, Kris; Fredrickson, Glenn H.; Ganapathysubramanian, Baskar

2017-02-01

Self-consistent field theory (SCFT) has proven to be a powerful tool for modeling equilibrium microstructures of soft materials, particularly for multiblock polymers. A very successful approach to numerically solving the SCFT set of equations is based on using a spectral approach. While widely successful, this approach has limitations especially in the context of current technologically relevant applications. These limitations include non-trivial approaches for modeling complex geometries, difficulties in extending to non-periodic domains, as well as non-trivial extensions for spatial adaptivity. As a viable alternative to spectral schemes, we develop a finite element formulation of the SCFT paradigm for calculating equilibrium polymer morphologies. We discuss the formulation and address implementation challenges that ensure accuracy and efficiency. We explore higher order chain contour steppers that are efficiently implemented with Richardson Extrapolation. This approach is highly scalable and suitable for systems with arbitrary shapes. We show spatial and temporal convergence and illustrate scaling on up to 2048 cores. Finally, we illustrate confinement effects for selected complex geometries. This has implications for materials design for nanoscale applications where dimensions are such that equilibrium morphologies dramatically differ from the bulk phases.

A finite element approach to self-consistent field theory calculations of multiblock polymers

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ackerman, David M.; Delaney, Kris; Fredrickson, Glenn H.

Self-consistent field theory (SCFT) has proven to be a powerful tool for modeling equilibrium microstructures of soft materials, particularly for multiblock polymers. A very successful approach to numerically solving the SCFT set of equations is based on using a spectral approach. While widely successful, this approach has limitations especially in the context of current technologically relevant applications. These limitations include non-trivial approaches for modeling complex geometries, difficulties in extending to non-periodic domains, as well as non-trivial extensions for spatial adaptivity. As a viable alternative to spectral schemes, we develop a finite element formulation of the SCFT paradigm for calculating equilibriummore » polymer morphologies. We discuss the formulation and address implementation challenges that ensure accuracy and efficiency. We explore higher order chain contour steppers that are efficiently implemented with Richardson Extrapolation. This approach is highly scalable and suitable for systems with arbitrary shapes. We show spatial and temporal convergence and illustrate scaling on up to 2048 cores. Finally, we illustrate confinement effects for selected complex geometries. This has implications for materials design for nanoscale applications where dimensions are such that equilibrium morphologies dramatically differ from the bulk phases.« less

A viscoelastic higher-order beam finite element

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Johnson, Arthur R.; Tressler, Alexander

1996-01-01

A viscoelastic internal variable constitutive theory is applied to a higher-order elastic beam theory and finite element formulation. The behavior of the viscous material in the beam is approximately modeled as a Maxwell solid. The finite element formulation requires additional sets of nodal variables for each relaxation time constant needed by the Maxwell solid. Recent developments in modeling viscoelastic material behavior with strain variables that are conjugate to the elastic strain measures are combined with advances in modeling through-the-thickness stresses and strains in thick beams. The result is a viscous thick-beam finite element that possesses superior characteristics for transient analysis since its nodal viscous forces are not linearly dependent an the nodal velocities, which is the case when damping matrices are used. Instead, the nodal viscous forces are directly dependent on the material's relaxation spectrum and the history of the nodal variables through a differential form of the constitutive law for a Maxwell solid. The thick beam quasistatic analysis is explored herein as a first step towards developing more complex viscoelastic models for thick plates and shells, and for dynamic analyses. The internal variable constitutive theory is derived directly from the Boltzmann superposition theorem. The mechanical strains and the conjugate internal strains are shown to be related through a system of first-order, ordinary differential equations. The total time-dependent stress is the superposition of its elastic and viscous components. Equations of motion for the solid are derived from the virtual work principle using the total time-dependent stress. Numerical examples for the problems of relaxation, creep, and cyclic creep are carried out for a beam made from an orthotropic Maxwell solid.

Integrated Force Method for Indeterminate Structures

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hopkins, Dale A.; Halford, Gary R.; Patnaik, Surya N.

2008-01-01

Two methods of solving indeterminate structural-mechanics problems have been developed as products of research on the theory of strain compatibility. In these methods, stresses are considered to be the primary unknowns (in contrast to strains and displacements being considered as the primary unknowns in some prior methods). One of these methods, denoted the integrated force method (IFM), makes it possible to compute stresses, strains, and displacements with high fidelity by use of modest finite-element models that entail relatively small amounts of computation. The other method, denoted the completed Beltrami Mitchell formulation (CBMF), enables direct determination of stresses in an elastic continuum with general boundary conditions, without the need to first calculate displacements as in traditional methods. The equilibrium equation, the compatibility condition, and the material law are the three fundamental concepts of the theory of structures. For almost 150 years, it has been commonly supposed that the theory is complete. However, until now, the understanding of the compatibility condition remained incomplete, and the compatibility condition was confused with the continuity condition. Furthermore, the compatibility condition as applied to structures in its previous incomplete form was inconsistent with the strain formulation in elasticity.

Some-or-none recollection: Evidence from item and source memory.

PubMed

Onyper, Serge V; Zhang, Yaofei X; Howard, Marc W

2010-05-01

Dual-process theory hypothesizes that recognition memory depends on 2 distinguishable memory signals. Recollection reflects conscious recovery of detailed information about the learning episode. Familiarity reflects a memory signal that is not accompanied by a vivid conscious experience but nonetheless enables participants to distinguish recently experienced probe items from novel ones. This dual-process explanation of recognition memory has gained wide acceptance among cognitive neuroscientists and some cognitive psychologists. Nonetheless, its difficulty in providing a quantitatively satisfactory description of performance has precluded a consensus not only regarding the theoretical structure of recognition memory but also about how to best measure recognition accuracy. In 2 experiments we show that neither the standard formulation of dual-process signal detection (DPSD) theory nor a widely used single-process model called the unequal-variance signal-detection (UVSD) model provides a satisfactory explanation of recognition memory across different types of stimuli (words and travel scenes). In the variable-recollection dual-process (VRDP) model, recollection fails for some old probe items, as in standard formulations of DPSD, but gives rise to a continuous distribution of memory strengths when it succeeds. The VRDP can approximate both the DPSD and UVSD. In both experiments it provides a consistently superior fit across materials to the superset of the DPSD and UVSD. The VRDP offers a simple explanation of the form of conjoint item-source judgments, something neither the DPSD nor UVSD accomplishes. The success of the VRDP supports the core assumptions of dual-process theory by providing an excellent quantitative description of recognition performance across materials and response criteria.

Contextual Advantage for State Discrimination

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Schmid, David; Spekkens, Robert W.

2018-02-01

Finding quantitative aspects of quantum phenomena which cannot be explained by any classical model has foundational importance for understanding the boundary between classical and quantum theory. It also has practical significance for identifying information processing tasks for which those phenomena provide a quantum advantage. Using the framework of generalized noncontextuality as our notion of classicality, we find one such nonclassical feature within the phenomenology of quantum minimum-error state discrimination. Namely, we identify quantitative limits on the success probability for minimum-error state discrimination in any experiment described by a noncontextual ontological model. These constraints constitute noncontextuality inequalities that are violated by quantum theory, and this violation implies a quantum advantage for state discrimination relative to noncontextual models. Furthermore, our noncontextuality inequalities are robust to noise and are operationally formulated, so that any experimental violation of the inequalities is a witness of contextuality, independently of the validity of quantum theory. Along the way, we introduce new methods for analyzing noncontextuality scenarios and demonstrate a tight connection between our minimum-error state discrimination scenario and a Bell scenario.

Integrability from point symmetries in a family of cosmological Horndeski Lagrangians

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dimakis, N.; Giacomini, Alex; Paliathanasis, Andronikos

2017-07-01

For a family of Horndeski theories, formulated in terms of a generalized Galileon model, we study the integrability of the field equations in a Friedmann-Lemaître-Robertson-Walker space-time. We are interested in point transformations which leave invariant the field equations. Noether's theorem is applied to determine the conservation laws for a family of models that belong to the same general class. The cosmological scenarios with or without an extra perfect fluid with constant equation of state parameter are the two important cases of our study. The de Sitter universe and ideal gas solutions are derived by using the invariant functions of the symmetry generators as a demonstration of our result. Furthermore, we discuss the connection of the different models under conformal transformations while we show that when the Horndeski theory reduces to a canonical field the same holds for the conformal equivalent theory. Finally, we discuss how singular solutions provides nonsingular universes in a different frame and vice versa.

Concentration transport calculations by an original C++ program with interediate fidelity physics through user-defined buildings with an emphasis on release scenarios in radiological facilities

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sayre, George Anthony

The purpose of this dissertation was to develop the C ++ program Emergency Dose to calculate transport of radionuclides through indoor spaces using intermediate fidelity physics that provides improved spatial heterogeneity over well-mixed models such as MELCORRTM and much lower computation times than CFD codes such as FLUENTRTM . Modified potential flow theory, which is an original formulation of potential flow theory with additions of turbulent jet and natural convection approximations, calculates spatially heterogeneous velocity fields that well-mixed models cannot predict. Other original contributions of MPFT are: (1) generation of high fidelity boundary conditions relative to well-mixed-CFD coupling methods (conflation), (2) broadening of potential flow applications to arbitrary indoor spaces previously restricted to specific applications such as exhaust hood studies, and (3) great reduction of computation time relative to CFD codes without total loss of heterogeneity. Additionally, the Lagrangian transport module, which is discussed in Sections 1.3 and 2.4, showcases an ensemble-based formulation thought to be original to interior studies. Velocity and concentration transport benchmarks against analogous formulations in COMSOLRTM produced favorable results with discrepancies resulting from the tetrahedral meshing used in COMSOLRTM outperforming the Cartesian method used by Emergency Dose. A performance comparison of the concentration transport modules against MELCORRTM showed that Emergency Dose held advantages over the well-mixed model especially in scenarios with many interior partitions and varied source positions. A performance comparison of velocity module against FLUENTRTM showed that viscous drag provided the largest error between Emergency Dose and CFD velocity calculations, but that Emergency Dose's turbulent jets well approximated the corresponding CFD jets. Overall, Emergency Dose was found to provide a viable intermediate solution method for concentration transport with relatively low computation times.

Similarity theory of the buoyantly interactive planetary boundary layer with entrainment

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hoffert, M. I.; Sud, Y. C.

1976-01-01

A similarity model is developed for the vertical profiles of turbulent flow variables in an entraining turbulent boundary layer of arbitrary buoyant stability. In the general formulation the vertical profiles, internal rotation of the velocity vector, discontinuities or jumps at a capping inversion and bulk aerodynamic coefficients of the boundary layer are given by solutions to a system of ordinary differential equations in the similarity variable. To close the system, a formulation for buoyantly interactive eddy diffusivity in the boundary layer is introduced which recovers Monin-Obukhov similarity near the surface and incorporates a hypothesis accounting for the observed variation of mixing length throughout the boundary layer. The model is tested in simplified versions which depend only on roughness, surface buoyancy, and Coriolis effects by comparison with planetary-boundary-layer wind- and temperature-profile observations, measurements of flat-plate boundary layers in a thermally stratified wind tunnel and observations of profiles of terms in the turbulent kinetic-energy budget of convective planetary boundary layers. On balance, the simplified model reproduced the trend of these various observations and experiments reasonably well, suggesting that the full similarity formulation be pursued further.

Solvated dissipative electro-elastic network model of hydrated proteins

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Martin, Daniel

2013-03-01

Elastic network models coarse grain proteins into a network of residue beads connected by springs. We add dissipative dynamics to this mechanical system by applying overdamped Langevin equations of motion to normal-mode vibrations of the network. In addition, the network is made heterogeneous and softened at the protein surface by accounting for hydration of the ionized residues. Solvation changes the network Hessian in two ways. Diagonal solvation terms soften the spring constants and off-diagonal dipole-dipole terms correlate displacements of the ionized residues. The model is used to formulate the response functions of the electrostatic potential and electric field appearing in theories of redox reactions and spectroscopy. We also formulate the dielectric response of the protein and find that solvation of the surface ionized residues leads to a slow relaxation peak in the dielectric loss spectrum, about two orders of magnitude slower than the main peak of protein relaxation. Finally, the solvated network is used to formulate the allosteric response of the protein to ion binding. The global thermodynamics of ion binding is not strongly affected by the network solvation, but it dramatically enhances conformational changes in response to placing a charge at the a the active site.

Solvated dissipative electro-elastic network model of hydrated proteins

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Martin, Daniel R.; Matyushov, Dmitry V.

2012-10-01

Elastic network models coarse grain proteins into a network of residue beads connected by springs. We add dissipative dynamics to this mechanical system by applying overdamped Langevin equations of motion to normal-mode vibrations of the network. In addition, the network is made heterogeneous and softened at the protein surface by accounting for hydration of the ionized residues. Solvation changes the network Hessian in two ways. Diagonal solvation terms soften the spring constants and off-diagonal dipole-dipole terms correlate displacements of the ionized residues. The model is used to formulate the response functions of the electrostatic potential and electric field appearing in theories of redox reactions and spectroscopy. We also formulate the dielectric response of the protein and find that solvation of the surface ionized residues leads to a slow relaxation peak in the dielectric loss spectrum, about two orders of magnitude slower than the main peak of protein relaxation. Finally, the solvated network is used to formulate the allosteric response of the protein to ion binding. The global thermodynamics of ion binding is not strongly affected by the network solvation, but it dramatically enhances conformational changes in response to placing a charge at the active site of the protein.

Applying Graph Theory to Problems in Air Traffic Management

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Farrahi, Amir Hossein; Goldbert, Alan; Bagasol, Leonard Neil; Jung, Jaewoo

2017-01-01

Graph theory is used to investigate three different problems arising in air traffic management. First, using a polynomial reduction from a graph partitioning problem, it is shown that both the airspace sectorization problem and its incremental counterpart, the sector combination problem are NP-hard, in general, under several simple workload models. Second, using a polynomial time reduction from maximum independent set in graphs, it is shown that for any fixed e, the problem of finding a solution to the minimum delay scheduling problem in traffic flow management that is guaranteed to be within n1-e of the optimal, where n is the number of aircraft in the problem instance, is NP-hard. Finally, a problem arising in precision arrival scheduling is formulated and solved using graph reachability. These results demonstrate that graph theory provides a powerful framework for modeling, reasoning about, and devising algorithmic solutions to diverse problems arising in air traffic management.

Applying Graph Theory to Problems in Air Traffic Management

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Farrahi, Amir H.; Goldberg, Alan T.; Bagasol, Leonard N.; Jung, Jaewoo

2017-01-01

Graph theory is used to investigate three different problems arising in air traffic management. First, using a polynomial reduction from a graph partitioning problem, it isshown that both the airspace sectorization problem and its incremental counterpart, the sector combination problem are NP-hard, in general, under several simple workload models. Second, using a polynomial time reduction from maximum independent set in graphs, it is shown that for any fixed e, the problem of finding a solution to the minimum delay scheduling problem in traffic flow management that is guaranteed to be within n1-e of the optimal, where n is the number of aircraft in the problem instance, is NP-hard. Finally, a problem arising in precision arrival scheduling is formulated and solved using graph reachability. These results demonstrate that graph theory provides a powerful framework for modeling, reasoning about, and devising algorithmic solutions to diverse problems arising in air traffic management.

Diffusion by one wave and by many waves

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Albert, J. M.

2010-03-01

Radiation belt electrons and chorus waves are an outstanding instance of the important role cyclotron resonant wave-particle interactions play in the magnetosphere. Chorus waves are particularly complex, often occurring with large amplitude, narrowband but drifting frequency and fine structure. Nevertheless, modeling their effect on radiation belt electrons with bounce-averaged broadband quasi-linear theory seems to yield reasonable results. It is known that coherent interactions with monochromatic waves can cause particle diffusion, as well as radically different phase bunching and phase trapping behavior. Here the two formulations of diffusion, while conceptually different, are shown to give identical diffusion coefficients, in the narrowband limit of quasi-linear theory. It is further shown that suitably averaging the monochromatic diffusion coefficients over frequency and wave normal angle parameters reproduces the full broadband quasi-linear results. This may account for the rather surprising success of quasi-linear theory in modeling radiation belt electrons undergoing diffusion by chorus waves.

An outflow boundary condition for aeroacoustic computations

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hayder, M. Ehtesham; Hagstrom, Thomas

1995-01-01

A formulation of boundary condition for flows with small disturbances is presented. The authors test their methodology in an axisymmetric jet flow calculation, using both the Navier-Stokes and Euler equations. Solutions in the far field are assumed to be oscillatory. If the oscillatory disturbances are small, the growth of the solution variables can be predicted by linear theory. Eigenfunctions of the linear theory are used explicitly in the formulation of the boundary conditions. This guarantees correct solutions at the boundary in the limit where the predictions of linear theory are valid.

Canonical formulation and conserved charges of double field theory

DOE PAGES

Naseer, Usman

2015-10-26

We provide the canonical formulation of double field theory. It is shown that this dynamics is subject to primary and secondary constraints. The Poisson bracket algebra of secondary constraints is shown to close on-shell according to the C-bracket. We also give a systematic way of writing boundary integrals in doubled geometry. Finally, by including appropriate boundary terms in the double field theory Hamiltonian, expressions for conserved energy and momentum of an asymptotically flat doubled space-time are obtained and applied to a number of solutions.

Functional renormalization-group approaches, one-particle (irreducible) reducible with respect to local Green’s functions, with dynamical mean-field theory as a starting point

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Katanin, A. A., E-mail: katanin@mail.ru

We consider formulations of the functional renormalization-group (fRG) flow for correlated electronic systems with the dynamical mean-field theory as a starting point. We classify the corresponding renormalization-group schemes into those neglecting one-particle irreducible six-point vertices (with respect to the local Green’s functions) and neglecting one-particle reducible six-point vertices. The former class is represented by the recently introduced DMF{sup 2}RG approach [31], but also by the scale-dependent generalization of the one-particle irreducible representation (with respect to local Green’s functions, 1PI-LGF) of the generating functional [20]. The second class is represented by the fRG flow within the dual fermion approach [16, 32].more » We compare formulations of the fRG approach in each of these cases and suggest their further application to study 2D systems within the Hubbard model.« less

Thermodynamics and mechanics of photochemcially reacting polymers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Long, Rong; Qi, H. Jerry; Dunn, Martin L.

2013-11-01

We develop a thermodynamics and mechanics theory for polymers that when irradiated with light, undergo photochemical reactions that alter their macromolecular structure, e.g., by bond breaking and/or reformation, and in turn affect their mechanical and physical behavior. This emerging class of highly-engineered active materials shows great promise for myriad applications and is a subset of a broader class of polymers with covalent bonds that can be dynamically tuned with various environmental stimuli. We formulate a general thermodynamic and kinetic framework to model the complex photochemical-thermal-mechanical coupling in these materials. Our theory considers the behavior of a polymer that is subjected to the combination of mechanical and thermal loading while simultaneously irradiated by light with multiple frequency components and directions. We introduce an approach to model the photochemical reactions that can change the network topology, resulting chemical species transport, heat conduction and finite deformation. We describe the interaction of the material with light via a radiometric description and show how it can be linked to a full electromagnetic treatment when appropriate and if desired. Our approach is sufficiently general to permit the modeling of various materials that operate via different photochemical reaction mechanisms. After formulating the general theory, we specialize it to a polymer that when irradiated with light undergoes a series of photochemical reactions that cause chain scission and reformation which continuously rearrange the polymer network into a stress-free configuration. Based on the operant physical mechanisms we develop a constitutive model using a polymer chain decomposition and evolution approach to track the molecular structure changes during simultaneous irradiation and mechanical loading. In the special case of isothermal conditions with monochromatic and unidirectional irradiation, we recover a previous model based on intuitive ad-hoc assumptions and thus put it on strong thermodynamic footing. Finally we use our model to simulate the behavior of a polymer that is biaxially stretched and then irradiated with light from one side. We simulate the process and emphasize the spontaneous bending that occurs due to inhomogeneous photoinduced stress relaxation. From our theory, we obtain an analytical expression of a characteristic time for photo-induced stress relaxation in terms of the dominating system parameters.

The geometrical structure of quantum theory as a natural generalization of information geometry

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Reginatto, Marcel

2015-01-13

Quantum mechanics has a rich geometrical structure which allows for a geometrical formulation of the theory. This formalism was introduced by Kibble and later developed by a number of other authors. The usual approach has been to start from the standard description of quantum mechanics and identify the relevant geometrical features that can be used for the reformulation of the theory. Here this procedure is inverted: the geometrical structure of quantum theory is derived from information geometry, a geometrical structure that may be considered more fundamental, and the Hilbert space of the standard formulation of quantum mechanics is constructed usingmore » geometrical quantities. This suggests that quantum theory has its roots in information geometry.« less

Creativity Theories and Related Teachers' Beliefs

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Saracho, Olivia

2012-01-01

Creativity theories have been investigated in relation to explicit or implicit theories, which have dominated the field. The flourishing attention about creativity motivated many researchers to examine implicit and explicit theories to understand creativity in their studies. Explicit theories are those formulated by psychologists or other social…

Definition and solution of a stochastic inverse problem for the Manning's n parameter field in hydrodynamic models.

PubMed

Butler, T; Graham, L; Estep, D; Dawson, C; Westerink, J J

2015-04-01

The uncertainty in spatially heterogeneous Manning's n fields is quantified using a novel formulation and numerical solution of stochastic inverse problems for physics-based models. The uncertainty is quantified in terms of a probability measure and the physics-based model considered here is the state-of-the-art ADCIRC model although the presented methodology applies to other hydrodynamic models. An accessible overview of the formulation and solution of the stochastic inverse problem in a mathematically rigorous framework based on measure theory is presented. Technical details that arise in practice by applying the framework to determine the Manning's n parameter field in a shallow water equation model used for coastal hydrodynamics are presented and an efficient computational algorithm and open source software package are developed. A new notion of "condition" for the stochastic inverse problem is defined and analyzed as it relates to the computation of probabilities. This notion of condition is investigated to determine effective output quantities of interest of maximum water elevations to use for the inverse problem for the Manning's n parameter and the effect on model predictions is analyzed.

Definition and solution of a stochastic inverse problem for the Manning's n parameter field in hydrodynamic models

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Butler, T.; Graham, L.; Estep, D.; Dawson, C.; Westerink, J. J.

2015-04-01

The uncertainty in spatially heterogeneous Manning's n fields is quantified using a novel formulation and numerical solution of stochastic inverse problems for physics-based models. The uncertainty is quantified in terms of a probability measure and the physics-based model considered here is the state-of-the-art ADCIRC model although the presented methodology applies to other hydrodynamic models. An accessible overview of the formulation and solution of the stochastic inverse problem in a mathematically rigorous framework based on measure theory is presented. Technical details that arise in practice by applying the framework to determine the Manning's n parameter field in a shallow water equation model used for coastal hydrodynamics are presented and an efficient computational algorithm and open source software package are developed. A new notion of "condition" for the stochastic inverse problem is defined and analyzed as it relates to the computation of probabilities. This notion of condition is investigated to determine effective output quantities of interest of maximum water elevations to use for the inverse problem for the Manning's n parameter and the effect on model predictions is analyzed.

Adjacent-Categories Mokken Models for Rater-Mediated Assessments

PubMed Central

Wind, Stefanie A.

2016-01-01

Molenaar extended Mokken’s original probabilistic-nonparametric scaling models for use with polytomous data. These polytomous extensions of Mokken’s original scaling procedure have facilitated the use of Mokken scale analysis as an approach to exploring fundamental measurement properties across a variety of domains in which polytomous ratings are used, including rater-mediated educational assessments. Because their underlying item step response functions (i.e., category response functions) are defined using cumulative probabilities, polytomous Mokken models can be classified as cumulative models based on the classifications of polytomous item response theory models proposed by several scholars. In order to permit a closer conceptual alignment with educational performance assessments, this study presents an adjacent-categories variation on the polytomous monotone homogeneity and double monotonicity models. Data from a large-scale rater-mediated writing assessment are used to illustrate the adjacent-categories approach, and results are compared with the original formulations. Major findings suggest that the adjacent-categories models provide additional diagnostic information related to individual raters’ use of rating scale categories that is not observed under the original formulation. Implications are discussed in terms of methods for evaluating rating quality. PMID:29795916

Theory and design of variable conductance heat pipes

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Marcus, B. D.

1972-01-01

A comprehensive review and analysis of all aspects of heat pipe technology pertinent to the design of self-controlled, variable conductance devices for spacecraft thermal control is presented. Subjects considered include hydrostatics, hydrodynamics, heat transfer into and out of the pipe, fluid selection, materials compatibility and variable conductance control techniques. The report includes a selected bibliography of pertinent literature, analytical formulations of various models and theories describing variable conductance heat pipe behavior, and the results of numerous experiments on the steady state and transient performance of gas controlled variable conductance heat pipes. Also included is a discussion of VCHP design techniques.

SEACAS Theory Manuals: Part II. Nonlinear Continuum Mechanics

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Attaway, S.W.; Laursen, T.A.; Zadoks, R.I.

1998-09-01

This report summarizes the key continuum mechanics concepts required for the systematic prescription and numerical solution of finite deformation solid mechanics problems. Topics surveyed include measures of deformation appropriate for media undergoing large deformations, stress measures appropriate for such problems, balance laws and their role in nonlinear continuum mechanics, the role of frame indifference in description of large deformation response, and the extension of these theories to encompass two dimensional idealizations, structural idealizations, and rigid body behavior. There are three companion reports that describe the problem formulation, constitutive modeling, and finite element technology for nonlinear continuum mechanics systems.

Landau ghost pole problem in quantum field theory: From 50th of last century to the present day

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Jafarov, Rauf G., E-mail: rauf-jafarov@hotmail.com; Mutallimov, Mutallim M.

2016-03-25

In this paper we present our results of the investigation of asymptotical behavior of amplitude at short distances in four-dimensional scalar field theory with ϕ{sup 4} interaction. To formulate of our calculating model – two-particle approximation of the mean-field expansion we have used an Rochev’s iteration scheme of solution of the Schwinger-Dyson equations with the fermion bilocal source. We have considered the nonlinear integral equations in deep-inelastic region of momenta. As result we have a non-trivial behavior of amplitude at large momenta.

Statistical theory of combinatorial libraries of folding proteins: energetic discrimination of a target structure.

PubMed

Zou, J; Saven, J G

2000-02-11

A self-consistent theory is presented that can be used to estimate the number and composition of sequences satisfying a predetermined set of constraints. The theory is formulated so as to examine the features of sequences having a particular value of Delta=E(f)-(u), where E(f) is the energy of sequences when in a target structure and (u) is an average energy of non-target structures. The theory yields the probabilities w(i)(alpha) that each position i in the sequence is occupied by a particular monomer type alpha. The theory is applied to a simple lattice model of proteins. Excellent agreement is observed between the theory and the results of exact enumerations. The theory provides a quantitative framework for the design and interpretation of combinatorial experiments involving proteins, where a library of amino acid sequences is searched for sequences that fold to a desired structure. Copyright 2000 Academic Press.

Acoustical properties of a model rotor in nonaxial flight. [wind tunnel model noise measurements

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hinterkeuser, E. G.

1973-01-01

Wind tunnel measurements on model rotor blade loads and acoustical noise were correlated to a theoretical formulation of the rotational noise of a rotor in non-axial flight. Good correlation between theory and data was achieved using actual measured rotor blade pressure harmonic decay levels and lift, drag and radial force magnitudes. Both pressure and acoustic data exhibited considerable scatter in hover and low speed forward flight which resulted in a fairly wide latitude in the noise level prediction at higher harmonics.

Boundary-element modelling of dynamics in external poroviscoelastic problems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Igumnov, L. A.; Litvinchuk, S. Yu; Ipatov, A. A.; Petrov, A. N.

2018-04-01

A problem of a spherical cavity in porous media is considered. Porous media are assumed to be isotropic poroelastic or isotropic poroviscoelastic. The poroviscoelastic formulation is treated as a combination of Biot’s theory of poroelasticity and elastic-viscoelastic correspondence principle. Such viscoelastic models as Kelvin–Voigt, Standard linear solid, and a model with weakly singular kernel are considered. Boundary field study is employed with the help of the boundary element method. The direct approach is applied. The numerical scheme is based on the collocation method, regularized boundary integral equation, and Radau stepped scheme.

A study of the dynamics of rotating space stations with elastically connected counterweight and attached flexible appendages. Volume 1: Theory

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Austin, F.; Markowitz, J.; Goldenberg, S.; Zetkov, G. A.

1973-01-01

The formulation of a mathematical model for predicting the dynamic behavior of rotating flexible space station configurations was conducted. The overall objectives of the study were: (1) to develop the theoretical techniques for determining the behavior of a realistically modeled rotating space station, (2) to provide a versatile computer program for the numerical analysis, and (3) to present practical concepts for experimental verification of the analytical results. The mathematical model and its associated computer program are described.

Polymer Fluid Dynamics: Continuum and Molecular Approaches.

PubMed

Bird, R B; Giacomin, A J

2016-06-07

To solve problems in polymer fluid dynamics, one needs the equations of continuity, motion, and energy. The last two equations contain the stress tensor and the heat-flux vector for the material. There are two ways to formulate the stress tensor: (a) One can write a continuum expression for the stress tensor in terms of kinematic tensors, or (b) one can select a molecular model that represents the polymer molecule and then develop an expression for the stress tensor from kinetic theory. The advantage of the kinetic theory approach is that one gets information about the relation between the molecular structure of the polymers and the rheological properties. We restrict the discussion primarily to the simplest stress tensor expressions or constitutive equations containing from two to four adjustable parameters, although we do indicate how these formulations may be extended to give more complicated expressions. We also explore how these simplest expressions are recovered as special cases of a more general framework, the Oldroyd 8-constant model. Studying the simplest models allows us to discover which types of empiricisms or molecular models seem to be worth investigating further. We also explore equivalences between continuum and molecular approaches. We restrict the discussion to several types of simple flows, such as shearing flows and extensional flows, which are of greatest importance in industrial operations. Furthermore, if these simple flows cannot be well described by continuum or molecular models, then it is not necessary to lavish time and energy to apply them to more complex flow problems.

Source phase shift - A new phenomenon in wave propagation due to anelasticity. [in free oscillations of earth model

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Buland, R.; Yuen, D. A.; Konstanty, K.; Widmer, R.

1985-01-01

The free oscillations of an anelastic earth model due to earthquakes were calculated directly by means of the correspondence principle from wave propagation theory. The formulation made it possible to find the source phase which is not predictable using first order perturbation theory. The predicted source phase was largest for toroidal modes with source components proportional to the radial strain scalar instead of the radial displacement scalar. The source phase increased in relation to the overtone number. In addition, large relative differences were found in the excitation modulus and the phase when the elastic excitation was small. The effect was sufficient to bias estimates of source properties and elastic structure.

Fractional Stochastic Field Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Honkonen, Juha

2018-02-01

Models describing evolution of physical, chemical, biological, social and financial processes are often formulated as differential equations with the understanding that they are large-scale equations for averages of quantities describing intrinsically random processes. Explicit account of randomness may lead to significant changes in the asymptotic behaviour (anomalous scaling) in such models especially in low spatial dimensions, which in many cases may be captured with the use of the renormalization group. Anomalous scaling and memory effects may also be introduced with the use of fractional derivatives and fractional noise. Construction of renormalized stochastic field theory with fractional derivatives and fractional noise in the underlying stochastic differential equations and master equations and the interplay between fluctuation-induced and built-in anomalous scaling behaviour is reviewed and discussed.

Flocking and Turning: a New Model for Self-organized Collective Motion

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cavagna, Andrea; Del Castello, Lorenzo; Giardina, Irene; Grigera, Tomas; Jelic, Asja; Melillo, Stefania; Mora, Thierry; Parisi, Leonardo; Silvestri, Edmondo; Viale, Massimiliano; Walczak, Aleksandra M.

2015-02-01

Birds in a flock move in a correlated way, resulting in large polarization of velocities. A good understanding of this collective behavior exists for linear motion of the flock. Yet observing actual birds, the center of mass of the group often turns giving rise to more complicated dynamics, still keeping strong polarization of the flock. Here we propose novel dynamical equations for the collective motion of polarized animal groups that account for correlated turning including solely social forces. We exploit rotational symmetries and conservation laws of the problem to formulate a theory in terms of generalized coordinates of motion for the velocity directions akin to a Hamiltonian formulation for rotations. We explicitly derive the correspondence between this formulation and the dynamics of the individual velocities, thus obtaining a new model of collective motion. In the appropriate overdamped limit we recover the well-known Vicsek model, which dissipates rotational information and does not allow for polarized turns. Although the new model has its most vivid success in describing turning groups, its dynamics is intrinsically different from previous ones in a wide dynamical regime, while reducing to the hydrodynamic description of Toner and Tu at very large length-scales. The derived framework is therefore general and it may describe the collective motion of any strongly polarized active matter system.

Rethinking wave-kinetic theory applied to zonal flows

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Parker, Jeffrey

2017-10-01

Over the past two decades, a number of studies have employed a wave-kinetic theory to describe fluctuations interacting with zonal flows. Recent work has uncovered a defect in this wave-kinetic formulation: the system is dominated by the growth of (arbitrarily) small-scale zonal structures. Theoretical calculations of linear growth rates suggest, and nonlinear simulations confirm, that this system leads to the concentration of zonal flow energy in the smallest resolved scales, irrespective of the numerical resolution. This behavior results from the assumption that zonal flows are extremely long wavelength, leading to the neglect of key terms responsible for conservation of enstrophy. A corrected theory, CE2-GO, is presented; it is free of these errors yet preserves the intuitive phase-space mathematical structure. CE2-GO properly conserves enstrophy as well as energy, and yields accurate growth rates of zonal flow. Numerical simulations are shown to be well-behaved and not dependent on box size. The steady-state limit simplifies into an exact wave-kinetic form which offers the promise of deeper insight into the behavior of wavepackets. The CE2-GO theory takes its place in a hierarchy of models as the geometrical-optics reduction of the more complete cumulant-expansion statistical theory CE2. The new theory represents the minimal statistical description, enabling an intuitive phase-space formulation and an accurate description of turbulence-zonal flow dynamics. This work was supported by an NSF Graduate Research Fellowship, a US DOE Fusion Energy Sciences Fellowship, and US DOE Contract Nos. DE-AC52-07NA27344 and DE-AC02-09CH11466.

Shape and Stress Sensing of Multilayered Composite and Sandwich Structures Using an Inverse Finite Element Method

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Cerracchio, Priscilla; Gherlone, Marco; Di Sciuva, Marco; Tessler, Alexander

2013-01-01

The marked increase in the use of composite and sandwich material systems in aerospace, civil, and marine structures leads to the need for integrated Structural Health Management systems. A key capability to enable such systems is the real-time reconstruction of structural deformations, stresses, and failure criteria that are inferred from in-situ, discrete-location strain measurements. This technology is commonly referred to as shape- and stress-sensing. Presented herein is a computationally efficient shape- and stress-sensing methodology that is ideally suited for applications to laminated composite and sandwich structures. The new approach employs the inverse Finite Element Method (iFEM) as a general framework and the Refined Zigzag Theory (RZT) as the underlying plate theory. A three-node inverse plate finite element is formulated. The element formulation enables robust and efficient modeling of plate structures instrumented with strain sensors that have arbitrary positions. The methodology leads to a set of linear algebraic equations that are solved efficiently for the unknown nodal displacements. These displacements are then used at the finite element level to compute full-field strains, stresses, and failure criteria that are in turn used to assess structural integrity. Numerical results for multilayered, highly heterogeneous laminates demonstrate the unique capability of this new formulation for shape- and stress-sensing.

Numerical implementation of non-local polycrystal plasticity using fast Fourier transforms

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Lebensohn, Ricardo A.; Needleman, Alan

Here, we present the numerical implementation of a non-local polycrystal plasticity theory using the FFT-based formulation of Suquet and co-workers. Gurtin (2002) non-local formulation, with geometry changes neglected, has been incorporated in the EVP-FFT algorithm of Lebensohn et al. (2012). Numerical procedures for the accurate estimation of higher order derivatives of micromechanical fields, required for feedback into single crystal constitutive relations, are identified and applied. A simple case of a periodic laminate made of two fcc crystals with different plastic properties is first used to assess the soundness and numerical stability of the proposed algorithm and to study the influencemore » of different model parameters on the predictions of the non-local model. Different behaviors at grain boundaries are explored, and the one consistent with the micro-clamped condition gives the most pronounced size effect. The formulation is applied next to 3-D fcc polycrystals, illustrating the possibilities offered by the proposed numerical scheme to analyze the mechanical response of polycrystalline aggregates in three dimensions accounting for size dependence arising from plastic strain gradients with reasonable computing times.« less

Numerical implementation of non-local polycrystal plasticity using fast Fourier transforms

DOE PAGES

Lebensohn, Ricardo A.; Needleman, Alan

2016-03-28

Here, we present the numerical implementation of a non-local polycrystal plasticity theory using the FFT-based formulation of Suquet and co-workers. Gurtin (2002) non-local formulation, with geometry changes neglected, has been incorporated in the EVP-FFT algorithm of Lebensohn et al. (2012). Numerical procedures for the accurate estimation of higher order derivatives of micromechanical fields, required for feedback into single crystal constitutive relations, are identified and applied. A simple case of a periodic laminate made of two fcc crystals with different plastic properties is first used to assess the soundness and numerical stability of the proposed algorithm and to study the influencemore » of different model parameters on the predictions of the non-local model. Different behaviors at grain boundaries are explored, and the one consistent with the micro-clamped condition gives the most pronounced size effect. The formulation is applied next to 3-D fcc polycrystals, illustrating the possibilities offered by the proposed numerical scheme to analyze the mechanical response of polycrystalline aggregates in three dimensions accounting for size dependence arising from plastic strain gradients with reasonable computing times.« less

Multiscale crystal defect dynamics: A coarse-grained lattice defect model based on crystal microstructure

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lyu, Dandan; Li, Shaofan

2017-10-01

Crystal defects have microstructure, and this microstructure should be related to the microstructure of the original crystal. Hence each type of crystals may have similar defects due to the same failure mechanism originated from the same microstructure, if they are under the same loading conditions. In this work, we propose a multiscale crystal defect dynamics (MCDD) model that models defects by considering its intrinsic microstructure derived from the microstructure or material genome of the original perfect crystal. The main novelties of present work are: (1) the discrete exterior calculus and algebraic topology theory are used to construct a scale-up (coarse-grained) dual lattice model for crystal defects, which may represent all possible defect modes inside a crystal; (2) a higher order Cauchy-Born rule (up to the fourth order) is adopted to construct atomistic-informed constitutive relations for various defect process zones, and (3) an hierarchical strain gradient theory based finite element formulation is developed to support an hierarchical multiscale cohesive (process) zone model for various defects in a unified formulation. The efficiency of MCDD computational algorithm allows us to simulate dynamic defect evolution at large scale while taking into account atomistic interaction. The MCDD model has been validated by comparing of the results of MCDD simulations with that of molecular dynamics (MD) in the cases of nanoindentation and uniaxial tension. Numerical simulations have shown that MCDD model can predict dislocation nucleation induced instability and inelastic deformation, and thus it may provide an alternative solution to study crystal plasticity.

Adventures in Topological Field Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Horne, James H.

1990-01-01

This thesis consists of 5 parts. In part I, the topological Yang-Mills theory and the topological sigma model are presented in a superspace formulation. This greatly simplifies the field content of the theories, and makes the Q-invariance more obvious. The Feynman rules for the topological Yang -Mills theory are derived. We calculate the one-loop beta-functions of the topological sigma model in superspace. The lattice version of these theories is presented. The self-duality constraints of both models lead to spectrum doubling. In part II, we show that conformally invariant gravity in three dimensions is equivalent to the Yang-Mills gauge theory of the conformal group in three dimensions, with a Chern-Simons action. This means that conformal gravity is finite and exactly soluble. In part III, we derive the skein relations for the fundamental representations of SO(N), Sp(2n), Su(m| n), and OSp(m| 2n). These relations can be used recursively to calculate the expectation values of Wilson lines in three-dimensional Chern-Simons gauge theory with these gauge groups. A combination of braiding and tying of Wilson lines completely describes the skein relations. In part IV, we show that the k = 1 two dimensional gravity amplitudes at genus 3 agree precisely with the results from intersection theory on moduli space. Predictions for the genus 4 intersection numbers follow from the two dimensional gravity theory. In part V, we discuss the partition function in two dimensional gravity. For the one matrix model at genus 2, we use the partition function to derive a recursion relation. We show that the k = 1 amplitudes completely determine the partition function at arbitrary genus. We present a conjecture for the partition function for the arbitrary topological field theory coupled to topological gravity.

Energy-modeled flight in a wind field

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Feldman, M.A.; Cliff, E.M.

Optimal shaping of aerospace trajectories has provided the motivation for much modern study of optimization theory and algorithms. Current industrial practice favors approaches where the continuous-time optimal control problem is transcribed to a finite-dimensional nonlinear programming problem (NLP) by a discretization process. Two such formulations are implemented in the POST and the OTIS codes. In the present paper we use a discretization that is specially adapted to the flight problem of interest. Among the unique aspects of the present discretization are: a least-squares formulation for certain kinematic constraints; the use of an energy ideas to enforce Newton`s Laws; and, themore » inclusion of large magnitude horizontal winds. In the next section we shall provide a description of the flight problem and its NLP representation. Following this we provide some details of the constraint formulation. Finally, we present an overview of the NLP problem.« less

Nonlocal Sediment Transport on Steep Lateral Moraines, Eastern Sierra Nevada, California, USA

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Doane, Tyler H.; Furbish, David Jon; Roering, Joshua J.; Schumer, Rina; Morgan, Daniel J.

2018-01-01

Recent work has highlighted the significance of long-distance particle motions in hillslope sediment transport. Such motions imply that the flux at a given hillslope position is appropriately described as a weighted function of surrounding conditions that influence motions reaching the given position. Although the idea of nonlocal sediment transport is well grounded in theory, limited field evidence has been provided. We test local and nonlocal formulations of the flux and compare their ability to reproduce land surface profiles of steep moraines in California. We show that nonlocal and nonlinear models better reproduce evolved land surface profiles, notably the amount of lowering and concavity near the moraine crest and the lengthening and straightening of the depositional apron. The analysis provides the first estimates of key parameters that set sediment entrainment rates and travel distances in nonlocal formulations and highlights the importance of correctly specifying the entrainment rate when modeling land surface evolution. Moraine evolution associated with nonlocal and nonlinear transport formulations, when described in terms of the evolution of the Fourier transform of the moraine surface, displays a distinct behavior involving growth of certain wave numbers, in contrast to the decay of all wave numbers associated with linear transport. Nonlinear and nonlocal formulations share key mathematical elements yielding a nonlinear relation between the flux and the land surface slope.

Spectrally formulated user-defined element in conventional finite element environment for wave motion analysis in 2-D composite structures

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Khalili, Ashkan; Jha, Ratneshwar; Samaratunga, Dulip

2016-11-01

Wave propagation analysis in 2-D composite structures is performed efficiently and accurately through the formulation of a User-Defined Element (UEL) based on the wavelet spectral finite element (WSFE) method. The WSFE method is based on the first-order shear deformation theory which yields accurate results for wave motion at high frequencies. The 2-D WSFE model is highly efficient computationally and provides a direct relationship between system input and output in the frequency domain. The UEL is formulated and implemented in Abaqus (commercial finite element software) for wave propagation analysis in 2-D composite structures with complexities. Frequency domain formulation of WSFE leads to complex valued parameters, which are decoupled into real and imaginary parts and presented to Abaqus as real values. The final solution is obtained by forming a complex value using the real number solutions given by Abaqus. Five numerical examples are presented in this article, namely undamaged plate, impacted plate, plate with ply drop, folded plate and plate with stiffener. Wave motions predicted by the developed UEL correlate very well with Abaqus simulations. The results also show that the UEL largely retains computational efficiency of the WSFE method and extends its ability to model complex features.

The pipe model theory half a century on: a review.

PubMed

Lehnebach, Romain; Beyer, Robert; Letort, Véronique; Heuret, Patrick

2018-01-23

More than a half century ago, Shinozaki et al. (Shinozaki K, Yoda K, Hozumi K, Kira T. 1964b. A quantitative analysis of plant form - the pipe model theory. II. Further evidence of the theory and its application in forest ecology. Japanese Journal of Ecology14: 133-139) proposed an elegant conceptual framework, the pipe model theory (PMT), to interpret the observed linear relationship between the amount of stem tissue and corresponding supported leaves. The PMT brought a satisfactory answer to two vividly debated problems that were unresolved at the moment of its publication: (1) What determines tree form and which rules drive biomass allocation to the foliar versus stem compartments in plants? (2) How can foliar area or mass in an individual plant, in a stand or at even larger scales be estimated? Since its initial formulation, the PMT has been reinterpreted and used in applications, and has undoubtedly become an important milestone in the mathematical interpretation of plant form and functioning. This article aims to review the PMT by going back to its initial formulation, stating its explicit and implicit properties and discussing them in the light of current biological knowledge and experimental evidence in order to identify the validity and range of applicability of the theory. We also discuss the use of the theory in tree biomechanics and hydraulics as well as in functional-structural plant modelling. Scrutinizing the PMT in the light of modern biological knowledge revealed that most of its properties are not valid as a general rule. The hydraulic framework derived from the PMT has attracted much more attention than its mechanical counterpart and implies that only the conductive portion of a stem cross-section should be proportional to the supported foliage amount rather than the whole of it. The facts that this conductive portion is experimentally difficult to measure and varies with environmental conditions and tree ontogeny might cause the commonly reported non-linear relationships between foliage and stem metrics. Nevertheless, the PMT can still be considered as a portfolio of properties providing a unified framework to integrate and analyse functional-structural relationships. © The Author(s) 2018. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the Annals of Botany Company. All rights reserved. For permissions, please e-mail: journals.permissions@oup.com.

Site-occupation embedding theory using Bethe ansatz local density approximations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Senjean, Bruno; Nakatani, Naoki; Tsuchiizu, Masahisa; Fromager, Emmanuel

2018-06-01

Site-occupation embedding theory (SOET) is an alternative formulation of density functional theory (DFT) for model Hamiltonians where the fully interacting Hubbard problem is mapped, in principle exactly, onto an impurity-interacting (rather than a noninteracting) one. It provides a rigorous framework for combining wave-function (or Green function)-based methods with DFT. In this work, exact expressions for the per-site energy and double occupation of the uniform Hubbard model are derived in the context of SOET. As readily seen from these derivations, the so-called bath contribution to the per-site correlation energy is, in addition to the latter, the key density functional quantity to model in SOET. Various approximations based on Bethe ansatz and perturbative solutions to the Hubbard and single-impurity Anderson models are constructed and tested on a one-dimensional ring. The self-consistent calculation of the embedded impurity wave function has been performed with the density-matrix renormalization group method. It has been shown that promising results are obtained in specific regimes of correlation and density. Possible further developments have been proposed in order to provide reliable embedding functionals and potentials.

[From the cell theory to the neuron theory].

PubMed

Tixier-Vidal, Andrée

2010-01-01

The relationship between the cell theory formulated by Schwann (1839) and by Virchow (1855) on the one hand, and, on the other hand, the neuron theory, as formulated by Waldeyer (1891) and by Cajal (1906), are discussed from a historical point of view. Both of them are the result of technical and conceptuel progress. Both of them had to fight against the dominant dogma before being accepted. The cell theory opposed the school of Bichat, the vitalist philosophy and the positivist philosophy of Auguste Comte. The neuron theory, which is clearly based on the cell theory, was mostly concerned with the mode of interneuronal communication; it opposed the concept of contiguity to Golgi's concept of continuity. At present, the cell theory remains central in every field of Biology. By contrast, the neuron theory, which until the middle of the XXth century opened the study of the nervous system to a necessary reductionnist approach, is no longer central to recent developments of neurosciences. © Société de Biologie, 2011.

Ambitwistor formulations of R 2 gravity and ( DF)2 gauge theories

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Azevedo, Thales; Engelund, Oluf Tang

2017-11-01

We consider D-dimensional amplitudes in R 2 gravities (conformal gravity in D = 4) and in the recently introduced ( DF)2 gauge theory, from the perspective of the CHY formulae and ambitwistor string theory. These theories are related through the BCJ double-copy construction, and the ( DF)2 gauge theory obeys color-kinematics duality. We work out the worldsheet details of these theories and show that they admit a formulation as integrals on the support of the scattering equations, or alternatively, as ambitwistor string theories. For gravity, this generalizes the work done by Berkovits and Witten on conformal gravity to D dimensions. The ambitwistor is also interpreted as a D-dimensional generalization of Witten's twistor string (SYM + conformal supergravity). As part of our ambitwistor investigation, we discover another ( DF)2 gauge theory containing a photon that couples to Einstein gravity. This theory can provide an alternative KLT description of Einstein gravity compared to the usual Yang-Mills squared.

Harmonic oscillator representation in the theory of scattering and nuclear reactions

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Smirnov, Yuri F.; Shirokov, A. M.; Lurie, Yuri, A.; Zaitsev, S. A.

1995-01-01

The following questions, concerning the application of the harmonic oscillator representation (HOR) in the theory of scattering and reactions, are discussed: the formulation of the scattering theory in HOR; exact solutions of the free motion Schroedinger equation in HOR; separable expansion of the short range potentials and the calculation of the phase shifts; 'isolated states' as generalization of the Wigner-von Neumann bound states embedded in continuum; a nuclear coupled channel problem in HOR; and the description of true three body scattering in HOR. As an illustration the soft dipole mode in the (11)Li nucleus is considered in a frame of the (9)Li+n+n cluster model taking into account of three body continuum effects.

On partially massless theory in 3 dimensions

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Alexandrov, Sergei; Laboratoire Charles Coulomb UMR 5221, CNRS, Place Eugène Bataillon, F-34095, Montpellier; Deffayet, Cédric

2015-03-24

We analyze the first-order formulation of the ghost-free bigravity model in three-dimensions known as zwei-dreibein gravity. For a special choice of parameters, it was argued to have an additional gauge symmetry and give rise to a partially massless theory. We provide a thorough canonical analysis and identify that whether the theory becomes partially massless depends on the form of the stability condition of the secondary constraint responsible for the absence of the ghost. Generically, it is found to be an equation for a Lagrange multiplier implying that partially massless zwei-dreibein gravity does not exist. However, for special backgrounds this conditionmore » is identically satisfied leading to the presence of additional symmetries, which however disappear at quadratic order in perturbations.« less

On partially massless theory in 3 dimensions

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Alexandrov, Sergei; Deffayet, Cédric, E-mail: salexand@univ-montp2.fr, E-mail: deffayet@iap.fr

2015-03-01

We analyze the first-order formulation of the ghost-free bigravity model in three-dimensions known as zwei-dreibein gravity. For a special choice of parameters, it was argued to have an additional gauge symmetry and give rise to a partially massless theory. We provide a thorough canonical analysis and identify that whether the theory becomes partially massless depends on the form of the stability condition of the secondary constraint responsible for the absence of the ghost. Generically, it is found to be an equation for a Lagrange multiplier implying that partially massless zwei-dreibein gravity does not exist. However, for special backgrounds this conditionmore » is identically satisfied leading to the presence of additional symmetries, which however disappear at quadratic order in perturbations.« less

Interest rates in quantum finance: the Wilson expansion and Hamiltonian.

PubMed

Baaquie, Belal E

2009-10-01

Interest rate instruments form a major component of the capital markets. The Libor market model (LMM) is the finance industry standard interest rate model for both Libor and Euribor, which are the most important interest rates. The quantum finance formulation of the Libor market model is given in this paper and leads to a key generalization: all the Libors, for different future times, are imperfectly correlated. A key difference between a forward interest rate model and the LMM lies in the fact that the LMM is calibrated directly from the observed market interest rates. The short distance Wilson expansion [Phys. Rev. 179, 1499 (1969)] of a Gaussian quantum field is shown to provide the generalization of Ito calculus; in particular, the Wilson expansion of the Gaussian quantum field A(t,x) driving the Libors yields a derivation of the Libor drift term that incorporates imperfect correlations of the different Libors. The logarithm of Libor phi(t,x) is defined and provides an efficient and compact representation of the quantum field theory of the Libor market model. The Lagrangian and Feynman path integrals of the Libor market model of interest rates are obtained, as well as a derivation given by its Hamiltonian. The Hamiltonian formulation of the martingale condition provides an exact solution for the nonlinear drift of the Libor market model. The quantum finance formulation of the LMM is shown to reduce to the industry standard Bruce-Gatarek-Musiela-Jamshidian model when the forward interest rates are taken to be exactly correlated.

Large-scale deformation associated with ridge subduction

USGS Publications Warehouse

Geist, E.L.; Fisher, M.A.; Scholl, D. W.

1993-01-01

Continuum models are used to investigate the large-scale deformation associated with the subduction of aseismic ridges. Formulated in the horizontal plane using thin viscous sheet theory, these models measure the horizontal transmission of stress through the arc lithosphere accompanying ridge subduction. Modelling was used to compare the Tonga arc and Louisville ridge collision with the New Hebrides arc and d'Entrecasteaux ridge collision, which have disparate arc-ridge intersection speeds but otherwise similar characteristics. Models of both systems indicate that diffuse deformation (low values of the effective stress-strain exponent n) are required to explain the observed deformation. -from Authors

LQR Control of Shell Vibrations Via Piezoceramic Actuators

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

delRosario, R. C. H.; Smith, R. C.

1997-01-01

A model-based Linear Quadratic Regulator (LQR) method for controlling vibrations in cylindrical shells is presented. Surface-mounted piezo-ceramic patches are employed as actuators which leads to unbounded control input operators. Modified Donnell-Mushtari shell equations incorporating strong or Kelvin-Voigt damping are used to model the system. The model is then abstractly formulated in terms of sesquilinear forms. This provides a framework amenable for proving model well-posedness and convergence of LQR gains using analytic semigroup results combined with LQR theory for unbounded input operators. Finally, numerical examples demonstrating the effectiveness of the method are presented.

Bifurcation analysis of dengue transmission model in Baguio City, Philippines

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Libatique, Criselda P.; Pajimola, Aprimelle Kris J.; Addawe, Joel M.

2017-11-01

In this study, we formulate a deterministic model for the transmission dynamics of dengue fever in Baguio City, Philippines. We analyzed the existence of the equilibria of the dengue model. We computed and obtained conditions for the existence of the equilibrium states. Stability analysis for the system is carried out for disease free equilibrium. We showed that the system becomes stable under certain conditions of the parameters. A particular parameter is taken and with the use of the Theory of Centre Manifold, the proposed model demonstrates a bifurcation phenomenon. We performed numerical simulation to verify the analytical results.

Challenge of biomechanics.

PubMed

Volokh, K Y

2013-06-01

The application of mechanics to biology--biomechanics--bears great challenges due to the intricacy of living things. Their dynamism, along with the complexity of their mechanical response (which in itself involves complex chemical, electrical, and thermal phenomena) makes it very difficult to correlate empirical data with theoretical models. This difficulty elevates the importance of useful biomechanical theories compared to other fields of engineering. Despite inherent imperfections of all theories, a well formulated theory is crucial in any field of science because it is the basis for interpreting observations. This is all-the-more vital, for instance, when diagnosing symptoms, or planning treatment to a disease. The notion of interpreting empirical data without theory is unscientific and unsound. This paper attempts to fortify the importance of biomechanics and invigorate research efforts for those engineers and mechanicians who are not yet involved in the field. It is not aimed here, however, to give an overview of biomechanics. Instead, three unsolved problems are formulated to challenge the readers. At the micro-scale, the problem of the structural organization and integrity of the living cell is presented. At the meso-scale, the enigma of fingerprint formation is discussed. At the macro-scale, the problem of predicting aneurysm ruptures is reviewed. It is aimed here to attract the attention of engineers and mechanicians to problems in biomechanics which, in the author's opinion, will dominate the development of engineering and mechanics in forthcoming years.

RECOLA2: REcursive Computation of One-Loop Amplitudes 2

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Denner, Ansgar; Lang, Jean-Nicolas; Uccirati, Sandro

2018-03-01

We present the Fortran95 program RECOLA2 for the perturbative computation of next-to-leading-order transition amplitudes in the Standard Model of particle physics and extended Higgs sectors. New theories are implemented via model files in the 't Hooft-Feynman gauge in the conventional formulation of quantum field theory and in the Background-Field method. The present version includes model files for Two-Higgs-Doublet Model and the Higgs-Singlet Extension of the Standard Model. We support standard renormalization schemes for the Standard Model as well as many commonly used renormalization schemes in extended Higgs sectors. Within these models the computation of next-to-leading-order polarized amplitudes and squared amplitudes, optionally summed over spin and colour, is fully automated for any process. RECOLA2 allows the computation of colour- and spin-correlated leading-order squared amplitudes that are needed in the dipole subtraction formalism. RECOLA2 is publicly available for download at http://recola.hepforge.org.

Modeling the Effects of Perceptual Load: Saliency, Competitive Interactions, and Top-Down Biases.

PubMed

Neokleous, Kleanthis; Shimi, Andria; Avraamides, Marios N

2016-01-01

A computational model of visual selective attention has been implemented to account for experimental findings on the Perceptual Load Theory (PLT) of attention. The model was designed based on existing neurophysiological findings on attentional processes with the objective to offer an explicit and biologically plausible formulation of PLT. Simulation results verified that the proposed model is capable of capturing the basic pattern of results that support the PLT as well as findings that are considered contradictory to the theory. Importantly, the model is able to reproduce the behavioral results from a dilution experiment, providing thus a way to reconcile PLT with the competing Dilution account. Overall, the model presents a novel account for explaining PLT effects on the basis of the low-level competitive interactions among neurons that represent visual input and the top-down signals that modulate neural activity. The implications of the model concerning the debate on the locus of selective attention as well as the origins of distractor interference in visual displays of varying load are discussed.

Quarks, Symmetries and Strings - a Symposium in Honor of Bunji Sakita's 60th Birthday

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kaku, M.; Jevicki, A.; Kikkawa, K.

1991-04-01

The Table of Contents for the full book PDF is as follows: * Preface * Evening Banquet Speech * I. Quarks and Phenomenology * From the SU(6) Model to Uniqueness in the Standard Model * A Model for Higgs Mechanism in the Standard Model * Quark Mass Generation in QCD * Neutrino Masses in the Standard Model * Solar Neutrino Puzzle, Horizontal Symmetry of Electroweak Interactions and Fermion Mass Hierarchies * State of Chiral Symmetry Breaking at High Temperatures * Approximate |ΔI| = 1/2 Rule from a Perspective of Light-Cone Frame Physics * Positronium (and Some Other Systems) in a Strong Magnetic Field * Bosonic Technicolor and the Flavor Problem * II. Strings * Supersymmetry in String Theory * Collective Field Theory and Schwinger-Dyson Equations in Matrix Models * Non-Perturbative String Theory * The Structure of Non-Perturbative Quantum Gravity in One and Two Dimensions * Noncritical Virasoro Algebra of d < 1 Matrix Model and Quantized String Field * Chaos in Matrix Models ? * On the Non-Commutative Symmetry of Quantum Gravity in Two Dimensions * Matrix Model Formulation of String Field Theory in One Dimension * Geometry of the N = 2 String Theory * Modular Invariance form Gauge Invariance in the Non-Polynomial String Field Theory * Stringy Symmetry and Off-Shell Ward Identities * q-Virasoro Algebra and q-Strings * Self-Tuning Fields and Resonant Correlations in 2d-Gravity * III. Field Theory Methods * Linear Momentum and Angular Momentum in Quaternionic Quantum Mechanics * Some Comments on Real Clifford Algebras * On the Quantum Group p-adics Connection * Gravitational Instantons Revisited * A Generalized BBGKY Hierarchy from the Classical Path-Integral * A Quantum Generated Symmetry: Group-Level Duality in Conformal and Topological Field Theory * Gauge Symmetries in Extended Objects * Hidden BRST Symmetry and Collective Coordinates * Towards Stochastically Quantizing Topological Actions * IV. Statistical Methods * A Brief Summary of the s-Channel Theory of Superconductivity * Neural Networks and Models for the Brain * Relativistic One-Body Equations for Planar Particles with Arbitrary Spin * Chiral Property of Quarks and Hadron Spectrum in Lattice QCD * Scalar Lattice QCD * Semi-Superconductivity of a Charged Anyon Gas * Two-Fermion Theory of Strongly Correlated Electrons and Charge-Spin Separation * Statistical Mechanics and Error-Correcting Codes * Quantum Statistics

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Stottmeister, Alexander, E-mail: alexander.stottmeister@gravity.fau.de; Thiemann, Thomas, E-mail: thomas.thiemann@gravity.fau.de

In this article, the second of three, we discuss and develop the basis of a Weyl quantisation for compact Lie groups aiming at loop quantum gravity-type models. This Weyl quantisation may serve as the main mathematical tool to implement the program of space adiabatic perturbation theory in such models. As we already argued in our first article, space adiabatic perturbation theory offers an ideal framework to overcome the obstacles that hinder the direct implementation of the conventional Born-Oppenheimer approach in the canonical formulation of loop quantum gravity. Additionally, we conjecture the existence of a new form of the Segal-Bargmann-Hall “coherentmore » state” transform for compact Lie groups G, which we prove for G = U(1){sup n} and support by numerical evidence for G = SU(2). The reason for conjoining this conjecture with the main topic of this article originates in the observation that the coherent state transform can be used as a basic building block of a coherent state quantisation (Berezin quantisation) for compact Lie groups G. But, as Weyl and Berezin quantisation for ℝ{sup 2d} are intimately related by heat kernel evolution, it is natural to ask whether a similar connection exists for compact Lie groups as well. Moreover, since the formulation of space adiabatic perturbation theory requires a (deformation) quantisation as minimal input, we analyse the question to what extent the coherent state quantisation, defined by the Segal-Bargmann-Hall transform, can serve as basis of the former.« less

Large deviations and portfolio optimization

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sornette, Didier

Risk control and optimal diversification constitute a major focus in the finance and insurance industries as well as, more or less consciously, in our everyday life. We present a discussion of the characterization of risks and of the optimization of portfolios that starts from a simple illustrative model and ends by a general functional integral formulation. A major item is that risk, usually thought of as one-dimensional in the conventional mean-variance approach, has to be addressed by the full distribution of losses. Furthermore, the time-horizon of the investment is shown to play a major role. We show the importance of accounting for large fluctuations and use the theory of Cramér for large deviations in this context. We first treat a simple model with a single risky asset that exemplifies the distinction between the average return and the typical return and the role of large deviations in multiplicative processes, and the different optimal strategies for the investors depending on their size. We then analyze the case of assets whose price variations are distributed according to exponential laws, a situation that is found to describe daily price variations reasonably well. Several portfolio optimization strategies are presented that aim at controlling large risks. We end by extending the standard mean-variance portfolio optimization theory, first within the quasi-Gaussian approximation and then using a general formulation for non-Gaussian correlated assets in terms of the formalism of functional integrals developed in the field theory of critical phenomena.

On lattice chiral gauge theories

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Maiani, L.; Rossi, G. C.; Testa, M.

1991-01-01

The Smit-Swift-Aoki formulation of a lattice chiral gauge theory is presented. In this formulation the Wilson and other non invariant terms in the action are made gauge invariant by the coupling with a nonlinear auxilary scalar field, omega. It is shown that omega decouples from the physical states only if appropriate parameters are tuned so as to satisfy a set of BRST identities. In addition, explicit ghost fields are necessary to ensure decoupling. These theories can give rise to the correct continuum limit. Similar considerations apply to schemes with mirror fermions. Simpler cases with a global chiral symmetry are discussed and it is shown that the theory becomes free at decoupling. Recent numerical simulations agree with those considerations.

New infinite-dimensional hidden symmetries for heterotic string theory

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Gao Yajun

The symmetry structures of two-dimensional heterotic string theory are studied further. A (2d+n)x(2d+n) matrix complex H-potential is constructed and the field equations are extended into a complex matrix formulation. A pair of Hauser-Ernst-type linear systems are established. Based on these linear systems, explicit formulations of new hidden symmetry transformations for the considered theory are given and then these symmetry transformations are verified to constitute infinite-dimensional Lie algebras: the semidirect product of the Kac-Moody o(d,d+n-circumflex) and Virasoro algebras (without center charges). These results demonstrate that the heterotic string theory under consideration possesses more and richer symmetry structures than previously expected.

Non-linear analytic and coanalytic problems ( L_p-theory, Clifford analysis, examples)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dubinskii, Yu A.; Osipenko, A. S.

2000-02-01

Two kinds of new mathematical model of variational type are put forward: non-linear analytic and coanalytic problems. The formulation of these non-linear boundary-value problems is based on a decomposition of the complete scale of Sobolev spaces into the "orthogonal" sum of analytic and coanalytic subspaces. A similar decomposition is considered in the framework of Clifford analysis. Explicit examples are presented.

Robotic Navigation Emulating Human Performance

DTIC Science & Technology

2012-03-10

information given”. The special role and significance of shape in visual perception was appreciated and highlighted by the Gestalt Psychologists...denigrate this as well as many other contributions of the Gestalt Psychologists to visual perception . The few who did try to work on it tried to formulate... theories and models of FGO without clarifying the ill-defined concepts used by Gestalt Psychologists before the Cognitive Revolution. This led to a

European Science Notes. Volume 39, Number 7.

DTIC Science & Technology

1985-07-01

Cardinet, Tourneur, differentiation" is then defined as and Allal especially helpful. those facets within and between which a given study seeks comparisons...fixed versus random-finite designation especially with respect to substantive must be made independently for each rather than purely psychometric theory...of needs to be considered. He thus derives purely psychometric models in conven- new formulations, based on the Spearman tional, and especially in

Component mode synthesis and large deflection vibration of complex structures. Volume 3: Multiple-mode nonlinear free and forced vibrations of beams using finite element method

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Mei, Chuh; Shen, Mo-How

1987-01-01

Multiple-mode nonlinear forced vibration of a beam was analyzed by the finite element method. Inplane (longitudinal) displacement and inertia (IDI) are considered in the formulation. By combining the finite element method and nonlinear theory, more realistic models of structural response are obtained more easily and faster.

Special electrical machines: Sources and converters of energy

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bertinov, A. I.; But, D. A.; Miziurin, S. R.; Alievskii, B. L.; Sineva, N. V.

The principles underlying the operation of electromechanical and dynamic energy converters are discussed, along with those for the direct conversion of solar, thermal, and chemical energy into electrical energy. The theory for electromechanical and dynamic converters is formulated using a generalized model for the electromechanical conversion of energy. Particular attention is given to electrical machinery designed for special purposes. Features of superconductor electrical machines are discussed.

The implausibility of Mendel's theory before 1900.

PubMed

Orel, V

Attention is paid to the category of the plausibility of Mendel's terminology in formulating the research problem, in describing experimental model and research method and in explaining his theory in the historical context of the long lasting enigma of generation, hybridization and heredity. The new research problem of heredity derived from the enigma of generation was plausible for the sheep breeders in Brno in 1836-1837 who also formulated the research question: what and how is inherited? But they did not find an approach to the experimental investigation. Later in 1852 the research problem of heredity was formulated by the physiologist of the Göttingen University, R. Wagner, who also outlined the method of crossing animals or artifical fertilization of plants for the investigation of the enigma of generation and heredity. But he could not carry out the recommended experiments at the University. His proposal remained without echo. Mendel first mentioned the motivation for his research arising from plant breeding experience and then from the experiments with plant crossing by botanists. He delivered his lectures in Brno to the community of naturalists, who paid attention to the appearance of hybrids in nature, but were not interested in plant breeding. After describing research model and experimental method Mendel presented the sequence of hypotheses proved in experiments and explained the origin and development of hybrids and at the same time also the mechanism of fertilization and of transmission of traits, what was heredity without using the term. The listeners of his lectures and later the readers of his paper did not understand his explanation. ...

XFEM modeling of hydraulic fracture in porous rocks with natural fractures

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wang, Tao; Liu, ZhanLi; Zeng, QingLei; Gao, Yue; Zhuang, Zhuo

2017-08-01

Hydraulic fracture (HF) in porous rocks is a complex multi-physics coupling process which involves fluid flow, diffusion and solid deformation. In this paper, the extended finite element method (XFEM) coupling with Biot theory is developed to study the HF in permeable rocks with natural fractures (NFs). In the recent XFEM based computational HF models, the fluid flow in fractures and interstitials of the porous media are mostly solved separately, which brings difficulties in dealing with complex fracture morphology. In our new model the fluid flow is solved in a unified framework by considering the fractures as a kind of special porous media and introducing Poiseuille-type flow inside them instead of Darcy-type flow. The most advantage is that it is very convenient to deal with fluid flow inside the complex fracture network, which is important in shale gas extraction. The weak formulation for the new coupled model is derived based on virtual work principle, which includes the XFEM formulation for multiple fractures and fractures intersection in porous media and finite element formulation for the unified fluid flow. Then the plane strain Kristianovic-Geertsma-de Klerk (KGD) model and the fluid flow inside the fracture network are simulated to validate the accuracy and applicability of this method. The numerical results show that large injection rate, low rock permeability and isotropic in-situ stresses tend to lead to a more uniform and productive fracture network.

The conceptual basis of mathematics in cardiology III: linear systems theory and integral transforms.

PubMed

Bates, Jason H T; Sobel, Burton E

2003-05-01

This is the third in a series of four articles developed for the readers of Coronary Artery Disease. Without language ideas cannot be articulated. What may not be so immediately obvious is that they cannot be formulated either. One of the essential languages of cardiology is mathematics. Unfortunately, medical education does not emphasize, and in fact, often neglects empowering physicians to think mathematically. Reference to statistics, conditional probability, multicompartmental modeling, algebra, calculus and transforms is common but often without provision of genuine conceptual understanding. At the University of Vermont College of Medicine, Professor Bates developed a course designed to address these deficiencies. The course covered mathematical principles pertinent to clinical cardiovascular and pulmonary medicine and research. It focused on fundamental concepts to facilitate formulation and grasp of ideas.This series of four articles was developed to make the material available for a wider audience. The articles will be published sequentially in Coronary Artery Disease. Beginning with fundamental axioms and basic algebraic manipulations they address algebra, function and graph theory, real and complex numbers, calculus and differential equations, mathematical modeling, linear system theory and integral transforms and statistical theory. The principles and concepts they address provide the foundation needed for in-depth study of any of these topics. Perhaps of even more importance, they should empower cardiologists and cardiovascular researchers to utilize the language of mathematics in assessing the phenomena of immediate pertinence to diagnosis, pathophysiology and therapeutics. The presentations are interposed with queries (by Coronary Artery Disease abbreviated as CAD) simulating the nature of interactions that occurred during the course itself. Each article concludes with one or more examples illustrating application of the concepts covered to cardiovascular medicine and biology.

Casimir-Lifshitz interaction between dielectrics of arbitrary geometry: A dielectric contrast perturbation theory

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Golestanian, Ramin

2009-07-15

The general theory of electromagnetic-fluctuation-induced interactions in dielectric bodies as formulated by Dzyaloshinskii, Lifshitz, and Pitaevskii is rewritten as a perturbation theory in terms of the spatial contrast in (imaginary) frequency dependent dielectric function. The formulation can be used to calculate the Casimir-Lifshitz forces for dielectric objects of arbitrary geometry, as a perturbative expansion in the dielectric contrast, and could thus complement the existing theories that use perturbation in geometrical features. We find that expansion in dielectric contrast recasts the resulting Lifshitz energy into a sum of the different many-body contributions. The limit of validity and convergence properties of themore » perturbation theory is discussed using the example of parallel semi-infinite objects for which the exact result is known.« less

Numerical method of applying shadow theory to all regions of multilayered dielectric gratings in conical mounting.

PubMed

Wakabayashi, Hideaki; Asai, Masamitsu; Matsumoto, Keiji; Yamakita, Jiro

2016-11-01

Nakayama's shadow theory first discussed the diffraction by a perfectly conducting grating in a planar mounting. In the theory, a new formulation by use of a scattering factor was proposed. This paper focuses on the middle regions of a multilayered dielectric grating placed in conical mounting. Applying the shadow theory to the matrix eigenvalues method, we compose new transformation and improved propagation matrices of the shadow theory for conical mounting. Using these matrices and scattering factors, being the basic quantity of diffraction amplitudes, we formulate a new description of three-dimensional scattering fields which is available even for cases where the eigenvalues are degenerate in any region. Some numerical examples are given for cases where the eigenvalues are degenerate in the middle regions.

Mapping of the stochastic Lotka-Volterra model to models of population genetics and game theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Constable, George W. A.; McKane, Alan J.

2017-08-01

The relationship between the M -species stochastic Lotka-Volterra competition (SLVC) model and the M -allele Moran model of population genetics is explored via timescale separation arguments. When selection for species is weak and the population size is large but finite, precise conditions are determined for the stochastic dynamics of the SLVC model to be mappable to the neutral Moran model, the Moran model with frequency-independent selection, and the Moran model with frequency-dependent selection (equivalently a game-theoretic formulation of the Moran model). We demonstrate how these mappings can be used to calculate extinction probabilities and the times until a species' extinction in the SLVC model.

Time-dependent theoretical treatments of the dynamics of electrons and nuclei in molecular systems

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Deumens, E.; Diz, A.; Longo, R.

1994-07-01

An overview is presented of methods for time-dependent treatments of molecules as systems of electrons and nuclei. The theoretical details of these methods are reviewed and contrasted in the light of a recently developed time-dependent method called electron-nuclear dynamics. Electron-nuclear dynamics (END) is a formulation of the complete dynamics of electrons and nuclei of a molecular system that eliminates the necessity of constructing potential-energy surfaces. Because of its general formulation, it encompasses many aspects found in other formulations and can serve as a didactic device for clarifying many of the principles and approximations relevant in time-dependent treatments of molecular systems.more » The END equations are derived from the time-dependent variational principle applied to a chosen family of efficiently parametrized approximate state vectors. A detailed analysis of the END equations is given for the case of a single-determinantal state for the electrons and a classical treatment of the nuclei. The approach leads to a simple formulation of the fully nonlinear time-dependent Hartree-Fock theory including nuclear dynamics. The nonlinear END equations with the [ital ab] [ital initio] Coulomb Hamiltonian have been implemented at this level of theory in a computer program, ENDyne, and have been shown feasible for the study of small molecular systems. Implementation of the Austin Model 1 semiempirical Hamiltonian is discussed as a route to large molecular systems. The linearized END equations at this level of theory are shown to lead to the random-phase approximation for the coupled system of electrons and nuclei. The qualitative features of the general nonlinear solution are analyzed using the results of the linearized equations as a first approximation. Some specific applications of END are presented, and the comparison with experiment and other theoretical approaches is discussed.« less

Variational asymptotic modeling of composite dimensionally reducible structures

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yu, Wenbin

A general framework to construct accurate reduced models for composite dimensionally reducible structures (beams, plates and shells) was formulated based on two theoretical foundations: decomposition of the rotation tensor and the variational asymptotic method. Two engineering software systems, Variational Asymptotic Beam Sectional Analysis (VABS, new version) and Variational Asymptotic Plate and Shell Analysis (VAPAS), were developed. Several restrictions found in previous work on beam modeling were removed in the present effort. A general formulation of Timoshenko-like cross-sectional analysis was developed, through which the shear center coordinates and a consistent Vlasov model can be obtained. Recovery relations are given to recover the asymptotic approximations for the three-dimensional field variables. A new version of VABS has been developed, which is a much improved program in comparison to the old one. Numerous examples are given for validation. A Reissner-like model being as asymptotically correct as possible was obtained for composite plates and shells. After formulating the three-dimensional elasticity problem in intrinsic form, the variational asymptotic method was used to systematically reduce the dimensionality of the problem by taking advantage of the smallness of the thickness. The through-the-thickness analysis is solved by a one-dimensional finite element method to provide the stiffnesses as input for the two-dimensional nonlinear plate or shell analysis as well as recovery relations to approximately express the three-dimensional results. The known fact that there exists more than one theory that is asymptotically correct to a given order is adopted to cast the refined energy into a Reissner-like form. A two-dimensional nonlinear shell theory consistent with the present modeling process was developed. The engineering computer code VAPAS was developed and inserted into DYMORE to provide an efficient and accurate analysis of composite plates and shells. Numerical results are compared with the exact solutions, and the excellent agreement proves that one can use VAPAS to analyze composite plates and shells efficiently and accurately. In conclusion, rigorous modeling approaches were developed for composite beams, plates and shells within a general framework. No such consistent and general treatment is found in the literature. The associated computer programs VABS and VAPAS are envisioned to have many applications in industry.

Hysteretic Models Considering Axial-Shear-Flexure Interaction

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ceresa, Paola; Negrisoli, Giorgio

2017-10-01

Most of the existing numerical models implemented in finite element (FE) software, at the current state of the art, are not capable to describe, with enough reliability, the interaction between axial, shear and flexural actions under cyclic loading (e.g. seismic actions), neglecting crucial effects for predicting the nature of the collapse of reinforced concrete (RC) structural elements. Just a few existing 3D volume models or fibre beam models can lead to a quite accurate response, but they are still computationally inefficient for typical applications in earthquake engineering and also characterized by very complex formulation. Thus, discrete models with lumped plasticity hinges may be the preferred choice for modelling the hysteretic behaviour due to cyclic loading conditions, in particular with reference to its implementation in a commercial software package. These considerations lead to this research work focused on the development of a model for RC beam-column elements able to consider degradation effects and interaction between the actions under cyclic loading conditions. In order to develop a model for a general 3D discrete hinge element able to take into account the axial-shear-flexural interaction, it is necessary to provide an implementation which involves a corrector-predictor iterative scheme. Furthermore, a reliable constitutive model based on damage plasticity theory is formulated and implemented for its numerical validation. Aim of this research work is to provide the formulation of a numerical model, which will allow implementation within a FE software package for nonlinear cyclic analysis of RC structural members. The developed model accounts for stiffness degradation effect and stiffness recovery for loading reversal.

Vibrational and rotational transitions in low-energy electron-diatomic-molecule collisions. I - Close-coupling theory in the moving body-fixed frame. II - Hybrid theory and close-coupling theory: An /l subscript z-prime/-conserving close-coupling approximation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Choi, B. H.; Poe, R. T.

1977-01-01

A detailed vibrational-rotational (V-R) close-coupling formulation of electron-diatomic-molecule scattering is developed in which the target molecular axis is chosen to be the z-axis and the resulting coupled differential equation is solved in the moving body-fixed frame throughout the entire interaction region. The coupled differential equation and asymptotic boundary conditions in the body-fixed frame are given for each parity, and procedures are outlined for evaluating V-R transition cross sections on the basis of the body-fixed transition and reactance matrix elements. Conditions are discussed for obtaining identical results from the space-fixed and body-fixed formulations in the case where a finite truncated basis set is used. The hybrid theory of Chandra and Temkin (1976) is then reformulated, relevant expressions and formulas for the simultaneous V-R transitions of the hybrid theory are obtained in the same forms as those of the V-R close-coupling theory, and distorted-wave Born-approximation expressions for the cross sections of the hybrid theory are presented. A close-coupling approximation that conserves the internuclear axis component of the incident electronic angular momentum (l subscript z-prime) is derived from the V-R close-coupling formulation in the moving body-fixed frame.

The Madelung Picture as a Foundation of Geometric Quantum Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Reddiger, Maik

2017-10-01

Despite its age, quantum theory still suffers from serious conceptual difficulties. To create clarity, mathematical physicists have been attempting to formulate quantum theory geometrically and to find a rigorous method of quantization, but this has not resolved the problem. In this article we argue that a quantum theory recursing to quantization algorithms is necessarily incomplete. To provide an alternative approach, we show that the Schrödinger equation is a consequence of three partial differential equations governing the time evolution of a given probability density. These equations, discovered by Madelung, naturally ground the Schrödinger theory in Newtonian mechanics and Kolmogorovian probability theory. A variety of far-reaching consequences for the projection postulate, the correspondence principle, the measurement problem, the uncertainty principle, and the modeling of particle creation and annihilation are immediate. We also give a speculative interpretation of the equations following Bohm, Vigier and Tsekov, by claiming that quantum mechanical behavior is possibly caused by gravitational background noise.

Multidisciplinary Investigations Regarding the Wear of Machine Tools Operating Into the Soil

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cardei, P.; Vladutoiu, L. C.; Gheorghe, G.; Fechete, T. L. V.; Chisiu, G.

2018-01-01

The paper presents the results obtained by the authors in investigating the problem of wear of work organs of machines working in continuous interaction with the soil. The phenomenon of the interaction of the tools of agricultural machinery for ploughing, and the soil, is a complex of phenomena, one of the most difficult to model. Among the phenomena involved in this interaction, friction and wear (of many types) are the most important. We did not take into account the chemical wear, and by the wear caused by weather conditions. Research has focused on formulating a theory that has more than a descriptive character, for it be used for application purposes. For this we used classical theoretical models, mathematical models based on the theory of continuous bodies, theory of flow of fluids around the profiles, as well as other theories, approached or not, in an attempt to solve as satisfactorily the issue of the wear, for the tools of the agricultural machines for the tillage. We also sought to highlight the fact that wear is a phenomenon on a micro and macro-scale scale, and its generating causes must ultimately be related to observable effects, on the macro-structural scale.

On the logarithmic-singularity correction in the kernel function method of subsonic lifting-surface theory

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Lan, C. E.; Lamar, J. E.

1977-01-01

A logarithmic-singularity correction factor is derived for use in kernel function methods associated with Multhopp's subsonic lifting-surface theory. Because of the form of the factor, a relation was formulated between the numbers of chordwise and spanwise control points needed for good accuracy. This formulation is developed and discussed. Numerical results are given to show the improvement of the computation with the new correction factor.

f(R) gravity and chameleon theories

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Brax, Philippe; Bruck, Carsten van de; Davis, Anne-Christine

2008-11-15

We analyze f(R) modifications of Einstein's gravity as dark energy models in the light of their connection with chameleon theories. Formulated as scalar-tensor theories, the f(R) theories imply the existence of a strong coupling of the scalar field to matter. This would violate all experimental gravitational tests on deviations from Newton's law. Fortunately, the existence of a matter dependent mass and a thin-shell effect allows one to alleviate these constraints. The thin-shell condition also implies strong restrictions on the cosmological dynamics of the f(R) theories. As a consequence, we find that the equation of state of dark energy is constrainedmore » to be extremely close to -1 in the recent past. We also examine the potential effects of f(R) theories in the context of the Eoet-wash experiments. We show that the requirement of a thin shell for the test bodies is not enough to guarantee a null result on deviations from Newton's law. As long as dark energy accounts for a sizeable fraction of the total energy density of the Universe, the constraints that we deduce also forbid any measurable deviation of the dark energy equation of state from -1. All in all, we find that both cosmological and laboratory tests imply that f(R) models are almost coincident with a {lambda}CDM model at the background level.« less

Do deterrence and social-control theories predict driving after drinking 15 years after a DWI conviction?

PubMed

Lapham, Sandra C; Todd, Michael

2012-03-01

This study investigates the utility of deterrence and social-control theories for prospective prediction of driving-while-impaired (DWI) outcomes of first-time DWI offenders. The sample consisted of a subset of 544 convicted first-time DWI offenders (N=337 females) who were interviewed 5 and 15 years after referral to a Screening Program in Bernalillo County, New Mexico. Variables collected at the 5-year (initial) interview were used in structural equation models to predict past 3-months, self-reported DWI at the 15-year follow-up (follow-up) interview. These variables represented domains defined by deterrence and social-control theories of DWI behavior, with one model corresponding to deterrence theory and one to social-control theory. Both models fit the data. DWI jail time was positively related to perceived enforcement, which was negatively but not significantly related to self-reported DWI. Neither jail time for DWI nor perceived likelihood of arrest was linearly related to self-reported DWI at follow-up. Interactions between jail time and prior DWI behavior indicated relatively weaker associations between initial and 15-year DWI for those reporting more jail time. Our prospective study demonstrated that for this convicted DWI offender cohort, classic formulations of deterrence and social-control theories did not account for DWI. However, results suggest that punishment may decrease the likelihood of DWI recidivism. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Extension and applications of switching model: Range theory, multiple scattering model of Goudsmit-Saunderson, and lateral spread treatment of Marwick-Sigmund

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ikegami, Seiji

2017-09-01

The switching model (PSM) developed in the previous paper is extended to obtain an ;extended switching model (ESM). In the ESM, the mixt electronic-and-nuclear energy-loss region, in addition to the electronic and nuclear energy-loss regions in PSM, is taken into account analytically and appropriately. This model is combined with a small-angle multiple scattering range theory considering both nuclear and electronic stopping effects developed by Marwick-Sigmund and Valdes-Arista to formulate a improved range theory. The ESM is also combined with the multiple scattering theory with non-small angle approximation by Goudsmit-Saunderson. Furthermore, we applied ESM to lateral spread model of Marwick-Sigmund. Numerical calculations of the entire distribution functions including one of the mixt region are roughly and approximately possible. However, exact numerical calculation may be impossible. Consequently, several preliminary numerical calculations of the electronic, mixt, and nuclear regions are performed to examine their underlying behavior with respect to the incident energy, the scattering angle, the outgoing projectile intensity, and the target thickness. We show the numerical results not only of PSM and but also of ESM. Both numerical results are shown in the present paper for the first time. Since the theoretical relations are constructed using reduced variables, the calculations are made only on the case of C colliding on C.

Track structure in biological models.

PubMed

Curtis, S B

1986-01-01

High-energy heavy ions in the galactic cosmic radiation (HZE particles) may pose a special risk during long term manned space flights outside the sheltering confines of the earth's geomagnetic field. These particles are highly ionizing, and they and their nuclear secondaries can penetrate many centimeters of body tissue. The three dimensional patterns of ionizations they create as they lose energy are referred to as their track structure. Several models of biological action on mammalian cells attempt to treat track structure or related quantities in their formulation. The methods by which they do this are reviewed. The proximity function is introduced in connection with the theory of Dual Radiation Action (DRA). The ion-gamma kill (IGK) model introduces the radial energy-density distribution, which is a smooth function characterizing both the magnitude and extension of a charged particle track. The lethal, potentially lethal (LPL) model introduces lambda, the mean distance between relevant ion clusters or biochemical species along the track. Since very localized energy depositions (within approximately 10 nm) are emphasized, the proximity function as defined in the DRA model is not of utility in characterizing track structure in the LPL formulation.